Flex System Chassis Management Module Command

Flex System Chassis Management Module Command
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2
Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Note
Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information in Appendix B
“Notices” on page 503, the Warranty Information document, and the Safety Information and the
Environmental Notices and User Guide documents on the Lenovo documentation CD.
Third Edition (Feb 23, 2017)
© Copyright Lenovo 2016.
LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services
Administration “GSA” contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS35F-05925
Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . 1
Before you begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Notices and statements in this document . . . . . . 2
Accessibility features for the Lenovo Flex System
CMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Chapter 2. Command-line interface
use and reference . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Command-line interface guidelines . . . . . . . . 5
Command targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Commands and user authority . . . . . . . . . 10
Cabling the CMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Networked connection . . . . . . . . . . 16
Direct client connection . . . . . . . . . . 16
Serial cable connection . . . . . . . . . . 17
Starting the command-line interface . . . . . . . 17
CMM network access tag . . . . . . . . . 18
IPv6 addressing for initial connection . . . . 19
Telnet connection . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Serial connection . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Secure Shell (SSH) connection . . . . . . . 22
CMM ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Configuring Lenovo Flex System chassis
components by using the CLI . . . . . . . . . 25
Configuring the CMM for CLI operation . . . . . 27
Serial over LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Starting an SOL session . . . . . . . . . . 29
Ending an SOL session . . . . . . . . . . 29
Specifying a URL for file transfer . . . . . . . . 29
External authentication of certificates . . . . . . 31
Importing an LDAP certificate with non-mutual
authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Importing an LDAP certificate with mutual
authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Chapter 3. Command reference . . . 37
accesscontrol command
accseccfg command . .
advfailover command .
airfilter command . . .
alarm command. . . .
alertcfg command . . .
alertentries command .
autoftp command . . .
baydata command . .
bootmode command. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 2016
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
37
39
49
51
53
56
58
64
66
71
bootseq command . .
chconfig command . .
chlog command . . .
chmanual command . .
cimsub command . . .
cin command . . . .
cinstatus command . .
clear command . . . .
clearlog command. . .
config command . . .
console command. . .
coolingzones command
crypto command . . .
date command . . . .
dhcpinfo command . .
displaylog command . .
displaysd command . .
dns command . . . .
env command . . . .
ethoverusb command .
events command . . .
exit command . . . .
files command . . . .
fod command . . . .
fruactlog command . .
fsmcm command . . .
fuelg command . . . .
groups command . . .
health command . . .
help command . . . .
history command . . .
ifconfig command . . .
info command . . . .
iocomp command . . .
ldapcfg command . . .
led command . . . .
list command . . . . .
monalerts command . .
ntp command . . . .
permgroups command .
ping command . . . .
pmpolicy command . .
portcfg command . . .
ports command . . . .
power command . . .
pwrprofile command . .
read command . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
73
76
83
86
88
91
97
98
100
102
107
108
110
113
115
119
125
127
131
136
138
141
141
143
144
145
147
159
164
171
174
175
205
212
214
225
228
229
238
242
246
249
251
254
270
278
286
i
remotechassis command
reset command . . . .
scale command . . . .
sddump command . .
sdemail command . . .
security command . . .
service command . . .
smtp command . . . .
snmp command . . .
sol command. . . . .
sshcfg command . . .
sslcfg command . . .
syslog command . . .
tcpcmdmode command
temps command . . .
trespass command . .
uicfg command . . . .
update command . . .
uplink command . . .
users command. . . .
vlan command . . . .
volts command . . . .
write command . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
291
295
298
302
303
305
307
310
312
325
333
335
353
358
361
361
364
368
374
378
398
411
412
Chapter 4. Error messages . . . . . . 415
Common errors . . . . . .
accseccfg command errors .
advfailover command errors .
airfilter command errors . .
alarm command errors . . .
alertcfg command errors . .
alertentries command errors .
autoftp command errors . .
baydata command errors . .
bootmode command errors .
bootseq command errors . .
chconfig command errors . .
chlog command errors . . .
chmanual command errors .
cimsub command errors . .
cin command errors . . . .
cinstatus command errors .
clear command errors . . .
clearlog command errors . .
config command errors . . .
console command errors . .
coolingzones command errors
crypto command errors . . .
date command errors . . .
dhcpinfo command errors . .
ii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
415
418
419
420
420
420
420
421
422
423
423
424
426
427
428
428
429
430
430
431
432
432
433
434
435
displaylog command errors . .
displaysd command errors . .
dns command errors . . . . .
env command errors . . . . .
ethoverusb command errors . .
events command errors. . . .
exit command errors . . . . .
files command errors. . . . .
fod command errors . . . . .
fruactlog command errors . . .
fsmcm command errors . . .
fuelg command errors . . . .
groups command errors . . .
health command errors . . . .
help command errors . . . .
history command errors . . .
ifconfig command errors . . .
info command errors . . . . .
iocomp command errors . . .
ldapcfg command errors . . .
led command errors . . . . .
list command errors . . . . .
monalerts command errors . .
ntp command errors . . . . .
permgroups command errors .
ping command errors . . . .
pmpolicy command errors . .
portcfg command errors . . .
ports command errors . . . .
power command errors . . . .
pwrprofile command errors . .
read command errors . . . .
remotechassis command errors
reset command errors . . . .
scale command errors . . . .
sddump command errors . . .
sdemail command errors . . .
security command errors . . .
service command errors . . .
smtp command errors . . . .
snmp command errors . . . .
sol command errors . . . . .
sshcfg command errors . . .
sslcfg command errors . . . .
syslog command errors. . . .
tcpcmdmode command errors .
temps command errors . . . .
trespass command errors . . .
uicfg command errors . . . .
update command errors . . .
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
436
438
439
440
440
440
441
441
442
443
443
443
447
448
449
449
449
454
455
455
456
457
457
457
458
459
460
460
461
462
464
467
468
469
471
471
471
472
472
473
473
474
475
476
481
481
482
483
483
484
uplink command errors .
users command errors .
vlan command errors. .
volts command errors .
write command errors .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
488
489
494
496
497
Appendix A. Getting help and
technical assistance . . . . . . . . . . 499
Before you call . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the documentation . . . . . . . . . .
Getting help and information from the World Wide
Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to send DSA data . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating a personalized support web page . . .
Software service and support . . . . . . . .
Hardware service and support . . . . . . . .
Taiwan product service . . . . . . . . . . .
. 499
. 500
.
.
.
.
.
.
500
500
500
500
501
501
Appendix B. Notices. . . . . . . . . . 503
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important notes . . . . . . . . . . .
Recycling information . . . . . . . .
Particulate contamination . . . . . . .
Telecommunication regulatory statement .
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 2016
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
504
504
504
505
505
Electronic emission notices . . . . . . . . . .
Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industry Canada Class A emission compliance
statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avis de conformité à la réglementation
d'Industrie Canada . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australia and New Zealand Class A
statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
European Union EMC Directive conformance
statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Germany Class A statement . . . . . . . .
Japanese electromagnetic compatibility
statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Korea Communications Commission (KCC)
statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Russia Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
Class A statement . . . . . . . . . . . .
People's Republic of China Class A electronic
emission statement . . . . . . . . . . .
Taiwan Class A compliance statement . . . .
Taiwan BSMI RoHS declaration . . . . . . .
506
506
506
506
506
506
507
508
508
508
509
509
510
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
iii
iv
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Chapter 1. Introduction
The Lenovo Flex SystemChassis Management Module 2 (CMM) command-line interface (CLI) provides direct
access to Flex System management functions as an alternative to using the web-based user interface.
The Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 supports multiple Flex System chassis types. The CMM
automatically detects the chassis type where it is installed. The CMM firmware adjusts the features and
command options it supports based on its operating environment.
Using the CLI, you can issue commands to control the power and configuration of the CMM and other
components that are in a Flex System chassis. The command-line interface also provides access to the textconsole command prompt on each compute node through a Serial over LAN (SOL) connection.
Notes:
• Unless otherwise noted, the term “CMM” in this document refers to all CMM types.
• The CMM 2 is also called the CMM II.
You access the CMM CLI through a direct serial or Ethernet connection to the CMM, through a Telnet
connection to the IP address of the CMM, or through a Secure Shell (SSH) connection to the CMM. You can
initiate connections from the client system by using standard remote communication software; no special
programs are required. You must authenticate with the CMM before you issue commands. You enter
commands one at a time; however, you can use command scripting to enter multiple commands. The CLI
does not support keyboard shortcuts, except for the special key sequence, Esc (, that terminates an SOL
session.
Important: When interfacing with the CMM through an external script-based interface, observe the following
restrictions to improve CMM reliability:
• Allow ample time for component discovery after the CMM starts, CMM failover, or addition of new
hardware to a Flex System chassis.
• Do not poll the CMM for specific data more than once every 15 minutes.
• Do not run concurrent scripting sessions with the CMM.
The most recent versions of all Lenovo Flex System documentation are available at http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/
infocenter/ flexsys/information/index.jsp.
IBM Redbooks publications are developed and published by the IBM International Technical Support
Organization (ITSO). The ITSO develops and delivers skills, technical know-how, and materials to technical
professionals, Business Partners, clients, and the marketplace in general. For IBM Redbooks publications for
your Lenovo Flex System product, go to http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/portals/.
Before you begin
There are some specific hardware and software requirements for using the CMM command-line interface.
Hardware:
You do not need any special hardware to use the CMM command-line interface.
You can use the console command to control a compute node through SOL (see “console command” on
page 107 for information).
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 2016
1
Firmware:
Make sure that you are using the latest versions of the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI)
code, system-management processor firmware, diagnostic firmware updates, and device drivers for
your compute node, CMM, and other Lenovo Flex System components. Go to http://www.lenovo.com/
support for the latest information about upgrading the device drivers, firmware, and UEFI code for
Lenovo Flex System components. The latest instructions are in the documentation that comes with the
updates.
Notices and statements in this document
Use this information to understand the most common documentation notices and statements and how they
are used.
The caution and danger statements in this document are also in the multilingual Safety Information
document, which is on the Lenovo documentation CD. Each statement is numbered for reference to the
corresponding statement in the Safety Information document.
The following notices and statements are used in this document:
• Note: These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.
• Important: These notices provide information or advice that might help you avoid inconvenient or
problem situations.
• Attention: These notices indicate possible damage to programs, devices, or data. An attention notice is
placed just before the instruction or situation in which damage might occur.
• Caution: These statements indicate situations that can be potentially hazardous to you. A caution
statement is placed just before the description of a potentially hazardous procedure step or situation.
• Danger: These statements indicate situations that can be potentially lethal or hazardous to you. A danger
statement is placed just before the description of a potentially lethal or hazardous procedure step or
situation.
Accessibility features for the Lenovo Flex System CMM
Accessibility features help users who have disabilities, such as restricted mobility or limited vision, to use
information technology products successfully.
Accessibility features
Accessibility for the Lenovo Flex SystemCMM interface is provided through the command-line interface. The
remote console video feed is not accessible to a screen reader. If you are managing your Lenovo Flex
System by using the optional Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex System Manager management software,
see the documentation for the management device for information about its accessibility features.
The Lenovo Flex System information center is accessibility-enabled. The information center has the following
accessibility features:
• Keyboard-only operation.
• Interfaces that are commonly used by screen readers. (The Java access bridge must be installed to make
Java applets available to the JAWS screen reader.)
• The attachment of alternative input and output devices.
Keyboard navigation
This product uses standard Microsoft Windows navigation keys.
2
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Related accessibility information
You can view the publications for Lenovo Flex System in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF) by using
the Adobe Acrobat Reader. The PDF files are provided on a CD that is packaged with the product, or you can
access them through the Lenovo Flex System information center.
Lenovo and accessibility
See the Accessibility website for more information about the commitment that Lenovo has to accessibility.
Chapter 1. Introduction
3
4
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
The CMM command-line interface (CLI) provides a convenient method for entering commands that manage
and monitor Lenovo Flex System components. This section contains reference information about using the
command-line interface.
•
“Command-line interface guidelines” on page 5
•
“Command targets” on page 6
•
“Commands and user authority” on page 10
•
“Cabling the CMM” on page 15
•
“Starting the command-line interface” on page 17
•
“Configuring Lenovo Flex System chassis components by using the CLI” on page 25
•
“Configuring the CMM for CLI operation” on page 27
•
“Serial over LAN” on page 28
•
“Specifying a URL for file transfer” on page 29
•
“External authentication of certificates” on page 31
See Chapter 3 “Command reference” on page 37 for detailed information about commands that are used to
monitor and control Lenovo Flex System components. Command-line interface error messages are in
Chapter 4 “Error messages” on page 415. See the documentation for your operating system for information
about commands that you can enter through a Serial over LAN (SOL) connection.
Command-line interface guidelines
All CMM CLI commands follow the same general syntactical guidelines.
All commands have the following basic structure:
command -option parameter
Some commands do not require options, and some command options do not require parameters. You can
add multiple options to a command on one line to avoid repeating the same command. Options that display
a value and options that set a value must not be used together in the same command. The following
examples illustrate valid command option syntax:
• command
• command -option_set
• command -option_set parameter
• command -option1_set parameter -option2_set parameter
The information for each option is returned in the order in which it was entered and is displayed on separate
lines.
Observe the following general guidelines when you use the command-line interface:
• Case sensitivity All commands, command options, and predefined command option parameters are case
sensitive.
Note: If you receive a Command not found error, make sure that you are typing the command in the correct
case. For a list of valid commands, type help or ? .
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 2016
5
• Data types The ip_address data type uses a predefined formatted string of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a
number from 0 to 255.
• Delimiters
– Options are delimited with a minus sign.
– In a command that requires parameters, a single space is expected between an option and its
parameter. Any additional spaces are ignored.
• Output format
– Failed commands generate failure messages.
– Successful commands are indicated by the message OK or by the display of command results.
• Strings
– Strings that contain spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks, for example, snmp -cn "John B. Doe".
– String parameters can be mixed case.
• The help command lists all commands and a brief description of each command. You can also issue the
help command by typing ? . Adding the h parameter to any command displays its syntax.
• You can use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys in the command-line interface to access the last eight
commands that you entered.
Command targets
You can set a persistent command target for the CMM CLI or send individual CLI commands to a specific
target.
You can use the command-line interface to target commands to the Flex System chassis, the CMM, or to
other devices installed in the chassis. The command-line prompt indicates the persistent command
environment: the target where commands are directed unless another target is specified. You can specify a
command target by using the full target name or by using a target name that is relative to the persistent
command environment.
When a command-line interface session is started, the persistent command environment is system ; this
indicates that commands are being directed to the Flex System chassis.
The following table lists Flex System components that are supported as command targets. Target names
have been selected to maintain scripting compatibility with other Lenovo systems.
To direct commands to a specific command target, its path name must be specified, either as a full path
name or as a path name based on the current persistent command environment. To view path names for
targets in your Flex System chassis, use the “list command” on page 228.
Table 1. Valid command targets
Component
Target path
Flex System chassis
system
CMM (by bay number)
mm[x]
CMM (primary)
mm[p] or mm[P]
CMM (standby)
mm[s] or mm[S]
Compute node
blade[x]
Logical node grouping
bladegroup[x]
6
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 1. Valid command targets (continued)
Component
Target path
System-management processor
sp
Expansion adapter
exp[x]
Compute node management card
mgmtcrd[x]
Compute node microprocessor
cpu[x]
Expansion node
be[x]
Compute node high-speed expansion card
hsec[x]
Compute node memory
memory[x]
Compute node flash DIMM (Lenovo eXFlash Storage
DIMM)
flashdimm[x]
Storage expansion enclosure
bladeenclosure[x]
Storage disk
disk[x]
Alarm panel
tap[x]
Storage backplane
stgbkplane[x]
Add-in card
addin[x]
Add-in card PCI-Express module
pciexpress[x]
I/O (switch) module
switch[x]
Power supply
power[x]
Fan logic module
fanmux[x]
Fan module
blower[x]
Rear LED card
mt[x]
You can change the persistent command environment for the remainder of a command-line interface session
by using the env command (see “env command” on page 131). When you list the target as a command
attribute by using the T option, you change the target environment for the command that you are
entering, temporarily overriding the persistent command environment. You can specify target
environments by using the full path name or by using a partial (relative) path name that is based on the
persistent command environment. Full path names always begin with “system”. The levels in a path
name are divided using a colon ( : ).
For example:
• Use the
Tsystem : mm½1�
• Use the
Tsystem : switch½1�
option to redirect a command to the CMM in bay 1.
option to redirect a command to the I/O module in I/O bay 1.
• Use the Tsp option to redirect a command to the system-management processor in the compute
node in node bay 3, when the persistent command environment is set to the compute node in node
bay 3.
• Use the -T bladegroup[1]:blade[1] option to redirect a command to the first compute node in a logical
node grouping in node bay 1, when the persistent command environment is set to the Flex System
chassis.
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
7
Most CMM commands must be directed to the primary CMM. If only one CMM is installed in the Flex System
chassis, it always acts as the primary CMM. Either CMM can function as the primary CMM; however, only
one CMM can be primary at one time. You can determine which CMM is acting as the primary CMM by using
the list command (see “list command” on page 228).
Commands can be directed to the primary CMM, regardless of its bay location, using the -T system:mm[p] or
-T system:mm[P] option. Commands can be directed to the standby CMM, regardless of its bay location,
using the -T system:mm[s] or -T system:mm[S] option.
Example: To display a hierarchical list of all command targets in the Flex System chassis, while the chassis
is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
list -l a
The following example shows the information that might be returned when the command is run:
system> list -l a
system
blade[1] Server1
sp
cpu[1]
tap[1]
stgbkplane[1]
be[1]
addin[1]
hsec[2]
addin[2]
memory[1]
memory[4]
addin[1]
blower[1]
blower[2]
blower[5]
blower[6]
blower[7]
blower[10]
power[1]
blower[1]
power[2]
blower[1]
mm[1]
standby
mm[2]
primary
switch[1]
mt[1]
fanmux[1]
fanmux[2]
system>
The following table shows each target with its full path. This is the path that would be used if the persistent
command environment was set to the Flex System chassis.
Table 2. Example system components and command paths
Component
Target path
Flex System chassis
system
Compute node, bay 1 (named Server1)
system:blade[1]
Node system-management processor, compute node bay
1
system:blade[1]:sp
Microprocessor, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]:cpu[1]
8
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 2. Example system components and command paths (continued)
Component
Target path
Alarm panel, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]:tap[1]
Storage backplane, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]:stgbkplane[1]
Expansion node 1, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]:be[1]
Add-in card 1, expansion node 1, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]:be[1]:addin[1]
High-speed expansion card 2, add-in card 1, expansion
node 1, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]:be[1]:addin[1]hsec[2]
Add-in card 2, expansion node 1, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]:be[1]:addin[2]
Memory module 1, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]:memory[1]
Memory module 4, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]:memory[4]
Add-in card 1, compute node bay 1
system:blade[1]addin[1]
Fan module 1
system:blower[1]
Fan module 2
system:blower[2]
Fan module 5
system:blower[5]
Fan module 6
system:blower[6]
Fan module 7
system:blower[7]
Fan module 10
system:blower[10]
Power supply 1
system:power[1]
Fan module, power supply 1
system:power[2]:blower[1]
Power supply 2
system:power[2]
Fan module, power supply 2
system:power[2]:blower[1]
Standby CMM, CMM bay 1
system:mm[s] or system:mm[S] or system:mm[1]
Primary CMM, CMM bay 2
system:mm[p] or system:mm[P] or system:mm[2]
I/O (switch) module, bay 1
system:switch[1]
Rear LED card
system:mt[1]
Fan logic module 1
system:fanmux[1]
Fan logic module 2
system:fanmux[2]
The complete command target hierarchy for the example is shown in the following illustration.
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
9
Commands and user authority
Some CMM CLI commands can be executed only by users who are assigned a required level of authority.
Users are assigned authority levels according to user permission groups that are set up for the CMM.
Users with Supervisor command authority can execute all commands. Commands that display information
do not require any special command authority; however, users can be assigned restricted read-only access,
as follows:
• Users with Operator command authority can execute all commands that display information.
• Users with Chassis Operator custom command authority can execute commands that display information
about the common Flex System chassis components.
• Users with Blade Operator custom command authority can execute commands that display information
about the node devices, such as compute nodes.
10
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
• Users with Switch Operator custom command authority can execute commands that display information
about the I/O modules.
Table 3 “Command authority relationships” on page 11 shows the command-line interface commands and
their required authority levels. To use the table, observe the following guidelines:
• The commands in this table apply only to the command variants that set values or cause an action and
require a special command authority: display variants of the commands do not require any special
command authority.
• If a command requires only one command authority at a time, each of the applicable command authorities
is indicated by a dot (·). If a command requires a combination of two or more command authorities, the
applicable command authorities are indicated by a ◊. For example, the cin command is available to a
user with the Supervisor command authority and to a user with both the Chassis Account
Management and Chassis Configuration command authorities.
Important: Users and permission groups for the Flex System chassis are controlled by the CMM in each
chassis, using the CMM CLI “users command” on page 378 and the “permgroups command” on page 242
or the CMM web interface. If your Flex System configuration includes the optional Lenovo XClarity
Administrator or Flex System Manager management node, users and permission groups for each optional
management device are controlled by the optional management software (see https://support.lenovo.com/
us/en/ documents/LNVO-XCLARIT for information about the Lenovo XClarity Administrator or http://pic.dhe.
ibm.com/infocenter/flexsys/information/topic/com.ibm.acc.8731.doc/using_centralized_ user_management.
html for information about the Flex System Manager).
Notes:
1. LDAP authority levels are not supported by the CMM web interface. If you enable the enhanced rolebased security using the CMM web interface, you must configure the external LDAP server using an
LDAP snap-in tool that is available for Microsoft Windows operating systems.
2. To use the LDAP authority levels, you must make sure that the version of LDAP security that is used by
the CMM is set to v2 (enhanced role-based security model). See “ldapcfg command” on page 214 for
information.
Table 3. Command authority relationships
Command Authority
Command
accesscontrol
·
·
accseccfg
·
·
advfailover
·
·
airfilter
·
alarm
(system, CMM, power supply, or
blower target)
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
11
Table 3. Command authority relationships (continued)
Command Authority
Command
alarm
(compute node target)
·
alarm
(I/O module target)
·
alertcfg
·
alertentries
·
baydata
·
·
bootmode
·
·
chconfig
·
·
chlog
·
·
chmanual
·
cimsub
·
cin
·
clear
·
clearlog
·
config
(compute node target)
·
config
(CMM or system target)
·
console
·
crypto
·
·
date
·
·
dns
·
·
events -che
·
events -che -add -rm
·
files -d
·
fsmcm
·
fuelg
·
·
groups
·
·
12
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
◊
◊
·
·
·
·
·
◊
◊
◊
◊
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 3. Command authority relationships (continued)
Command Authority
Command
ifconfig (compute node target)
·
·
ifconfig (compute node ISMP, CMM,
and system targets)
·
ifconfig (I/O module target)
·
ifconfig -pip (I/O module target)
·
ldapcfg
·
led -info, -loc
(system target)
·
led -info, -loc
(compute node target)
·
led -loc
(I/O module target)
·
monalerts
·
·
ntp
·
·
permgroups
·
pmpolicy
·
·
portcfg
·
·
ports
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
ports (I/O module target)
power -on, -off, -softoff, -cycle
·
·
power -on -c, -cycle -c
·
◊
power -ap, -aux, -d
·
power -local, -wol
·
pwrprofile
·
read1
·
reset
(compute node or ISMP target)
·
reset
(I/O module target)
·
·
·
◊
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
13
Table 3. Command authority relationships (continued)
Command Authority
Command
reset
(CMM target)
·
reset -c, -sft,
(compute node target)
·
reset -exd, -full, -std
(I/O module target)
·
reset -f, -standby
(CMM target)
·
sddump
·
sdemail
·
security
·
service
(CMM target)
·
service
(compute node or storage node target)
·
service
(compute node system-management
processor target)
·
service
(I/O module target)
·
smtp
·
·
snmp
·
·
sol
·
·
sshcfg
·
·
sslcfg
·
·
syslog
·
tcpcmdmode
·
·
trespass
·
·
uicfg
·
·
update (CMM target)
·
14
·
◊
◊
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
·
·
Table 3. Command authority relationships (continued)
Command Authority
Command
update (I/O module target)
·
uplink
·
users
·
vlan (CMM target)
·
vlan (system target)
·
·
·
·
·
·
Notes:
1. To successfully restore all settings, a user running the read command must have permission to modify
any settings controlled by individual commands in the configuration being restored.
Cabling the CMM
You can cable the CMM to support a management connection that best matches your site configuration.
You must connect a client system to the CMM to configure and manage operation of a Flex System chassis.
The CMM supports Ethernet (local or remote) and serial management connections.
You can manage a Flex System chassis by using the CMM command-line interface that you access through
Telnet or through the serial-management connector. You can also use the CMM web interface, which you
access through the remote management and console (Ethernet) connector, to manage Flex System chassis
devices. Use an SOL session through the CMM command-line interface, to access the operating system text
console of a compute node or the system-management processor of compute nodes that have a Unified
Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI).
To access the CMM management interfaces, you need the following equipment and information:
• For connection through the CMM web interface:
– A system with Ethernet connection capability. To facilitate connections at multiple locations, you can
use a notebook computer.
– The CMM IP address (the default CMM IP address is 192.168.70.100).
– For networked connection to the CMM, a standard Ethernet cable and a local Ethernet network port
(facility connection).
– For direct connection of a system to the CMM remote management and console (Ethernet) connector,
a standard Ethernet cable or an Ethernet crossover cable.
• For connection through the CMM CLI:
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
15
– A system with Ethernet or serial connection capability. To facilitate connections at multiple locations,
you can use a notebook computer.
– The CMM MAC address (listed on the label on the CMM).
– For networked connection to the CMM, a standard Ethernet cable and a local Ethernet network port
(facility connection).
– For direct connection of a system to the CMM remote management and console (Ethernet) connector,
a standard Ethernet cable or an Ethernet crossover cable.
– For serial connection of a system to the CMM mini-USB serial-management connector, a serial cable.
The following topics describe how to cable to the CMM to configure and manage a Flex System chassis.
Networked connection
You can use an Ethernet cable to connect the CMM to a management network.
To connect an Ethernet cable to the CMM for management network connection, complete the following
steps:
Step 1.
Connect one end of a Category 5 or higher Ethernet cable to the Ethernet connector of the CMM.
Step 2.
Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the management network.
Step 3.
Check the Ethernet LEDs on the CMM to make sure that the network connection is working. (See
"CMM controls and indicators" in Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Installation Guide for
Ethernet LED locations.)
• When the green Ethernet port link LED is lit, there is an active connection through the port to the
network.
• When the green Ethernet port active LED is flashing, it indicates that there is activity through the
port over the network link.
Direct client connection
You can use an Ethernet cable to connect the CMM directly to a client computer.
To connect a client computer directly to the CMM by using an Ethernet cable, complete the following steps.
Note: A CMM can perform an automatic media dependent interface (MDI) crossover, eliminating the need for
crossover cables or cross-wired (MDIX) ports. You might have to use a crossover cable to connect your
system to the CMM, if the network interface card in the client system is very old.
Step 1.
Connect one end of a Category 5 or higher Ethernet cable or a Category 5 or higher Ethernet
crossover cable to the Ethernet connector of the CMM.
Step 2.
Connect the other end of the cable to the Ethernet connector on the client system.
Step 3.
Check the Ethernet LEDs on the CMM to make sure that the network connection is working. (See
"CMM controls and indicators," in the Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Installation Guide,
for Ethernet LED locations.)
• When the green Ethernet port link LED is lit, there is an active connection through the port to the
network.
• When the green Ethernet port active LED is flashing, it indicates that there is activity through the
port over the network link.
16
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Serial cable connection
You can use a serial cable to connect the CMM to a client computer or a serial-management network.
See "CMM serial port pin assignments," in the Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Installation Guide, for
serial-management connector pin assignments.
Note: An optional cable kit with adapters is available to convert the CMM mini-USB connector for RJ-45,
DB-9, or standard USB cable connection. See http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/ for available Lenovo
Flex System options.
To connect a serial cable to the CMM for a management connection, complete the following steps:
Step 1.
Connect one end of a serial cable to the mini-USB serial-management connector on the CMM.
Step 2.
Connect the other end of the serial cable to the serial connector on the client system, such as a
notebook computer, or to a serial-management network.
Step 3.
Configure the serial device that the CMM connects to as follows:
a.
Baud rate = 115200
b.
Parity = none
c.
Stop bits = 1
Starting the command-line interface
Access the CMM command-line interface from a client system through a Telnet, Secure Shell (SSH), or serial
connection.
You can access the command-line interface through an Ethernet connection by establishing a Telnet session
with the IP address of the CMM or by establishing a Secure Shell (SSH) session. You can also access the
command-line interface by using a serial connection. You can establish up to 20 separate Telnet, serial, or
SSH sessions to the CMM, giving you the ability to have 20 active command-line interface sessions at the
same time.
Although a remote network administrator can access the CMM command-line interface through Telnet, this
method does not provide a secure connection. As a secure alternative to using Telnet to access the
command-line interface, use a serial or SSH connection. SSH ensures that all data that is sent over the
network is encrypted and secure. You cannot access the CMM CLI through Telnet while using the Secure
chassis security policy setting.
The following SSH clients are available. Although some SSH clients have been tested, support or nonsupport
of any particular SSH client is not implied.
• The SSH clients that are distributed with operating systems such as Linux, AIX, and UNIX (see your
operating-system documentation for information). The SSH client of Red Hat Linux 8.0 Professional was
used to test the command-line interface.
• The SSH client of cygwin (see http://www.cygwin.com for information).
• Putty (see http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty for information).
The following table shows the types of encryption algorithms that are supported, depending on the client
software version that is being used.
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
17
Algorithm
SSH version 2.0 clients
Public key exchange
Diffie-Hellman-group 1-sha-1
Host key type
DSA - 2048-bit
Bulk cipher algorithms
3-des-cbc or blowfish-cbc
MAC algorithms
Hmac-sha1
The following topics describe how to connect your system to the CMM to perform initial configuration of the
Flex System chassis. The CMM has the following default settings.
Note: By default, the CMM does not have a fixed static IPv6 IP address. For initial access to the CMM in an
IPv6 environment, you can use the IPv4 IP address or the IPv6 link-local address. See “IPv6 addressing for
initial connection” on page 19 for information about determining IPv6 addressing for initial connection.
• IPv4 IP address: 192.168.70.100 (primary and secondary CMM)
• IPv4 Subnet: 255.255.255.0
• User ID: USERID (all capital letters)
• Password: PASSW0RD (note the number zero, not the letter O, in PASSW0RD)
For IPv4, the system that you are connecting to the CMM must be configured to operate on the same subnet
as the CMM. If the IP address of the CMM is outside of your local domain, you must change the Internet
Protocol properties on the system that you are connecting.
Note: The available password options depend on the password options that are configured for the Flex
System chassis.
CMM network access tag
Information that you need to initially connect to the CMM is on the network access tag.
Important: Remove the network access tag from the CMM, before you install the CMM in a Flex System
chassis.
The network access tag lists the following initial connection information for the CMM:
• MAC address
• Default host name
• IPv6 link local address (LLA)
• Default URL (IPv4 static IP address): 192.168.70.100
• Default user name (USERID)
• Default password (PASSW0RD, note the number zero, not the letter O, in PASSW0RD)
The network access tag is attached to the front of the CMM, as shown in the following illustration.
Note: If DHCP connection (default setting) fails, connection is attempted using the IPv4 static IP address.
18
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Network
access tag
ct
ne
Con
via
tic
Sta
IP
The front of the network access tag lists the CMM MAC address, default host name, and IPv6 link local
address (LLA), as shown in the following illustration.
Front
DHCP is
enabled
by default
MAC Address (Last 12 characters)
MM
Default Hostname:
MM Label Here
IPv6 Link Local Address (LLA): LLA Label Here
The rear of the of the network access tag lists the CMM default URL (IPv4 static IP address), default user
name, and default password, as shown in the following illustration.
Rear
Default Information: URL:
https://192.168.70.100
User Name: USERID
Password: PASSW0RD
ZERO
Secure connection required.
(e.g., SSH, https://, etc.)
IPv6 addressing for initial connection
When you use IPv6 addressing, use the IPv6 link-local address to complete the initial connection to the
CMM.
The link-local address is a unique IPv6 address for the CMM that is automatically generated according to its
MAC address. It is of the form FE80::3BA7:94FF:FE07:CBD0.
Determine the link-local address of the CMM in any of the following ways:
• Read the CMM link-local address on the network access tag that is attached to the front of the CMM (see
“CMM network access tag” on page 18 for information). Note that the network access tag might have
been removed from your CMM during installation.
• If you are able to log in to the CMM command-line interface (CLI) using IPv4 addressing, view the linklocal address by using the ifconfig command (see “ifconfig command” on page 175 for information about
command use).
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
19
• If you are able to log in to the CMM web interface using IPv4 addressing, view the link-local address on
the IPv6 page on the Ethernet page on the Network Protocol Properties page (select Network from the
Mgt Module Management menu). All fields and options are fully described in the CMM web interface
online help.
If the CMM does not have a network access tag and you are unable to access the CMM by using IPv4,
complete the following steps to calculate link-local address:
Step 1.
Write down the MAC address of the CMM. It is on a label on the CMM, near the reset button. The
label reads MMxxxxxxxxxxxx, where xxxxxxxxxxxx is the MAC address. For example:
39-A7-94-07-CB-D0
Step 2.
Split the MAC address into two parts and insert FF-FE in the middle.For example:
39-A7-94-FF-FE-07-CB-D0
Step 3.
Convert the two hexadecimal digits at the left end of the string to binary.For example:
• 39-A7-94-FF-FE-07-CB-D0
• 00111001-A7-94-FF-FE-07-CB-D0
Step 4.
Invert the value of bit 7 of the binary string.For example:
• 00111001-A7-94-FF-FE-07-CB-D0
• 00111011-A7-94-FF-FE-07-CB-D0
Step 5.
Convert the binary digits at the left end of the string back to hexadecimal.For example:
• 00111011-A7-94-FF-FE-07-CB-D0
• 3B-A7-94-FF-FE-07-CB-D0
Step 6.
Combine the hexadecimal digit pairs into 4-digit groups.For example:
• 3B-A7-94-FF-FE-07-CB-D0
• 3BA7-94FF-FE07-CBD0
Step 7.
Replace dash (-) separators with colon (:) separators.For example:
• 3BA7-94FF-FE07-CBD0
• 3BA7:94FF:FE07:CBD0
Step 8.
Add FE80:: to the left of the string.For example:
FE80::3BA7:94FF:FE07:CBD0
For a MAC address of 39-A7-94-07-CB-D0, the link-local address that is used for initial IPv6 access is
FE80::3BA7:94FF:FE07:CBD0.
Telnet connection
You can connect to the CMM CLI through a Telnet session.
Note: The Telnet connection is not available when the CMM security policy is set to Secure (the
manufacturing default setting).
After you connect an Ethernet cable from the client computer to the CMM (direct connection or through a
network), complete the following steps:
Step 1.
20
Make sure that the subnet of the client computer is set to the same value as the CMM (default
CMM subnet is 255.255.255.0). The IP address of the CMM must also be in the same local domain
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
as the client computer. To connect to the CMM for the first time, you might have to change the
Internet Protocol properties on the client computer.
Step 2.
From a command prompt on the client computer, type telnetipa ddress (where ip_address is the
CMM IP address), and press Enter. For the first connection to the CMM, use the default IP address
of the CMM; if a new IP address has been assigned to the CMM, use that one instead.
Note: The manufacturing default static IPv4 IP address is 192.168.70.100, the default IPv4 subnet
address is 255.255.255.0, and the default host name is MMxxxxxxxxxxxx, where xxxxxxxxxxxx is the
burned-in MAC address. The MAC address is on a label on the CMM, below the reset button (see
"CMM controls and indicators," in the Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Installation Guide,
for the location of the reset button). See “IPv6 addressing for initial connection” on page 19 for
information about determining IPv6 addressing for initial connection.
Step 3.
At the login prompt, type the CMM user ID. At the password prompt, type the CMM password.
• The same user ID and password are used for all methods of connecting to the CMM. The
password is case sensitive. The user ID is not case sensitive.
• The default CMM user name is USERID, and the default password is PASSW0RD (note the
number zero, not the letter O, in PASSW0RD).
The CLI command prompt is displayed. You can now enter commands for the CMM.
Step 4.
If you are connecting to the CMM for the first time, perform the initial configuration of the Flex
System chassis (see "Configuring the CMM," in the Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2
Installation Guide, for information).
Serial connection
You can connect to the CMM CLI through a serial connection.
After you connect the serial cable from the CMM to the client computer, complete the following steps:
Step 1.
Make sure that the serial port settings of the client system match the settings of the serial port on
the CMM.The default CMM serial port settings are as follows:
• Baud rate (BPS): 115200
• Data bits: 8
• Parity: no parity
• Stop bits: 1
• Flow control: none
Step 2.
If any of the serial port settings for the client system were changed, reset the CMM.
Reset the CMM manually by pressing the reset button (see "CMM controls and indicators," in the
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Installation Guide, for the location of the reset button).
Attention: If you push the paper clip in all the way and hold it for approximately 10 seconds, the
CMM is reset to the default configuration.
Reset the CMM by using the CMM CLI reset command (see “reset command” on page 295 for
information about command use).
Reset the CMM by using the CMM web interface by selecting Restart from the Mgt Module
Management menu. All fields and options are fully described in the CMM web interface online
help.
Step 3.
Open a terminal emulator window on the client computer and establish a connection to the CMM
serial port.
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
21
Step 4.
At the login prompt, type the CMM user ID. At the password prompt, type the CMM password.
• The same user ID and password are used for all methods of connecting to the CMM. The
password is case sensitive. The user ID is not case sensitive.
• The default CMM user name is USERID, and the default password is PASSW0RD (note the
number zero, not the letter O, in PASSW0RD).
The CLI command prompt is displayed. You can now enter commands for the CMM.
Step 5.
If you are connecting to the CMM for the first time, perform the initial configuration of the Flex
System chassis (see "Configuring the CMM," in the Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2
Installation Guide, for information).
Secure Shell (SSH) connection
You can connect to the CMM CLI through a Secure Shell (SSH) connection.
After you connect an Ethernet cable from the client computer to the CMM (direct connection or through a
network), complete the following steps:
Step 1.
Make sure that the SSH server on the Lenovo Flex SystemCMM is enabled (SSH is enabled by
default).
• In the CMM web interface:
– Set the SSH port on the Port Assignments page on the Network Protocol Properties page
(select Network from the Mgt Module Management menu). All fields and options are fully
described in the CMM web interface online help.
– Enable the SSH server on the SSH Server page on the Security page (select Security from
the Mgt Module Management menu). All fields and options are fully described in the CMM
web interface online help.
• In the CMM CLI:
– Set the SSH port by using the ports -sshe command (see “ports command” on page 254 for
information about command use).
– Enable the SSH server by using the sshcfg -cstatus command (see “sshcfg command” on
page 333 for information about command use).
Step 2.
Start an SSH session to the CMM by using the SSH client of your choice. For example, if you are
using the cygwin client, from a command prompt on the network-management workstation, type
sshipa ddress (where ip_address is the CMM IP address), and press Enter. For the first connection
to the CMM, use the default IP address of the CMM; if a new IP address has been assigned to the
CMM, use that one instead.
Note: The manufacturing default static IPv4 IP address is 192.168.70.100, the default IPv4 subnet
address is 255.255.255.0, and the default host name is MMxxxxxxxxxxxx, where xxxxxxxxxxxx is the
burned-in MAC address. The MAC address is on a label on the CMM, below the reset button. See
“IPv6 addressing for initial connection” on page 19 for information about determining IPv6
addressing for the initial connection.
Step 3.
At the login prompt, type the CMM user ID. At the password prompt, type the CMM password.
• The same user ID and password are used for all methods of connecting to the CMM. The
password is case sensitive. The user ID is not case sensitive.
• The default CMM user name is USERID, and the default password is PASSW0RD (note the
number zero, not the letter O, in PASSW0RD).
The CLI command prompt is displayed. You can now enter commands for the CMM.
22
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Step 4.
If you are connecting to the CMM for the first time, perform the initial configuration of the Flex
System chassis (see "Configuring the CMM," in the Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2
Installation Guide, for information).
Using the Secure Shell (SSH) server
There are several ways that you can use the CMM Secure Shell (SSH) server.
The following SSH clients are available. Although some SSH clients have been tested, support or nonsupport
of any particular SSH client is not implied.
• The SSH clients that are distributed with operating systems such as Linux, AIX, and UNIX (see your
operating-system documentation for information).
• The SSH client of cygwin (see http://www.cygwin.com for information).
For information about using the CMM CLI to configure your system for SSH operation by using the sshcfg
command, see “sshcfg command” on page 333.
If you are using the Secure Shell client that is based on OpenSSH, such as the client that is included in Red
Hat Linux version 7.3, to start an interactive command-line Secure Shell session to a CMM with network
address 192.168.70.2, type a command similar to the following example:
ssh -x -l USERID 192.168.70.2
where -x indicates no X Window System forwarding and -l indicates that the session is to use the login ID
USERID.
The CMM supports non-interactive Secure Shell sessions. This is most useful when it is combined with
public key authentication. Use this capability to issue a single CLI command by adding the command to the
end of the ssh command. For example, to get a list of the current users of the CMM type
ssh -l USERID 192.168.70.2 users -T mm[1] -curr
If the CLI command requires special characters such as quotation marks, you must escape them so that they
are not consumed by the command shell on your client system. For example, to set a new trespass warning,
type a command similar to the following example:
ssh -l USERID 192.168.70.2 trespass -T mm[1] -tw \"New WARNING\"
To start a Serial over LAN text redirection session to a compute node, the process is similar, but in this case
you must specify that the Secure Shell server session uses a pseudo-terminal (PTY) to get the correct output
formatting and keystroke handling. In the following example, which starts a Serial over LAN session to the
compute node in bay 2, the t SSH client option specifies that a PTY is to be allocated.
ssh -t -l USERID 192.168.70.1 console -T blade[2]
SSH CLI exit codes
The SSH CLI commands return exit codes.
All CLI commands that are run in an SSH client single-command environment provide exit codes to indicate
their outcomes. The following table shows exit codes that are supported; other exit codes are reserved for
future use.
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
23
Table 4. SSH CLI exit codes
Name
Value
(decimal)
Description
EX_OK
0
Successful command execution.
EX_USAGE
64
Command-line usage error: syntax error, wrong command arguments
or number of arguments, or invalid command target.
EX_DATAERR
65
Input data error: invalid configuration file or SSH key parsing error.
EX_NOINPUT
66
The input file does not exist or is not readable.
EX_UNAVAILABLE
69
The command-line interface is not available: CLI oversubscribed, CLI
disabled, or the data returned by a command has an unexpected
value.
EX_SOFTWARE
70
Internal software error. Check the CMM event log for other error
indications.
EX_TEMPFAIL
75
The command could not perform a write operation because the device
or CMM was not in the correct state. Check for conflicting tasks or
conditions and try to run the command again.
CLI_ERR_NOT_
AUTHORIZED
126
Authorization error: the user does not have sufficient privileges to
execute the command.
CLI_ERR_CNF
127
Command not found.
CMM ports
The Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 modules use a variety of TCP/IP ports for communication. This
topic lists these ports and indicates the ones that are fixed or can be changed by an administrator. You need
to make sure that your network allows communications through these ports for the Lenovo Chassis
Management Module 2 modules to function and communicate correctly.
Notes: The CMM HTTP and HTTPS ports are open at all times. Port behavior is determined by the CMM
HTTPS port setting, which can be affected by the CMM chassis security policy setting:
• When the CMM HTTPS port is enabled, the HTTP port (port 80) remains open and redirects to the HTTPS
port (port 443). When the chassis security policy is set to secure, the CMM HTTPS port is automatically
enabled and its setting cannot be changed.
• When the CMM HTTPS port is disabled, the HTTPS port (port 443) remains open and redirects to the
HTTP port (port 80).
Table 5. User configurable Lenovo Flex System Enterprise Chassis ports
Port name
Port
number
CIM/XML
HTTPS
5989
(default)
CIM/XML HTTPS used by management applications
FTP
21 (default)
FTP
FTP Data
20 (default)
FTP Data
http
80 (default)
Web server HTTP connection - TCP
https
443
(default)
SSL connection for HTTP-TCP
24
Description
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 5. User configurable Lenovo Flex System Enterprise Chassis ports (continued)
Port name
Port
number
Description
Secure
TCP
Command
Mode
6091
(default)
Secure TCP Command Mode used by management applications
SLP
427
(default)
Service location protocol - UDP
SNMP
agent
161
(default)
SNMP get/set commands - UDP
SNMP
traps
162
(default)
SNMP traps
SSH
22 (default)
Secure Shell (SSH) command-line interface - TCP
TCP
Command
Mode
6090
(default)
TCP Command Mode
telnet
23 (default)
Telnet command-line interface connection -TCP
TFTP
69 (default)
TFTP
Note: The LDAP server port (port 389) is used only with the STARTTLS protocol extension to provide an
equivalent to LDAPS port 636. Unsecure access to the LDAP server port is disabled: if a secure SSL
connection is not established, connection to port 389 is refused. Port 389 is the default port for the CMM
internal interface. Port 636 the default port for the CMM external interface.
Table 6. Fixed Lenovo Flex System Enterprise Chassis ports
Port
number
Description
25
E-mail alerts - TCP
53
DNS resolver - UDP
67 and 68
DHCP - UDP
123
NTP
389
LDAP server port
547
DHCP (IPv6) - UDP
623
RMCP (Remote Management and Control Protocol)
636
LDAPS (secure LDAP)
830
NETCONF (Network Configuration Protocol)
Note: If an I/O module supports the NETCONF protocol, port 830 is open by default.
Configuring Lenovo Flex System chassis components by using the CLI
You must configure the Lenovo Flex System chassis and its components for your operating environment.
You can perform this configuration by using the CMM command-line interface.
The Lenovo Flex System chassis automatically detects the modules and compute nodes that are installed
and stores the vital product data (VPD). When the chassis is started, the CMM automatically configures the
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
25
remote management and console (Ethernet) connector of the CMM, so that you can configure and manage
Lenovo Flex System components. You configure and manage Lenovo Flex System components remotely by
using the CMM command-line interface (CLI) or the CMM web interface. The CMM web interface includes an
initial setup wizard that simplifies the setup operation (see "Using the Initial Setup Wizard" in the Lenovo
Chassis Management Module 2 User's Guide for information). The optional Lenovo XClarity Administrator or
Flex System Manager software also supports selected configuration and management functions for the
Lenovo Flex System chassis.
To manually configure the basic settings for an Lenovo Flex System chassis by using the CMM CLI,
complete the following steps:
Step 1.
Configure the CMM to use the CLI (see “Configuring the CMM for CLI operation” on page 27 for
information).
Step 2.
Start a CMM CLI session (see “Starting the command-line interface” on page 17 for information).
Step 3.
View the installed components in the Lenovo Flex System chassis and their health status by using
the list command (see “list command” on page 228 for information) and health command (see
“health command” on page 164 for information). All components in the chassis should be shown
and indicate a healthy state.
Step 4.
Verify that the general settings of the CMM are correct by using the config command (see “config
command” on page 102 for information).
Step 5.
Set the system date and time by using the date command (see “date command” on page 113 for
information).
Step 6.
Verify the CMM IP configuration by using the ifconfig command (see “ifconfig command” on page
175 for information).
Step 7.
Set up credentials of the main supervisor user account (USERID) by using the users command (see
“users command” on page 378 for information).
Step 8.
To communicate with network resources and with components in the Lenovo Flex System chassis,
configure the I/O-module ports.
Notes:
• To communicate with the compute nodes for functions such as deploying an operating system
or application program over a network, at least one external (in-band) port on an Ethernet switch
in one of the I/O bays of the Lenovo Flex System chassis must be configured for operation and
connected.
• If a pass-thru module is installed in an I/O bay (instead of an Ethernet I/O module), you might
have to configure the network switch that the pass-thru module is connected to; see the
documentation that comes with the pass-thru module and the network switch for information
and instructions.
• You might be able to configure an I/O module through its external management connector. An
Ethernet switch module can be configured through an external port that is enabled for
management connection by the CMM. Depending on your I/O module and configuration,
configuration can be performed by using a Telnet interface, a serial connection, or a web
browser. See the documentation that comes with each I/O module for information and
instructions.
Step 9.
26
a.
Enable and configure I/O-module port settings by using the ports command (see “ports
command” on page 254 for information).
b.
Configure IP addresses for the I/O modules by using the ifconfig command (see “ifconfig
command” on page 175 for information).
Set the overall CMM security policy by using the security command (see “security command” on
page 305 for information).
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Step 10. Set the CMM DNS configuration by using the dns command (see “dns command” on page 127 for
information).
Step 11. Set an email address for CMM event notifications by using the alertentries command (see
“alertentries command” on page 58 for information).
These steps complete basic configuration of the Lenovo Flex System chassis. You can now perform
additional setup operations, as required, for your specific chassis configuration.
Configuring the CMM for CLI operation
You must configure the CMM to use the command-line interface.
You configure only the primary (active) CMM. If a standby (redundant) CMM is installed, it receives the
configuration and status information automatically from the primary CMM when necessary. The configuration
information in this topic applies to the primary CMM, which might be the only CMM in the Lenovo Flex
System chassis.
If the CMM that you are installing is the only CMM in the Lenovo Flex System chassis and you have a saved
CMM configuration file, you can apply the saved configuration file to the replacement CMM. See “read
command” on page 286 for information about applying a saved configuration file.
For the primary CMM to communicate, you must configure the IP address for the remote management and
console (Ethernet) port (eth0) of the CMM by using the CMM CLI ifconfig -eth0 command (see “ifconfig
command” on page 175 for information about command use). The initial automatic CMM configuration
enables a remote console to connect to the CMM to configure the port completely and to configure the rest
of the Lenovo Flex System chassis.
After you connect the primary CMM to the network, the Ethernet management port connection is configured
in one of the following ways. Either of these actions enables the Ethernet management port on the primary
CMM.
• If you have an accessible, active, and configured dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) server on
the network, the IP address, gateway address, subnet mask, and DNS server IP address are set
automatically. The host name is set to the CMM MAC address by default, and the domain server cannot
change it.
• If the DHCP server does not respond within 2 minutes after the port is connected, the CMM uses the
manufacturing-defined static IP address and default subnet address.
Note: If the CMM DHCP setting is set to try the DHCP server and then use the static IP address, the CMM
uses the static IP address when the DHCP server is not available during CMM startup. When this occurs,
the IP address might not be reachable if multiple CMMs were started with the same static IP address. Use
the dhcpinfo command to view the DHCP settings for the CMM (see “dhcpinfo command” on page 115 for
information).
Important: You cannot connect to the CMM by using the manufacturing-defined static IP address and
manufacturing default subnet address until at least 3 minutes after CMM startup.
Note: If the IP configuration is assigned by the DHCP server, you can use the MAC address of the CMM
network interface to find out what IP address is assigned.
To configure the CMM Ethernet ports, complete the following steps:
Step 1.
Connect your system to the CMM command-line interface (see “Starting the command-line
interface” on page 17 for more information).
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
27
Step 2.
Configure the remote management and console (Ethernet) port (eth0), using the CMM CLI ifconfig
command (see “ifconfig command” on page 175 for information about command use).
Notes:
• The internal Ethernet management port on each I/O module provides for communication with the
CMM. You configure this port by configuring the IP address for the I/O module by using the web
interface or the CMM CLI ifconfig command (see “ifconfig command” on page 175 for
information about command use). See the documentation that comes with each I/O module for
information and instructions. Some types of I/O modules, such as the pass-thru module, have
no management port. See the documentation that comes with each I/O module to determine
what else you must configure for the I/O module.
• For I/O-module communication with a remote management station, such as the optional Lenovo
XClarity Administrator or Flex System Manager management node, through the CMM external
Ethernet (remote management and console) port, the I/O-module internal network interface and
the CMM internal and external interfaces must be on the same subnet.
• To communicate with the compute nodes for functions such as deploying an operating system
or application program, you also must configure at least one external (in-band) port on an
Ethernet I/O module.
Serial over LAN
You can start an SOL session to any compute node that supports SOL.
Serial over LAN (SOL) provides a means to manage compute nodes remotely by using the CMM commandline interface (CLI) over a serial, Telnet, or Secure Shell (SSH) connection. SOL is required to manage
compute nodes that do not have keyboard/video/mouse (KVM) support.
SOL provides console redirection for both the compute node firmware and operating system. The SOL
feature redirects compute node serial-connection data over a LAN without the need for special cabling. The
SOL connection enables compute nodes to be managed from any remote location with network access. SOL
has the following advantages:
• Remote administration without keyboard, video, or mouse (headless servers)
• Reduced cabling and no need for a serial concentrator
• Standard Telnet interface that eliminates the need for special client software
The Lenovo Flex SystemCMM command-line interfaces provide access to the text-console command
prompt on each compute node through an SOL connection, enabling the compute nodes to be managed
from a remote location.
You access the compute node Integrated Management Module (IMM) CLI using a CMM SOL session (see
“Starting an SOL session” on page 29). If no user accounts have been manually set up for the IMM of a
compute node, connection to that IMM must be done using the current CMM user ID and password. In order
for an IMM to communicate with the compute node Advanced Settings Utility (ASU) and UpdateXpress
System Pack Installer (UXSPI) programs, a local user account must be set up for the compute node IMM.
This local account is not included in an IMM configuration backup. For information about using the compute
node IMM interface, see the compute node or IMM documentation.
Note: You can access the compute node IMM web interface using a CMM web interface remote console
session (see "Starting a remote compute node session," in the Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2
User’s Guide).
If security is a concern, use Secure Shell (SSH) sessions or connections that are made through the serialmanagement connector on the CMM to establish secure Telnet command-line interface sessions with the
CMM before you start an SOL console redirect session with a compute node.
28
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Starting an SOL session
After you start a Telnet, serial, or SSH session to the Lenovo Flex SystemCMM, you can start an SOL session
to any individual compute node that supports SOL.
Note: Serial over LAN (SOL) must be enabled for both the Lenovo Flex System chassis and the compute
node before you can start an SOL session with the compute node. See “sol command” on page 325 for
information about setting up and enabling SOL.
Because you can start up to 20 separate Telnet, serial, or SSH sessions to the Lenovo Flex SystemCMM,
simultaneous SOL sessions can be active for each compute node in the Lenovo Flex System chassis.
Start an SOL session by using the console command (see “console command” on page 107 for
information), from the command line, indicating the target compute node. For example, to start an
SOL connection to the compute node in node bay 6, type
console -T system:blade[6]
Note: A node assembly that occupies more than one node bay is identified by the lowest bay number that it
occupies.
After an SOL session is started, all commands are sent to the compute node that is specified by the console
command until the SOL session is ended, regardless of the persistent command target that was in
effect before the SOL session.
See “sol command” on page 325 for information about configuring a compute node for SOL. See your
operating-system documentation for information about SOL commands that you can enter by using the
command-line interface.
Ending an SOL session
To end an SOL session, press Esc followed by an opening parenthesis.
When the SOL session ends, the command-line interface returns to the persistent command target that was
in effect before the SOL session. If you want to end the Telnet or SSH command-line session, type exit .
Note: Exiting an SOL session does not stop the flow of serial data.
Specifying a URL for file transfer
Some CLI commands require specification of a URL when transferring a file to or from the CMM.
Note: When the CMM is set to “Secure” security mode, only secure file transfer methods, such as HTTPS
and SFTP, can be used for tasks involving file transfer when the CMM is acting as a server. Unsecure file
transfer protocols, such as HTTP, FTP, and TFTP, are disabled when the CMM is acting as a server when the
security mode is set to “Secure”. Unsecure file transfer protocols remain available for a CMM acting as a
client for all commands when the security mode is set to “Secure”.
The CMM supports multiple server protocols for file transfer. The URLs for all protocols follow the same
basic format:
protocol://user:password;fingerprint=hostkey@hostname:port/path/filename
Where:
• protocol: Protocol to use for server connection (tftp, ftp, http, https, or sftp).
• user: Optional user name for server connection.
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
29
• password: Optional password for user authentication during server connection. The password can be
used only when a user is specified.
• hostkey: Optional host key used to authenticate an encryption key file. This host key can be used only
when a user is specified. The fingerprint and hostkey are optional during secure operation.
• hostname: Server hostname.
• port: Optional server port to use for file transfer. The server port must be specified, if not using the default
server port.
• path: Path to the file on the server.
• filename: File name of file being transferred.
Examples:
• To restore the CMM configuration from an image previously saved to an unencrypted file named cmm1.
cfg and a passphrase of ’backuplock’ in the temp directory on a TFTP server with an IP address of
9.37.177.215, while CMM 1 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt,
type
read -u tftp://9.37.177.215/temp/cmm1.cfg -p "backuplock"
• To update the CMM firmware from a HTTP server and reboot the CMM in CMM bay 2 after a successful
update, type the following command at the system :> prompt. For this example, the IP address of the
HTTP server is 10.12.100.109 and the firmware file containing the update is named cmefs.uxp, that is in
the flash sub-directory on the server. The verbose mode and reboot flag are also specified.
update -u http://10.12.100.109/flash/cmefs.uxp -T mm[2] -v -r
• To save the CMM configuration to a unencrypted file named cmm1.cfg and a passphrase of ’backuplock’
in the temp directory on a TFTP server with an IP address of 9.37.177.215, while CMM 1 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
write -u tftp://9.37.177.215/temp/cmm1.cfg -p "backuplock"
• To download a key with an index of 1, of type openssh, for the user named test, from an SFTP server with
a host name of 10.40.1.15, where the key is in the /home/user directory, with a file name of file.ext, while
CMM 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system:mm[2]> prompt, type the following
command. The server is being accessed using a user name of user, a password of pass, and an optional
fingerprint of sh-dss:14-25-f1-76-75-32-06-8b-ba-a6-e7-b8-23-44-40-34.
users -n test -dnld -ki 1 -kf openssh -u sftp://user:pass;fingerprint=ssh-dss:
14-25-f1-76-75-32-06-8b-ba-a6-e7-b8-23-44-40-34@10.40.1.15/home/user/file.ext
Notes: The URL for this downloaded file includes the following parameters:
– Protocol type: sftp.
– User name and password for server connection: user and pass.
– Fingerprint preamble: ssh-dss. The fingerprint parameter must include a fingerprint preamble.
– Fingerprint parameter: c1:df:07:c4:e5:6a:7f:ce:47:a1:de:df:84:51:5f:bf.
– Server hostname: 10.40.1.15.
– Path on server: /home/user.
– File name: file.ext.
• To download a key with an index of 1, of type openssh, for the user named test, from an SFTP server with
a host name of 10.40.1.15, where the key is in the /home/user directory, with a file name of file.ext, while
CMM 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system:mm[2]> prompt, type the following
command. The server is being accessed using a user name of user, a password of pass; no optional
fingerprint is specified in this example.
users -n test -dnld -ki 1 -kf openssh -u sftp://user:pass@10.40.1.15/home/
user/file.ext
Notes: The URL for this downloaded file includes the following parameters:
30
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
– Protocol type: sftp.
– User name and password for server connection: user and pass.
– Server hostname: 10.40.1.15.
– Path on server: /home/user.
– File name: file.ext.
External authentication of certificates
Certificates are used to establish secure, trusted connections to the CMM and from the CMM to other
servers.
For an application initiating a connection to trust the server that it is connecting to, it must have in its trust
store a copy of either the server certificate or the certificate of the Certificate Authority (CA) that signed the
server certificate. The CMM has a CA that signs certificates for the LDAP, HTTPS, and CIM servers of all
systems management processors in a Flex System chassis. Some compute nodes, such as the x240 M5
compute node, can also create certificates that can be imported by the CMM. See the Integrated
Management Module (IMM) documentation for your compute node for information and instructions.
You can create trust between your web browser and the HTTPS servers on the management processors in
the chassis by importing the CA certificate into your web browser. Additionally, when you work with an
external LDAP server, you can use the CMM web interface or CLI to configure either non-mutual (server only)
or mutual certificate authentication.
The CA certificate in each Lenovo Flex System chassis is unique. You download CA certificates through the
primary CMM in each chassis using the CMM web interface or CLI.
• In the CMM web interface, click Mgt Module Management > Security > SSL Servers and Certificates >
CMM Externally Signed SSL Server Certificate and Bundled Chain of Trust. Select the certificate type
and format, and click Save and Install Certificate.
• In the CLI, download the CA certificate into the CMM by using the sslcfg -dnld command (see “sslcfg
command” on page 335 for additional information about command use).
The following illustration shows the certificate download window.
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
31
After you download each CA certificate, you should import it into your web browser, so that the web browser
will trust websites that have a certificate signed by the CA. If there are multiple users who will access the
management processors in the Flex System chassis, you can share the CA certificates with the other users.
You can share certificates via email or through any other file sharing mechanism. Each user that receives a
CA certificate must also import it into their web browser. If your organization has a process for pushing
trusted authority certificates to users, you can also use that process.
To import a CA certificate into your web browser, complete the following steps:
1. Go to the area in your web browser where you configure web browser options and settings.
2. Locate and select managing certificates. In some web browsers, this selection is in the Content page or
in the Encryption page on the Advanced page.
3. If you have old certificates that are related to this chassis, you should remove, delete, or distrust them,
especially if you are experiencing errors relating to certificates. Check all tabs in the certificate page and
remove all certificates related to this chassis. The “Issued by” field, if displayed, will indicate the chassis
32
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
ID and time that the certificate was issued, in the form “CA for chassis_uuid, time_stamp.” For browsers
where certificates are grouped in a tree structure by organization name, you will find the certificates in
the “Generated by Firmware” section.
4. Import the CA certificate as a root authority certificate (not as a server certificate, intermediate authority,
or other software device). Importing the CA certificate in this way might require that you are on the
Authorities page before clicking Import and that you select a particular trusted root certificate store
from the import wizard. During the import process, when asked to select the file that you want to import,
you might need to change the file type to “All Files” to see the file that you want to import. If you are
asked why you want to trust the certificate, choose the option that trusts the CA for identifying websites.
Select OK or Close in all the pages you opened. If you are importing the CA certificate from more than
one chassis, repeat this step for the CA certificates from each chassis.
5. Close your web browser and re-open it to make sure that these changes take effect.
If you change a CA certificate, you must download the new certificate and import it into your web browser,
Lenovo XClarity Administrator, the Certificate Trust Store of your Flex System Manager management
software, into any IBM Systems Director servers that might be in your network, and into any external LDAP
servers that might be configured for mutual authentication (see “Importing an LDAP certificate with mutual
authentication” on page 34 for information and instructions). This applies for all activities that can change a
CA certificate such as manual changes or resetting the CMM to defaults.
If your web browser advises you that a connection is untrusted or a security certificate is invalid, or has any
other issue that indicates a certificate exception issue relating to a certificate exception, follow the process
given above to download and import the CA certificate, making sure to clear all old certificates from the
chassis on all tabs in the certificate pages. You can also try clearing the browser cache and follow other
instructions that might be suggested by the documentation for your web browser. Since some certificate
issues impact only certain web browsers, you might be able to correct the condition by switching to a
different web browser.
Importing an LDAP certificate with non-mutual authentication
To authenticate an LDAP server with the CMM, you must import either the certificate of the LDAP server or
the certificate of the Certificate Authority (CA) which signed the LDAP server certificate. The process for
importing either an LDAP server certificate or the certificate of the CA with non-mutual authentication is the
same.
Import a certificate by using non-mutual external authentication when you only have to authenticate the
LDAP server with the CMM. You can authenticate the LDAP server with the CMM using the CMM
management interface.
Note: Certificates must be signed using SHA-1 hashes, SHA-2 hashes are not supported.
To import an LDAP certificate or a CA, by using non-mutual authentication, complete the following steps:
Step 1.
Obtain the external LDAP certificate or CA and place it on the server that will be used to import it.
Depending on your CMM configuration, supported server types can include TFTP, FTP, HTTP,
HTTPS, and SFTP.
Step 2.
Start a CMM management session:
• To start a CMM CLI session, see “Starting the command-line interface” on page 17 for
instructions.
Note: For the CLI, the sslcfg command must be targeted to the primary CMM. The following
example assumes that the command environment has been set to the primary CMM through the
env command (see “env command” on page 131 for information about command use). If the
command environment has not been set to the primary CMM, you can direct the command to
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
33
the primary CMM by using the -T mm[p] option, (see “Command targets” on page 6 for
information).
Step 3.
Import the external LDAP certificate or CA into the CMM:
• In the CLI, import the external LDAP certificate or CA into the CMM by using the sslcfg
command (see “sslcfg command” on page 335 for additional information about command use):
sslcfg -tc1 import -u file_location_on_server
where:
– -tc1 indicates trusted certificate 1. -tc2 or -tc3 can also be used to specify trusted
certificates 2 and 3.
– file_location_on_server is a fully qualified location that specifies the server type, the IPv4 or
IPv6 IP address of the server, and a valid file name of the certificate file, of up to 256
characters and containing any character except the percent sign ( % ) or double quotation
mark ( " ). The forward slash ( / ) can be used only as part of the path name, not as part of the
file name.
Note: For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file
transfer” on page 29.
Importing an LDAP certificate with mutual authentication
Import certificates for mutual authentication when you need the external LDAP server to authenticate the
CMM and the CMM to authenticate the external LDAP server.
There are two ways to establish mutual authentication between the CMM and an external LDAP server. When
you use either method, you must also perform the steps for non-mutual authentication.
• Export the chassis Certificate Authority (CA) certificate and import it into the trust store for your external
LDAP server. This allows mutual authentication between the LDAP server and all elements in the chassis
that have their security configuration automatically provisioned.
• Export a certificate-signing request (CSR) from the CMM and have it signed by a Certificate Authority that
the LDAP server already trusts. This method provides mutual authentication between only the CMM and
the LDAP server.
Mutual authentication using CA
To use the CMM certificate authority (CA) with an external LDAP server, you must import the CA certificate
into the external LDAP server trust store. Up to three trusted certificates can be imported.
To establish mutual authentication using the CMM CLI, complete the following steps:
1. Import the external LDAP server certificate or the CA chain that signed it into the CMM as an LDAP
trusted certificate, as described in “Importing an LDAP certificate with non-mutual authentication” on
page 33.
2. Start a CMM CLI session (see “Starting the command-line interface” on page 17 for instructions).
Notes:
• The CMM does not support external LDAP servers that use the certificate authority SHA256 to sign
their certificates
• The sslcfg command must be targeted to the primary CMM. The following example assumes that the
command environment has been set to the primary CMM through the env command (see “env
command” on page 131 for information about command use). If the command environment has not
been set to the primary CMM, you can direct the command to the primary CMM by using the -T mm[p]
option (see “Command targets” on page 6 for information).
34
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
3. Make sure that secure LDAP is enabled by using the CMM CLI sslcfg -client enabled command. See
“sslcfg command” on page 335 for additional information about command use.
4. Download the CMM CA to the specified server by using the CMM CLI sslcfg command. Depending on
your CMM configuration, supported server types can include TFTP, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, and SFTP. See
“sslcfg command” on page 335 for additional information about command use.
sslcfg -dnld ca -u URL_of_location_to_put_file
where URL_of_location_to_put_file is a fully qualified location that specifies the server type, the IPv4 or
IPv6 IP address of the server, and a valid file name, of up to 256 characters and containing any character
except the percent sign ( % ) or double quotation marks ( " ). The forward slash ( / ) can be used only as
part of the path name, not as part of the file name.
Note: For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer”
on page 29.
5. Move the CA file from the server, where you downloaded it, to the external LDAP server.
6. When the CA file is on the external LDAP server, import it so that the LDAP server trusts the certificate
from the CMM (see the documentation for your LDAP server for information and instructions).
Mutual authentication of CSR
To establish mutual authentication between the CMM and an external LDAP server, have the CMM
certificate-signing request (CSR) signed by an outside Certificate Authority (CA) using the CMM management
interface.
To generate a CSR on the CMM and get it signed by using the CMM CLI, complete the following steps:
1. Start a CMM CLI session (see “Starting the command-line interface” on page 17 for instructions).
Note: The sslcfg command must be targeted to the primary CMM. The following example assumes that
the command environment has been set to the primary CMM through the env command (see “env
command” on page 131 for information about command use). If the command environment has not
been set to the primary CMM, you can direct the command to the primary CMM by using the -T mm[p]
option (see “Command targets” on page 6 for information).
2. Generate the CSR on the CMM by using the CMM CLI sslcfg command (see “sslcfg command” on page
335 for additional information about command use):
sslcfg -gen csr -c "country" -sp "state" -cl "city" -on "org" -hn hostname
The required options are as follows:
• country is two-character alphabetic code for the country, in double quotation marks.
• state is a state or province name of up to 60 characters in length, in double quotation marks.
• city is a city or locality name of up to 50 characters in length, in double quotation marks.
• org is an organization name of up to 60 characters in length, in double quotation marks.
• hostname is a valid host name of up to 60 characters in length.
Note: You can specify additional optional fields for the CSR, if needed (see “sslcfg command” on page
335 for additional information).
3. Download the CMM CSR to the specified server by using the CMM CLI sslcfg command. Depending on
your CMM configuration, supported server types can include TFTP, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, and SFTP. See
“sslcfg command” on page 335 for additional information about command use.
sslcfg -dnld csr -u URL_of_location_to_put_file
where URL_of_location_to_put_file is a fully qualified location that specifies the server type, the IPv4 or
IPv6 IP address of the server, and a valid file name of up to 256 characters and containing any character
except the percent sign ( % ), forward slash ( / ), or double quotation marks ( " ).
Note: For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer”
on page 29.
4. Using the approved procedure for your organization, sign the CSR; then, place the signed certificate on
a TFTP server for uploading.
Chapter 2. Command-line interface use and reference
35
5. Import the signed certificate to the CMM by using the CMM CLI sslcfg command (see “sslcfg
command” on page 335 for additional information about command use):
sslcfg -upld -u URL_of_certificate_location
where URL_of_certificate_location is a fully qualified location that specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 IP address of
the server and a valid file name, of up to 256 characters and containing any character except the percent
sign ( % ) or double quotation marks ( " ). The forward slash ( / ) can be used only as part of the path
name, not as part of the file name.
Note: For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer”
on page 29.
6. Make sure that the certificate or the certificate chain of the entity that signed the new CMM LDAP client
certificate is imported into the LDAP server. This makes sure that the LDAP server trusts the certificate
(see the documentation for your LDAP server for information and instructions).
7. Note that this procedure allows the external LDAP server to trust the CMM, but not any other
management components in the Lenovo Flex System chassis. For the external LDAP server to trust
other management components, such as IMMs, import the CA into the external LDAP server, following
the steps in “Mutual authentication using CA” on page 34, or, if the chassis policy allows, export a CSR
from each management component, get it signed, and import it back into the corresponding Lenovo
Flex System chassis management component.
36
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Chapter 3. Command reference
Each command topic describes an Lenovo Flex SystemChassis Management Module 2 command-line
interface command, providing information about its function, syntax, and usage, with examples.
Adding a h , help , or ? option to a command displays syntax help for that command. For example, to
display help for the environment command, type one of the following commands:
• env h
• env help
• env?
You can target a command to a device other than the one that is set as the default by adding a
a command. See “Command targets” on page 6 for information.
T
option to
Commands are listed in alphabetic order.
accesscontrol command
This command displays and configures user access policies based on IP/MAC.
User can configure to allow or deny user access based on their IP/MAC. The list associated with a policy can
include maximum of 10 IPV4, 10 IPV6 and 10 MAC (30 in total) addresses. There are three policies available:
• White List : Only the IP/MAC addresses in the table are allowed to access.
• Black List : All IP/MAC addresses are allowed to access except those in the table, whose access is
denied.
• No policies: All the other policies will be removed when selected.
Following is an example of access control command:
accesscontrol -T mm[P] -black -start_d 11/01/2016 -start_h 14:45:00 -stop_d 11/01/2016 -stop_h
15:22:00 -i4 172.20.25.195 -mac 34-40-B5-DF-71-32 -i6 9000::8000 -enable
Notes:
• User can set a timeframe for the policy to take place by entering starting and ending date. Otherwise, the
newly selected policy takes effects immediately.
• The selected policy persists after system reboot, but will be erased after system downgrade when the
system goes to a version lower than 1.3.0.
• To comply with security requirement for this feature, do not use advance failover with “Do not swap
Management Module IP addresses” option.
Function
What it does
Command
No policies
Disables access control
and removes all the
previously created rules.
accesscontrol -off
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 2016
Target (see paths in )
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
37
Create white list
Creates a white list of IPs/
MACs with permission to
access the CMM.
accesscontrol -white -i4
ip_v4 -i6 ip_v6 -mac mac_
addr -i4_d ip_v4 -i6_d ip_
v6 -mac_d mac_addr
• -i4/-i6/-mac: the IPV4/
IPV6/MAC addresses to
be included in the white
list.
where
• -i4_d/-i6_d/-mac_d: the
IPV4/IPV6/MAC
addresses to be
removed from the white
list.
• ip_v6 is one or more
IPV6 addresses.
Note: The list associated
with a policy can include
maximum of 10 IPV4, 10
IPV6 and 10 MAC (30 in
total).
Create black list
Creates a black list of IPs/
MACs that will be denied
acces sto the CMM.
• ip_v4 is one or more
IPV4 addresses.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
Accepted format: xx:xx:
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx (Short
IPV6 is accepted as well.
Ex: xx::xx).
• mac_addr is one or more
MAC addresses.
Accepted format: xx-xxxx-xx-xx-xx.
accesscontrol -black -i4
ip_v4 -i6 ip_v6 -mac mac_
addr -i4_d ip_v4 -i6_d ip_
v6 -mac_d mac_addr
• -i4/-i6/-mac: the IPV4/
IPV6/MAC addresses to
be included in the black
list.
where
• -i4_d/-i6_d/-mac_d: the
IPV4/IPV6/MAC
addresses to be
removed from the black
list.
• ip_v6 is one or more
IPV6 addresses.
Note: The list associated
with a policy can include
maximum of 10 IPV4, 10
IPV6 and 10 MAC (30 in
total).
Primary CMM:
• ip_v4 is one or more
IPV4 addresses.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
Accepted format: xx:xx:
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx (Short
IPV6 is accepted as well.
Ex: xx::xx).
• mac_addr is one or more
MAC addresses.
Accepted format: xxxx-xx-xx-xx-xx.
Set starting time
Sets a policy to start at an
appointed time and date.
accesscontrol -white/
black -start_h time
-start_d date
where
• time is an exact time.
Accepted format: hh:
mm:ss.
• date is a date.
Accepted format: mm/
dd/yyyy.
38
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
Set ending time
Sets a policy to stop at an
appointed time and date.
accesscontrol -white/
black -stop_h time -stop_d
date
where
• time is an exact time.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
Accepted format: hh:
mm:ss.
• date is a date.
Accepted format: mm/
dd/yyyy.
Enable a policy
Enables a policy
accesscontrol -black/
white -enable
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
Note: All set policies are
disabled by default and will
only become effective after
being enabled.
Disable a policy
Disables a policy.
Primary CMM:
accesscontrol -black/
white -disable
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
accseccfg command
This command displays and configures user account security settings for the CMM, including password
policies.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “accseccfg
command errors” on page 418 for a list of error messages that are specific to the accseccfg command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
39
Table 7. accseccfg command
Function
What it does
Command
Display account
security settings
Displays the user account security
settings for the CMM. Returned
values:
• Default security settings used
(legacy, high, or custom)
• -alt: authentication logging
timeout (in seconds)
• -am: user authentication method
(local, ldap, localldap, or
ldaplocal)
• -cp: complex password (on, off)
• -ct: CLI inactivity session timeout
(in seconds)
• -dc: minimum number of
different characters in the
password (0 to 15) Note: only
when -cp (complex password) is
enabled.
• -de: default 'USERID' account
password must be changed on
next login (on, off)
• -ia: account inactivity alert time
period (in days)
• -ici: log new login events from
same user (on, off)
• -id: account inactivity disable
time period (in days)
• -lf: maximum login failures (0 to
100)
• -lp: lockout period after
maximum login failures (in
minutes, 2880 maximum)
• -mls: maximum simultaneous
user sessions
• -pc: password change on first
access (on, off)
• -pe: password expiration time
period (in days, 365 maximum)
• -pi: minimum password change
interval (in hours)
• -rc: password reuse cycle (0 to 5)
• -wt: web inactivity session
timeout (in minutes, none, or
based on length of user session)
accseccfg
Sets CMM account security to a
predefined legacy set of default
values. Legacy default values:
• -alt (authentication logging
timeout): retains set value
• -am (user authentication
method): retains set value
• -cp (complex password): off
• -ct (CLI inactivity session
timeout): retains set value
accseccfg -legacy
Set account security
defaults to legacy level
40
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 7. accseccfg command (continued)
Function
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
What it does
Command
• -dc (minimum number of
different password characters): 0
• -de (default account password
change at next login): off
• -ia (account inactivity alert time
period): 0
• -ici (log new login events from
same user): retains set value
• -id (account inactivity disable
time): 0
• -lf (maximum login failures): 20
• -lp (lockout period after
maximum login failures): 2
• -mls (maximum simultaneous
user sessions): retains set value
• -pc (password change on first
access): off
• -pe (password expiration time): 0
• -pi (minimum password change
interval): 0
• -rc (password reuse cycle): 0
• -wt (web inactivity session
timeout): retains set value
Notes:
additional information.
• Modifying any default values
after setting the -legacy or
-secure option changes the user
account security setting
indication to custom.
• Accounts can not be set to
-legacy if the CMM chassis
security level is set to secure by
the “security command” on page
305.
• The user who is running the
accseccfg -legacy command
must have a password assigned.
• The -legacy option must be run
alone and not in conjunction with
any other accseccfg command
options.
Set account security
defaults to high level
Sets CMM account security to a
predefined high set of default
values. High default values are:
• -alt (authentication logging
timeout): retains set value
• -am (user authentication
method): retains set value
• -cp (complex password): on
• -ct (CLI inactivity session
timeout): retains set value
• -dc (minimum number of
different password characters): 2
accseccfg -high
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
41
Table 7. accseccfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• -de (default account password
change at next login): on
• -ia (account inactivity alert time
period): 120
• -ici (log new login events from
same user): retains set value
• -id (account inactivity disable
time): 180
• -lf (maximum login failures): 20
• -lp (lockout period after
maximum login failures): 60
• -pc (password change on first
access): on
• -pe (password expiration time):
90
• -pi (minimum password change
interval): 24
• -rc (password reuse cycle): 5
• -wt (web inactivity session
timeout): retains set value
Notes:
• Modifying any default values
after setting the -legacy or
-secure option changes the user
account security setting
indication to custom.
• The user who is running the
accseccfg -high command must
have a password assigned.
• The -high option must be run
alone and not in conjunction with
any other accseccfg command
options.
Set authentication
logging timeout
42
Sets a custom value for the amount
of time that the CMM will not log
repeated authentication events
(login or logout) by the same user.
Note: When managing the Lenovo
Flex System chassis with a program
that uses the Common Information
Model (CIM) interface, such as the
optional Lenovo XClarity
Administrator, if the accseccfg -alt
value is not set to none, the CIM
interface uses a minimum
authentication logging timeout of
3600 seconds whenever the
accseccfg -alt value is set to less
than 3600 seconds. Other CMM
functions use the configured
accseccfg -alt value.
accseccfg -alt timeout
Primary CMM:
where timeout is 0, 5, 30,
60, 300, 600, 1800, 3600,
43200, or 86400 seconds.
If a value of none is
entered, the initial and any
repeated authentication
events will never be
logged.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 7. accseccfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set user authentication
method
Sets a custom value for CMM user
authentication method.
Important: If the authentication
method is set to ldap (ldap only),
you might not be able to log in to
the CMM if the LDAP server is
unreachable or if login credentials
are not correctly configured.
accseccfg -am method
Primary CMM:
where method is
• local
• ldap
• localldap
• ldaplocal
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable
complex password
Set CLI inactivity
timeout
Enables or disables the complex
password for CMM user
authentication.
Notes:
• -cp must be on to set the CMM
chassis security level to secure
with the “security command” on
page 305.
• -cp must be on to configure the
-dc (minimum number of
password character types)
command option. Setting -cp to
off will set -dc to 0.
• The user that is running the
accseccfg -cp command must
have a password assigned.
Sets the custom value for CMM CLI
inactivity session timeout.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
accseccfg -cp state
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
accseccfg -ct timeout
Primary CMM:
where timeout is from 0 to
4,294,967,295 seconds,
inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
the following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
43
Table 7. accseccfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set minimum number
of different characters
for password
Sets custom value for the minimum
number of different characters to be
used in a CMM password.
Note:
• The minimum number of different
characters applies only when
complex passwords are enabled
(-cp on). Setting -cp to off will set
-dc to 0.
• The -rc command option must
be non-zero to configure the
minimum number of password
character types. Setting -rc to
zero will set -dc to 0.
• If a -dc value is not set when
setting -rc command option to a
non-zero value, -dc will be set to
a default value of 2.
accseccfg -dc number
Enables or disables the default
administration password expiration
for the CMM. If enabled, the
manufacturing default 'USERID'
account password must be
changed at the next login.
Note: -de must be on to set the
CMM chassis security level to
secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
accseccfg -de state
Sets custom value for CMM
account inactivity alert time.
Note: The accseccfg -ia value must
be less than the accseccfg -id
value.
accseccfg -ia time
Enable / disable default
administration
password expiration
Set account inactivity
alert time
Primary CMM:
where number is from 0 to
15, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where time is from 0 to
365 days, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
44
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 7. accseccfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set state for logging of
login events from same
IP address
Enables or disables logging of new
login events from the same user
from the same IP address.
Notes:
• This value applies only if the
value set by the -alt command
option is set to something other
than 0 or none.
• When managing the Lenovo Flex
System chassis with a program
that uses the Common
Information Model (CIM)
interface, such as the optional
Lenovo XClarity Administrator,
login event logging is treated as
disabled by the CIM interface,
regardless of the accseccfg -ici
setting. Other CMM functions
use the configured accseccfg
-ici value.
accseccfg -ici state
Set account inactivity
disable time
Sets the custom value for CMM
account inactivity disable time.
Note: The accseccfg -id value must
be greater than the accseccfg -ia
value.
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
accseccfg -id time
Primary CMM:
where time is from 0 to
365 days, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set maximum number
of login failures
Sets the custom value for the
maximum number of login failures
before the CMM locks out a user.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
accseccfg -lf number
Primary CMM:
where number is from 0 to
100, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
45
Table 7. accseccfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set lockout period
Sets the custom value for CMM
account lockout period, used when
the maximum number of login
failures is exceeded.
accseccfg -lp time
Primary CMM:
where time is from 0 to
2880 minutes, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set maximum LDAP
sessions for user
Sets the custom value for the
maximum number of simultaneous
login sessions allowed for a single
LDAP user
accseccfg -mls max_
sessions
where max_sessions is
from 0 to 20, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
the following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable
password change at
first login
Enables or disables the mandatory
password change at first CMM
login.
accseccfg -pc state
When on, new users must change
their password the first time they
log in. If a user password is
changed by a system administrator,
this user must change their
password the next time they log in.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Notes:
• accseccfg -pc is set to on
automatically when accseccfg is
set to -high
• accseccfg -pc must be on to set
the CMM chassis security level
to secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
46
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 7. accseccfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set password
expiration time
Sets custom value for the CMM
password expiration time.
accseccfg -pe time
Primary CMM:
where time is from 0 to
365 days, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set password minimum
change interval
Sets custom value for the minimum
amount of time between CMM
password changes.
Note: If the minimum password
change interval is greater than 0, it
must be less than password
expiration period.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
accseccfg -pi time
Primary CMM:
where time is from 0 to
1440 hours, inclusive, and
less than password
expiration period when
that period is greater than
0.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
the following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
47
Table 7. accseccfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set password reuse
cycle
Sets custom value for the CMM
password reuse cycle. This setting
determines how many times a
password must be changed before
being reused.
Note:
• -rc must be non-zero to
configure the -dc (minimum
number of password character
types) command option. Setting
-rc to zero will set -dc to 0.
• If a -dc value is not set when
setting -rc command option to a
non-zero value, -dc will be set to
a default value of 2.
accseccfg -rc number_
reuses
Primary CMM:
Sets custom value for CMM web
interface inactivity session timeout.
accseccfg -wt timeout
Set web interface
inactivity timeout
where number_reuses is
from 0 to 5, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
the following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where timeout is 1, 5, 10,
15, or 20 minutes, none
(no timeout), or user (user
picks timeout each time
they log in to the web
interface).
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To set CMM account security to use the legacy level defaults, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
accseccfg -legacy -T mm[p]
To display the account security settings for the CMM, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
accseccfg -T mm[p]
To disable the authentication logging timeout for the CMM, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
accseccfg -alt none -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> accseccfg -legacy -T mm[p]
OK
48
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
system> accseccfg -T mm[p]
-legacy
-alt 300
-am local
-cp off
-ct 0
-dc 0
-de off
-ia 0
-ici off
-id 0
-lf 20
-lp 2
-mls 0
-pc off
-pe 0
-pi 0
-rc 0
-wt user
system> accseccfg -alt none -T mm[p]
OK
system>
advfailover command
This command displays and configures the advanced failover settings for the CMM.
Notes:
• If a Lenovo Flex System chassis is set up for redundant CMM operation and both CMMs experience an
unrecoverable failure, the chassis will attempt to switch control between the CMMs indefinitely. If this
condition occurs, replace one CMM to return the chassis to operation or replace both CMMs to return the
chassis to redundant operation. Depending on how each CMM failed, you might need to configure the
replacement CMM or restore its configuration from a backup, if one is available. A failure of both CMMs
might be an indication of other problems with the Lenovo Flex System chassis; make sure that the chassis
is operating properly before replacing either CMM. See Troubleshooting the chassis for information about
diagnosing problems with a Lenovo Flex System chassis.
• For more information about CMM redundancy, see "Preparing for CMM redundancy" in the Lenovo Flex
System Chassis Management Module 2 Installation Guide.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “advfailover
command errors” on page 419 for a list of error messages that are specific to the advfailover command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
49
Table 8. advfailover command
Function
What it does
Command
Display CMM advanced
failover settings
Displays the advanced failover
settings for the CMM. Possible
return values are:
advfailover
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• off - disable network interface for
the standby CMM
• swap - enable the standby CMM
network interface and swap IP
addresses between the two
CMMs during failover
• noswap - enable the standby
CMM network interface and do
not swap IP addresses between
the two CMMs during failover
Note: When advanced failover is set
to off, a CMM failover can be forced
using the reset -f command (see
“reset command” on page 295 for
information).
Disable network
interface for standby
CMM
50
Disables the network interface for
the standby CMM, preventing
failover.
Note: When advanced failover is set
to off, a CMM failover can be forced
using the reset -f command (see
“reset command” on page 295 for
information).
advfailover -ip off
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 8. advfailover command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable network
interface and allow IP
address swap during
failover
Enables the network interface for
the standby CMM and allows the IP
addresses to swap between the two
CMMs during failover.
Notes:
• The -ip swap command option
can not be run if only one CMM
is installed in the chassis.
• If you enable IP address
swapping during failover with
both CMMs set to the same
static IP address, you must
disable DHCP (see “ifconfig
command” on page 175 for
information).
advfailover -ip swap
Enable network
interface and prevent
IP address swap during
failover
Enables the network interface for
the standby CMM and prevents the
IP addresses from swapping
between the two CMMs during
failover.
Note: The -ip noswap command
option can not be run if only one
CMM is installed in the chassis.
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
advfailover -ip noswap
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To disable the network interface for the standby CMM, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
advfailover -ip off
To display the CMM advanced failover setting, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
advfailover
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system:mm[1]> advfailover -ip off
OK
system:mm[1]> advfailover
-ip off
system:mm[1]>
airfilter command
This command sets the interval for air filter change notifications.
Chapter 3. Command reference
51
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “airfilter command
errors” on page 420 for a list of error messages that are specific to the airfilter command.
Table 9. airfilter (set notification interval) command
Function
What it does
Command
Display air filter change
notification interval
Displays the frequency of the
chassis air filter reminder.
airfilter
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Set air filter change
notification interval
Configures the frequency of the
chassis air filter reminder.
Note: The 1 month replacement
interval is recommended for
environments with a high amount of
dust. Replacement every 3 months
is recommended for environments
with medium amounts of dust.
Replacement every 6 months is
recommended for environments
with low amounts of dust.
airfilter -freq frequency
Primary CMM:
where frequency is the
interval, in months,
between reminders to
change the chassis air
filter. Valid values are 0, 1,
3, and 6.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To view the current air filter notification interval, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
airfilter -T mm[p]
To set the air filter notification interval to three months, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
airfilter -T mm[p] -freq 3
The following example shows the information that is returned when these commands are entered:
system> airfilter -T mm[p]
-freq 1
system> airfilter -T mm[p] -freq 3
OK
system>
52
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
alarm command
This command acknowledges or unacknowledges alarms, clears alarms, or creates custom alarms for the
specified command target.
Notes:
• The alarm command applies only to CMMs installed in a Lenovo Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis.
• All alarm commands are processed at the chassis (system target) level. Specifying a command target (-T
target_name) is optional: alarm commands issued to any command target will be accepted and
processed.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “alarm command
errors” on page 420 for a list of error messages that are specific to the alarm command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
53
Table 10. alarm command
Function
What it does
Command
Acknowledge alarm
Acknowledge the specified alarm ID
for the command target.
Note: View alarms and their IDs
using the “health command” on
page 164.
alarm -ack -i value
where value is the 8-digit
hexadecimal alarm ID
shown by the health
command.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
(for CMM, power
supply, or fan module)
• Blade configuration (for
compute node)
• I/O module
configuration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Clear alarm
Clear the specified alarm ID for the
command target.
Note: View alarms and their IDs
using the “health command” on
page 164.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Note: Specifying a
command target is
optional. All alarm
commands are
processed at the
chassis (system
target) level.
alarm -clear -i value
where value is the 8-digit
hexadecimal alarm ID
shown by the health
command.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
(for CMM, power
supply, or fan module)
• Blade configuration (for
compute node)
• I/O module
configuration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
54
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Note: Specifying a
command target is
optional. All alarm
commands are
processed at the
chassis (system
target) level.
Table 10. alarm command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Unacknowledge alarm
Unacknowledge the specified alarm
ID for the command target.
Note: View alarms and their IDs
using the “health command” on
page 164.
alarm -unack -i value
where value is the 8-digit
hexadecimal alarm ID
shown by the health
command.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
(for CMM, power
supply, or fan module)
• Blade configuration (for
compute node)
• I/O module
configuration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Create alarm
Creates an alarm request for the
specified target, including an alarm
severity level and description.
alarm -create -s level -p "
desc"
where
• level is the severity
level:
– CRT (critical)
– MJR (major)
– MNR (minor)
• desc is a quotedelimited description of
the alarm up to 63
characters in length.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Note: Specifying a
command target is
optional. All alarm
commands are
processed at the
chassis (system
target) level.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Note: Specifying a
command target is
optional. All alarm
commands are
processed at the
chassis (system
target) level.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
(for CMM, power
supply, or fan module)
• Blade configuration (for
compute node)
• I/O module
configuration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
55
Example: To acknowledge a power alarm with an ID of 00000450 for the power supply in bay 2, while the
Lenovo Flex System Enterprise Chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system >
prompt, type
alarm -ack -i 00000450
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command.
system> alarm -ack -i 00000450
OK
system>
alertcfg command
This command displays and configures the global remote alert settings for the CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “alertcfg command
errors” on page 420 for a list of error messages that are specific to the alertcfg command.
Table 11. alertcfg command
Function
What it does
Command
Display global remote
alert settings
Displays the global remote alert
settings for the CMM.
alertcfg
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Set remote alert retry
delay interval
Sets the remote alert retry delay
interval.
alertcfg -dr delay-rl limit
Primary CMM:
where delay is from 0.5
minutes to 4.0 minutes,
inclusive, in 0.5 minute
increments. If you enter a
value less than 0.5
minute, the retry interval
will be set to 0.5 minute. If
you enter a value greater
than 4.0 minutes, the retry
interval will be set to 4.0
minutes.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
56
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 11. alertcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Include / exclude
service information
with email alerts
Enables or disables inclusion of
service information with email
alerts.
alertcfg -si state
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set remote alert retry
limit
Sets the maximum number of times
the system will attempt to send a
remote alert, if previous attempts
were unsuccessful.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
alertcfg -rl value
Primary CMM:
where value is from 0 to 8,
inclusive. If you enter a
value of 0, no retries will
be attempted. If you enter
a value greater than 8, an
error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To view the remote alert configuration, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
alertcfg -T mm[p]
To set the retry interval to 3.5 minutes, include service information in the alert, and set the remote alert retry
limit to 7, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system > prompt, type
alertcfg -dr 3.5 -si enabled -rl 7 -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> alertcfg -T mm[p]
-dr 2.0
-si disabled
-rl 6
system> alertcfg -dr 3.5 -si enabled -rl 7 -T mm[p]
OK
system> alertcfg -T mm[p]
-dr 3.5
Chapter 3. Command reference
57
-si enabled
-rl 7
system>
alertentries command
This command manages the recipients of alerts generated by the primary CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “alertentries
command errors” on page 420 for a list of error messages that are specific to the alertentries command.
Table 12. alertentries command
Function
What it does
Command
Display alert
properties for all
recipients
Displays alert properties for
all CMM alert recipients.
Returned values for each
alert recipient are:
alertentries
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
• recipient name
• notification method
(Email over LAN/Systems
Director comp./SNMP
over LAN)
• type of alerts received
(Receives critical alerts
only/Receives all alerts/
Disabled)
Display alert
properties for
alert recipients
Displays alert properties for
the specified CMM alert
recipient profile. Returned
values are:
• -status alert_recipient_
status (on/off)
alertentries -recip_number
Primary CMM:
where recip_number is a number
from 1 to 12 that corresponds to the
recipient number assigned in the
"Display alert properties for all
recipients" list.
• -n alert_recipient_name
• -f alert_type (critical/
none)
• -t notification_method
(email/director/snmp)
• -e email_address (used
for email notifications)
58
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
Table 12. alertentries command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Delete alert
recipient
Delete the specified alert
recipient.
alertentries -recip_number -del
Primary CMM:
where recip_number is a number
from 1 to 12 that corresponds to the
recipient number assigned in the
"Display alert properties for all
recipients" list. It is possible to
delete an empty alert recipient.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
This command can only be run by
users who have one or more of the
following command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account management
• Chassis log management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user authority”
on page 10 for additional
information.
Create alert
recipient
Create the specified alert
recipient.
All fields must be specified
when creating an alert
recipient.
alertentries -recip_number -n
recip_name -status alert_status -f
filter_type -t notification_method -e
email_addr
where:
• recip_number is a number from 1
to 12 that corresponds to an
unused recipient number in the
"Display alert properties for all
recipients" list.
• recip_name is a alphanumeric
string up to 31 characters in
length containing any character,
including spaces, except for
angle brackets ( < and > ). If the
string includes spaces it must be
enclosed in double-quotes.
• alert_status is on or off for receipt
of alerts.
• filter_type filters the alert types
received: critical (receive critical
alerts only) or none (receive all
alerts).
• notification_method is email or
snmp .
– For email , you must specify an
email address (-e argument).
– If snmp is selected, the -e
argument is not needed.
• email_addr is a valid email
address string up to 63
characters in length.
(continued on next page)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
59
Table 12. alertentries command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
This command can only be run by
users who have one or more of the
following command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account management
• Chassis log management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user authority”
on page 10 for additional
information.
Set alert recipient
name
Sets a name for the
specified alert recipient.
alertentries -recip_number -n
recip_name
where:
• recip_number is a number from 1
to 12 that corresponds to the
recipient number assigned in the
"Display alert properties for all
recipients" list.
• recip_name is a alphanumeric
string up to 31 characters in
length that can include any
character, including spaces,
except for angle brackets ( < and
> ). If the name includes spaces, it
must be enclosed in doublequotes.
This command can only be run by
users who have one or more of the
following command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account management
• Chassis log management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user authority”
on page 10 for additional
information.
60
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
Table 12. alertentries command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Set alert recipient
status
Sets status for the specified
alert recipient. The status
determines if a recipient will
receive alarm notifications.
alertentries -recip_number -status
alert_status
Primary CMM:
where:
• recip_number is a number from 1
to 12 that corresponds to the
recipient number assigned in the
"Display alert properties for all
recipients" list.
• alert_status is on or off.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
This command can only be run by
users who have one or more of the
following command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account management
• Chassis log management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user authority”
on page 10 for additional
information.
Set alert types
received
Filters the types of alert that
are received by the
specified alert recipient.
alertentries -recip_number -f filter_
type
where:
• recip_number is a number from 1
to 12 that corresponds to the
recipient number assigned in the
"Display alert properties for all
recipients" list.
• alert_type filters the alert types
received: critical (receive critical
alerts only) or none (receive all
alerts).
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
This command can only be run by
users who have one or more of the
following command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account management
• Chassis log management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user authority”
on page 10 for additional
information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
61
Table 12. alertentries command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Set alert
notification
method
Sets the alert notification
method for the specified
alert recipient.
alertentries -recip_number -t
notification_method
Primary CMM:
where:
• recip_number is a number from 1
to 12 that corresponds to the
recipient number assigned in the
"Display alert properties for all
recipients" list.
• notification_method is
– email
– snmp
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
This command can only be run by
users who have one or more of the
following command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account management
• Chassis log management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user authority”
on page 10 for additional
information.
Set alert recipient
email address
Sets the email address for
the specified alert recipient.
This email address is used
to send alerts to the
recipient via email.
The email address can be
set only if the alert
notification method (-t
option) is set to email. The -t
and -e options can be
combined within the same
command.
alertentries -recip_number -e
email_addr
where:
• recip_number is a number from 1
to 12 that corresponds to the
recipient number assigned in the
"Display alert properties for all
recipients" list.
• email_addr is a valid email
address string up to 63
characters in length.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
This command can only be run by
users who have one or more of the
following command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account management
• Chassis log management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user authority”
on page 10 for additional
information.
Generate test
alert
62
Generates a test alert to
verify correct alert
response.
Notes:
alertentries -test
Primary CMM:
This command can only be run by
users who have one or more of the
following command authorities:
• Supervisor
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
Table 12. alertentries command (continued)
Function
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
What it does
Command
• The alertentries test
command option must
be used alone.
• If autoftp is enabled,
sending a test alert will
cause the system to send
out service data as well.
• Chassis account management
• Chassis log management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user authority”
on page 10 for additional
information.
where x is the primary
CMM bay number.
In some cases, your system
configuration might also allow the
command to be run by users who
have one or more of the following
command authorities:
• Chassis log management
• Chassis administration
• Blade administration
• Blade configuration
• Blade remote presence
• I/O module administration
• I/O module configuration
See “Commands and user authority”
on page 10 for additional
information.
Example: To view the configuration for alert recipient 1, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
alertentries -1
To configure alert recipient 2 to receive only critical alert notifications by email, while the primary CMM in bay
1 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
alertentries -2 -n test2 -status on -f critical -t email -e test2@lenovo.com
To configure alert recipient 4 to receive all alert notifications through SNMP, while the primary CMM in bay 1
is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
alertentries -4 -n test4 -status on -f none -t snmp
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[1]> alertentries -1
-status on
-n test1
-f critical
-t email
-e test1@lenovo.com
system:mm[1]> alertentries -2 -n test2 -status on -f critical -t email
-e test2@us.lenovo.com
OK
system:mm[1]> alertentries -4 -n test4 -status on -f none -t snmp
OK
system:mm[1]>
Chapter 3. Command reference
63
autoftp command
This command displays and configures the automated FTP/TFTP/SFTP problem report settings for the
CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “autoftp command
errors” on page 421 for a list of error messages that are specific to the autoftp command.
64
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 13. autoftp command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display call-home
settings for autoftp call
home
Displays the Automated FTP/TFTP/
SFTP Problem Report settings that
allow the CMM to automatically put
service data onto a specified server
when a call home event is detected.
autoftp
Configure call-home
settings for autoftp call
home
Configures the Automated FTP/
TFTP/SFTP Problem Report
settings that allow the CMM to
automatically put service data onto
a specified server when a call home
event is detected.
Note: The system will wait five days
before sending duplicate events if
they are left unacknowledged in the
activity log.
autoftp -m mode-i ip_
address-p port-u “user_
name”-pw “password”
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
where:
• mode is one of the
following automated
problem reporting
modes:
– ftp
– tftp
– sftp
– disabled
• ip_address is the IP
address of the FTP,
TFTP, or SFTP server
• port is the FTP, TFTP,
or SFTP transmission
port, a number from 1
to 65535, inclusive. If
you enter a value
outside this range, an
error message will be
displayed.
• “user_name” is the
quote-delimited FTP or
SFTP User Name for
automated problem
reporting (63
characters maximum).
• “password” is the
quote-delimited FTP or
SFTP password for
automated problem
reporting (63
characters maximum).
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Notes:
• For FTP and SFTP, all
fields must be set.
• For TFTP, only -i and -p
are needed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
Chapter 3. Command reference
65
Table 13. autoftp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To view the settings of the automated call-home message feature, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is
set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
autoftp -T mm[p]
To configure the automated call-home message feature to report call-home events using TFTP to tftp.lenovo.
com over transmission port 69, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
autoftp -m tftp -i tftp.lenovo.com -p 69 -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> autoftp -T mm[p]
-m ftp
-i ftp.lenovo.com
-p 6
-u smlite
system> autoftp -m tftp -i tftp.lenovo.com -p 69 -T mm[p]
OK
system>
baydata command
This command allows a user to set, assign, and display informational data assigned to the compute node
bays.
Note: The data accessed by the baydata command belongs to the to the compute node bay and not to the
device installed in the bay, so it is possible to direct the baydata command to a compute node bay that has
no devices installed in it.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “baydata command
errors ” on page 422 for a list of error messages that are specific to the baydata command.
66
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 14. baydata command
Function
What it does
Command
Display bay data for all
compute nodes
Displays compute node bay data for
bay number, bay data status, and
defined bay data for all bays.
baydata
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Display compute node
bay data for a specific
bay
Displays the information assigned
to the specified node bay.
Note: You must direct the baydata
command to the correct compute
node target, based on your specific
system configuration. See the
information about the -b bay_num
argument in the Command column
for instructions.
baydata -b bay_num
where bay_num :
• identifies the chassis
compute node bay
number, if the compute
node is installed
directly in the chassis
(system:blade[x]). For
example, a compute
node in chassis
compute node bay 1
would be identified as
baydata -b 1.
• identifies both the
chassis compute node
bay number and the
blade group subslot
number, separated by
a colon (:), if the
compute node is part
of a blade group
(system:bladegroup[x]:
blade[y]). For example,
a compute node in
subslot 2 of a blade
group in chassis
compute node bay 1
would be identified as
baydata -b 1:2.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
The bay number must be
within the scope assigned
to the user. Valid subslot
numbers are 1 and 2.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
67
Table 14. baydata command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Clear bay data
Clears the node bay definition
strings for all compute nodes bays
within the user's scope.
baydata -clear
The bay numbers must be
within the scope assigned
to the user.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Clear bay data for
specific bay
Clears the node bay definition
strings for the specified node bay.
Note: You must direct the baydata
command to the correct compute
node target, based on your specific
system configuration. See the
information about the -b bay_num
argument in the Command column
for instructions.
baydata -b bay_num
-clear
where bay_num :
• identifies the chassis
compute node bay
number, if the compute
node is installed
directly in the chassis
(system:blade[x]). For
example, a compute
node in chassis
compute node bay 1
would be identified as
baydata -b 1.
• identifies both the
chassis compute node
bay number and the
blade group subslot
number, separated by
a colon (:), if the
compute node is part
of a blade group
(system:bladegroup[x]:
blade[y]). For example,
a compute node in
subslot 2 of a blade
group in chassis
compute node bay 1
would be identified as
baydata -b 1:2.
The bay number must be
within the scope assigned
to the user. Valid subslot
numbers are 1 and 2.
This command can only
be run by users who have
68
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Table 14. baydata command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set bay data
Sets node bay data for all compute
nodes within the user's scope. This
information can include: data about
drivers or software, the Lenovo Flex
System chassis shelf number and
IP address, and whether the
compute node is a master or
member in a high-availability
system.
Note: To apply changes to the
BIOS/SMBIOS structure, power-off
and power-on the compute node,
restart the compute node, or
remove and reinstall the compute
node.
baydata -data "data_
definition"
where "data definition" is
the ASCII string of up to
60 characters enclosed in
double quotation marks "data definition". The
quotation marks are not
stored.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
69
Table 14. baydata command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set node bay data
definition for specific
compute node
Sets node bay data for the specified
compute node.
Notes:
• To apply changes to the BIOS/
SMBIOS structure, power-off
and power-on the compute
node, restart the compute node,
or remove and reinstall the
compute node.
• You must direct the baydata
command to the correct
compute node target, based on
your specific system
configuration. See the
information about the -b bay_
num argument in the Command
column for instructions.
baydata -b bay_num-data
"data_definition"
If the command is issued to a
specific bay, data is written to that
compute node if it is in the user's
scope.
where:
• where "data definition"
is the quote-delimited
ASCII string of up to 60
characters
• where bay_num :
– identifies the chassis
compute node bay
number, if the
compute node is
installed directly in
the chassis (system:
blade[x]). For
example, a compute
node in chassis
compute node bay 1
would be identified
as baydata -b 1.
– identifies both the
chassis compute
node bay number
and the blade group
subslot number,
separated by a
colon (:), if the
compute node is
part of a blade
group (system:
bladegroup[x]: blade
[y]). For example, a
compute node in
subslot 2 of a blade
group in chassis
compute node bay 1
would be identified
as baydata -b 1:2.
The bay number must
be within the scope
assigned to the user.
Valid subslot numbers
are 1 and 2.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
70
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Example: To view the bay data for all compute nodes, while the CMM is set as the persistend command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
baydata
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> baydata
Bay
Status
Definition
1
No blade present baydata1
1:1
No blade present
1:2
No blade present
2
No blade present
2:1
No blade present
2:2
No blade present
3
Unsupported
3:1
BSMP
3:2
BSMP
4
BSMP
4:1
No blade present baydata 4:1
4:2
No blade present
5
Unsupported
5:1
No blade present
5:2
No blade present
6
No blade present
6:1
No blade present
6:2
No blade present
7
Unsupported
7:1
Unsupported
7:2
Unsupported
8
No blade present
8:1
No blade present
8:2
No blade present
9
No blade present
9:1
No blade present
9:2
No blade present
10
No blade present
10:1 No blade present
10:2 No blade present
11
Unsupported
11:1 Unsupported
11:2 Unsupported
12
No blade present
12:1 No blade present
12:2 No blade present
13
No blade present
13:1 No blade present
13:2 No blade present
14
No blade present
14:1 No blade present
14:2 No blade present
system>
bootmode command
This command sets and displays the boot mode settings for compute nodes installed in the Lenovo Flex
System chassis that support this feature.
Chapter 3. Command reference
71
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “bootmode
command errors” on page 423 for a list of error messages that are specific to the bootmode command.
Table 15. bootmode command
Function
What it does
Command
Display compute node
boot mode
Displays the boot mode settings of
the specified compute node.
Note: This command will execute
only on compute nodes that
support the bootmode feature.
bootmode
Sets the copy of firmware that the
specified compute node will use to
boot:
• Temporary: booting from the
temporary copy is recommended
since it typically contains the
latest enhancements and fixes.
• Permanent: booting from the
permanent copy should be used
only when booting from the
temporary copy is no longer
possible.
bootmode -p mode
Set compute node boot
mode
Changes to the boot mode setting
take effect after the next restart of
the compute node.
Note: This command will execute
only on compute nodes that
support the bootmode feature.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Compute node:
where mode is:
• temp for temporary
firmware copy.
• perm for permanent
firmware copy.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To view the boot mode of the compute node in bay 2, while this compute node is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : blade½2� > prompt, type
bootmode
To set the boot mode of the compute node in bay 2 to permanent, while this compute node is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : blade½2� > prompt, type
bootmode -p perm
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:blade[2]> bootmode
active: temporary
pending: Invalid boot mode type
system:blade[2]> bootmode -p perm
Set the blade boot mode to permanent succeeded.
The setting will become active after the next reboot of the blade.
system:blade[2]> bootmode
active: temporary
pending: permanent
system:blade[2]>
72
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
bootseq command
This command sets and displays the boot sequence settings for compute nodes installed in the Lenovo Flex
System chassis.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “bootseq command
errors” on page 423 for a list of error messages that are specific to the bootseq command.
Table 16. bootseq command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display compute node
boot sequence
Displays the boot sequence of the
specified compute node. The
command returns a list of all boot
devices assigned to the command
target, with their order and IDs, and
a list of all available boot devices
with their information.
bootseq
Sets the boot sequence of the
specified compute node.
Note: The -seq option must be
used exclusive of all other
command options.
bootseq -seq devicelist
Set boot sequence for
compute node
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Compute node:
where devicelist has one
or more of the boot device
IDs specified, as a pipeseparated ( | ) list in order
of preference.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
A boot sequence of up to
five boot devices can be
specified and it can be
seen by running the
bootseq command with
no options.
Display information for
boot device
Displays settings for the specified
boot device.
bootseq -id ID
Compute node:
where ID is the boot
device ID of the boot
device.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Valid boot device IDs can
be seen by running the
bootseq command with
no options.
Chapter 3. Command reference
73
Table 16. bootseq command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set IP address for boot
device (IPv4)
Sets IPv4 IP address information for
specified boot device of the
command target.
Notes:
• A boot device must be specified
using the -id command option.
• Use the -i, -g, or -s options with
no argument to clear the setting.
• The host address, net mask, and
gateway address must all be
specified.
• After IP address information is
initially set, each option can be
modified individually.
bootseq -id device_id -i
hostaddr -g netmask -s
gateway
where:
• device_id is a unique ID
for the boot device.
• hostaddr is the boot
device IPv4 host
address.
• netmask is the boot
device IPv4 netmask.
• gateway is the boot
device IPv4 gateway
address.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Valid boot device IDs can
be seen by running the
bootseq command with
no options.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Clear IP address for
boot device
Clears IP address information for
specified boot device of the
command target.
Notes:
• A boot device must be specified
using the -id command option.
• The IP address options are
cleared by entering no
arguments.
• The host address, net mask, and
gateway address must all be
cleared together.
bootseq -id device_id -i
-g -s
where device_id is a
unique ID for the boot
device.
Valid boot device IDs can
be seen by running the
bootseq command with
no options.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
74
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Example: To display the boot sequence for the compute node in node bay 2, while the Lenovo Flex System
chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
bootseq -T blade[2]
To display information for boot device 9 for the compute node in node bay 2, while the Lenovo Flex System
chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
bootseq -T blade[2] -id 9
To set a boot sequence of PXE network (ID 6), hard disk 0 (ID 8), then floppy disk (ID 0) for the compute node
in node bay 2, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system > prompt, type
bootseq -T blade[2] -seq 6|8|0
To set IP address information for hard disk 1 (ID 9) for the compute node in node bay 2, while the Lenovo
Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
bootseq -T blade[2] -id 9 -i 9.72.216.111 -g 9.72.216.1 -s 255.255.255.0
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> bootseq -T blade[2]
Boot Order List
--------------0 (Floppy Disk)
8 (Hard Disk 0)
6 (PXE Network)
Note:
The max of 5 devices can be selected for boot sequence.
Available Boot Device List
-------------------------Floppy Disk
Presence: not installed but still selectable
Status: active
-id 0
-i
-g
-s
Embedded Hypervisor
Presence: not installed but still selectable
Status: active
-id 1
-i
-g
-s
CD/DVD Rom
Presence: not installed but still selectable
Status: active
-id 12
-i
-g
-s
SAS
Presence: not installed but still selectable
Chapter 3. Command reference
75
Status: active
-id 26
-i
-g
-s
SAS
Presence: not installed but still selectable
Status: active
-id 27
-i
-g
-s
PXE Network
Presence: not installed but still selectable
Status: active
-id 6
-i
-g
-s
Hard Disk 0
Presence: not installed but still selectable
Status: active
-id 8
-i
-g
-s
Hard Disk 1
Presence: not installed but still selectable
Status: active
-id 9
-i
-g
-s
system> bootseq -T blade[2] -id 9
Hard Disk 1
Presence: not installed but still selectable
Status: active
-id 9
-i
-g
-s
system> bootseq -T blade[2] -seq 6|8|0
OK
system> bootseq -T blade[2] -id 9 -i 9.72.216.111 -g 9.72.216.1 -s 255.255.255.0
OK
system>
chconfig command
This command configures the Lenovo Flex System chassis Service Advisor feature.
76
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “chconfig
command errors” on page 424 for a list of error messages that are specific to the chconfig command.
Table 17. chconfig command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display Service Advisor
configuration
Displays the contact information for
the Service Advisor feature. Service
Advisor resides on your CMM and
monitors your Lenovo Flex System
chassis for hardware events. Upon
detecting a hardware event, Service
Advisor captures the event, error
logs, and service data, and can
automatically report the event to
Lenovo support. To send call home
event to Lenovo support, you must
enable and configure Service
Advisor. For each call home event
Lenovo receives, a service ticket
will opened, and a follow-up call will
be made. This feature will generate
a message to Lenovo when events
occur in the Lenovo Flex System
chassis or one of its components
that usually can be resolved without
additional problem determination.
Note: The system will wait five days
before sending duplicate events if
they are left unacknowledged in the
activity log.
chconfig
Displays or accepts the terms of the
Service Advisor terms and
conditions.
chconfig -li license
Display / accept
Service Advisor terms
and conditions
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where license is
• view to view the
Service Advisor terms
and conditions.
• accept to accept the
Service Advisor terms
and conditions.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
77
Table 17. chconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Enable / disable
Service Advisor terms
and conditions
Enables or disables the call-home
terms and conditions.
Notes:
• All contact information fields are
required before the Service
Advisor can be enabled.
• Call Home will connect to
Lenovo service through HTTPS
and HTTP. HTTP Proxy fields
must be set to permit for
outbound traffic.
• Service Advisor also needs to set
up DNS server address on the
CMM.
• Changing the Service Advisor
setting from disabled to enabled
will automatically trigger a test
call home and the Service
Advisor Activity Log will record
this test call home.
chconfig -sa setting-sc
support_center
Primary CMM:
where
• setting is
– enable to activate
the Service Advisor
terms and
conditions.
– disable to suspend
the Service Advisor
terms and
conditions.
• support_center is the
2character ISO 3166
country code of the
Lenovo support center
location. For example,
the country code for
the United States is
US.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Notes:
• Go to http://www.iso.
org/iso/ country_
codes/iso_ 3166_
code_lists/ for a
complete list of country
codes.
• Valid country codes
must refer to countries
that have Lenovo
support centers.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set contact information
for Service Advisor
Sets contact information for the
Service Advisor.
Note: Each Service Advisor field
can be set or updated
independently, as well as specifying
all fields at the same time, as shown
here.
chconfig -co "company"
-cn "name"-cph "phone"
-cphe "extension"-ce
email -mlph "m_phone"ca "address"-cci "city"-cs
state-sc support_centercz "postalcode"
where:
• "company" is the
quote-delimited
78
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 17. chconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
•
•
•
•
•
contact company
name, of up to 30
characters in length.
"name" is the quotedelimited contact
name, of 1 to 30
characters in length.
"phone" is the quotedelimited contact
phone number, of 5 to
30 characters in length.
"extension" is the
quote-delimited
contact phone
extension, of 1 to 30
characters in length.
email is email address
of the contact person in
the form
userid@hostname (30
characters maximum).
The userid can be
alphanumeric
characters, ".", "-", or
"_" but must begin and
end with alphanumeric
characters. The
hostname can be
alphanumeric
characters, ".", "-", or
"_". It must contain at
least two domain
items. Every domain
item should begin and
end with an
alphanumeric character
and the last domain
item should be from 2
to 20 alphabetic
characters.
"m_phone" is the
quote-delimited
machine location
phone number, of 5 to
30 characters in length.
(continued on next page)
Set contact information
for Service Advisor
(continued)
• "address" is the quotedelimited street
address of the machine
location, of 1 to 30
characters in length.
• "city" is the quotedelimited city of the
machine location, of 1
Chapter 3. Command reference
79
Table 17. chconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
to 30 characters in
length.
• state is the state of the
machine location, of 2
to 3 characters in
length.
• "postalcode" is the
quote-delimited postal
code of the machine
location, of 1 to 9
alphanumeric
characters in length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set contact information
for alternate Service
Advisor
Sets contact information for an
alternate Service Advisor.
Note: Each alternate Service
Advisor field can be set or updated
independently, as well as specifying
all fields at the same time, as shown
here.
chconfig -acn "name"
-acph "phone" -acphe
"extension"-ace email
-mlph "m_phone" -ca
"address" -cci "city"-cs
state-sc support_centercz "postalcode"
where:
• "name" is the quotedelimited contact
name, of 1 to 30
characters in length.
• "phone" is the quotedelimited contact
phone number, of 5 to
30 characters in length.
• "extension" is the
quote-delimited
contact phone
extension, of 1 to 30
characters in length.
• email is email address
of the contact person in
the form
userid@hostname (30
characters maximum).
The userid can be
alphanumeric
characters, ".", "-", or
"_" but must begin and
end with alphanumeric
80
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 17. chconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
characters. The
hostname can be
alphanumeric
characters, ".", "-", or
"_". It must contain at
least two domain
items. Every domain
item should begin and
end with an
alphanumeric character
and the last domain
item should be from 2
to 20 alphabetic
characters.
• "m_phone" is the
quote-delimited
machine location
phone number, of 5 to
30 characters in length.
• "address" is the quotedelimited street
address of the machine
location, of 1 to 30
characters in length.
(continued on next page)
Set contact information
for alternate Service
Advisor
(continued)
• "city" is the quotedelimited city of the
machine location, of 1
to 30 characters in
length.
• state is the state of the
machine location, of 2
to 3 characters in
length.
• "postalcode" is the
quote-delimited postal
code of the machine
location, of 1 to 9
alphanumeric
characters in length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
81
Table 17. chconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set up HTTP proxy for
Service Advisor
Sets up HTTP proxy for Service
Advisor.
chconfig -ps setting-loc
hostname-po port-u
“username”-pw
“password”
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where:
• setting is enabled or
disabled
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• hostname is the fully
qualified host name or
IP address of the HTTP
proxy, of 1 to 63
characters in length.
• port is the port of the
HTTP proxy, a number
from 1 to 65535,
inclusive.
• “username” is the
quote-delimited user
name, of 1 to 30
characters in length.
• “password” is the
quote-delimited
password of the HTTP
proxy, of up to 15
characters in length
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To accept the Service Advisor terms and conditions, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
chconfig -li accept -T mm[p]
To display the current configuration of the Service Advisor, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
chconfig -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system> chconfig -li accept -T mm[p]
OK
82
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
system> chconfig -T mm[p]
-sa enabled
-sc US
-ca No 399, Keyuan Rd,
-cci Dallas
-ce bob@lenovo.com
-cn bob
-co Lenovo
-cph 800-555-1111
-cs TX
-cz 75210
-cphe 5678
-acn mary
-acph 800-555-1113
-acphe 1234
-ace mary@lenovo.com
-mlph 800-555-1112
-loc google.cn
-po 8080
-ps disabled
-u User-001
system>
chlog command
This command is used to display up to five call-home activity log entries and to mark a call-home event entry
as acknowledged or unacknowledged.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “chlog command
errors” on page 426 for a list of error messages that are specific to the chlog command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
83
Table 18. chlog (display call-home activity log) command
Function
What it does
Command
Display call-home
activity log entries
Displays the last fifty entries from
the call-home activity log.
Notes:
• The entries are displayed in
reverse chronological order
(most recent call-home entry
first).
• The system will wait 5 days
before sending duplicate events
if they are not acknowledged as
corrected in the activity log.
• Call-home events are usually
those that can be resolved
without additional problem
determination.
chlog
Displays the last fifty FTP/TFTP
server entries from the call-home
activity log.
Notes:
• The entries are displayed in
reverse chronological order
(most recent call-home entry
first).
• The system will wait 5 days
before sending duplicate events
if they are not acknowledged as
corrected in the activity log.
chlog -f
Display FTP/TFTP
server call-home
activity log entries
84
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 18. chlog (display call-home activity log) command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display Lenovo
Support call-home
activity log entries
Displays the last five Lenovo
Support entries from the call-home
activity log.
Notes:
• The entries are displayed in
reverse chronological order
(most recent call-home entry
first).
• The system will wait 5 days
before sending duplicate events
if they are not acknowledged as
corrected in the activity log.
• Call-home events are usually
those that can be resolved
without additional problem
determination.
chlog -s
Acknowledge /
unacknowledge callhome activity log
entries
Marks the selected call-home event
as acknowledged (yes) or
unacknowledged (no) when the callhome event has been corrected.
Note: The system will wait five days
before sending duplicate events if
they are left unacknowledged in the
activity log.
chlog -index-ack option
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where:
• index is the index of the
call-home event entry
• option is yes or no
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:To display the last five call-home activity log entries, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
chlog
To mark the call-home event with index number 14 as acknowledged, type
chlog -14 -ack yes
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system:mm[1]> chlog
Index Ack Send Result
Time
14
No
Success
06/04/11 09:11:11
Test
15
No
Pending
06/04/11 09:11:12
Test
Assigned Num Event ID
Sev Source
Message
NULL
0x00016802 I
CHASSIS
Call Home generated by USERID.
NULL
0x00016802 I
CHASSIS
Call Home generated by USERID.
system:mm[1]>chlog -14 -ack yes
OK
Chapter 3. Command reference
85
system:mm[1]>
chmanual command
This command tests the Lenovo Flex System chassis call-home feature setup.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “chmanual
command errors” on page 427 for a list of error messages that are specific to the chmanual command.
86
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 19. chmanual command
Function
What it does
Command
Create call-home
problem message
Create a call-home problem
message for a CMM or compute
node.
chmanual -desc
"description"
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
where "description" is a
quote-delimited problem
description of 1 to 100
characters in length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
• Blade administration
• Blade configuration
• Blade remote presence
• I/O module
administration
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Generate call-home
test call home
Manually generate a test call-home
event that transmits the sample
call-home problem message.
system
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
chmanual -test
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
• Blade administration
• Blade configuration
• Blade remote presence
• I/O module
administration
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Chapter 3. Command reference
87
Example:
To create a call-home test message, at the system :> prompt, type
chmanual -desc "This is a test."
To manually send a test message, while the system is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system > prompt, type
chmanual -test
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system> chmanual -desc "This is a test."
OK
system> chmanual -test
OK
system>
cimsub command
This command displays and clears subscriptions for the common information model (CIM) used by the
optional Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex System Manager software.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “cimsub command
errors ” on page 428 for a list of error messages that are specific to the cimsub command.
88
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 20. cimsub command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display CIM
subscription
destination
Displays destinations for the CIM
subscriptions used by the Lenovo
XClarity Administrator or Flex System
Manager software.
cimsub
Display CIM
subscription status
Displays detailed information about
all CIM subscriptions used by the
Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex
System Manager software.
cimsub -v
Clears one or all of the CIM
subscriptions used by the Lenovo
XClarity Administrator or Flex System
Manager software.
cimsub -clear identifier
Clear CIM subscription
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where identifier is:
• all to delete all
subscriptions.
• a single destination
URL identifer
contained within
double-quotes. Valid
subscription identifiers
can be seen by running
the cimsub command
with no arguments or
the cimsub -v
command.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Example:
To display CIM destinations for the primary CMM, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent environment, at the system > prompt, type
cimsub -T mm[p]
To display CIM status for the primary CMM, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent
environment, at the system > prompt, type
Chapter 3. Command reference
89
cimsub -v -T mm[p]
To clear the CIM subscription with an identifier of http://9.37.64.50:8080 for the primary CMM, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent environment, at the system > prompt, type
cimsub -clear "http://9.37.64.50:8080" -T mm[p]
To clear all CIM subscriptions for the primary CMM, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent environment, at the system > prompt, type
cimsub -clear all -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> cimsub -T mm[p]
Destination = "http://9.37.64.50:8080"
Destination = "http://9.37.64.50:8080"
system> cimsub -v -T mm[p]
Caption = NULL
CreationClassName = "CIM_ListenerDestinationCIMXML"
Description = NULL
Destination = "http://9.37.64.50:8080"
ElementName = "Listener"
InstanceID = NULL
Name = "TEST:Indications:AllEvents"
OtherPersistenceType = NULL
OtherProtocol = NULL
PersistenceType = 2
Protocol = 2
SystemCreationClassName = "CIM_ComputerSystem"
Filter = "root/interop:CIM_IndicationFilter.CreationClassName=\"CIM_IndicationFil
ter\",Name=\"TEST:Indications:AllEvents\",SystemCreationClassName=\"CIM_ComputerS
ystem\",SystemName=\"\""
FailureTriggerTimeInterval = 3600
OnFatalErrorPolicy = 2
OtherRepeatNotificationPolicy = NULL
OtherSubscriptionState = NULL
RepeatNotificationCount = NULL
RepeatNotificationGap = NULL
RepeatNotificationInterval = NULL
RepeatNotificationPolicy = 2
SubscriptionDuration = NULL
SubscriptionState = 2
SubscriptionTimeRemaining = NULL
TimeOfLastStateChange = "20150212160444.680645-300"
Caption = NULL
CreationClassName = "CIM_IndicationFilter"
Description = NULL
ElementName = "Filter"
IndividualSubscriptionSupported = TRUE
InstanceID = NULL
Name = "TEST:Indications:AllEvents"
Query = "SELECT*FROMCIM_AlertIndication"
QueryLanguage = "WQL"
SourceNameSpaces = {"root/cimv2"}
SourceNameSpace =
SystemCreationClassName = "CIM_ComputerSystem"
SystemName = "localhost"
90
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Caption = NULL
CreationClassName = "CIM_ListenerDestinationCIMXML"
Description = NULL
Destination = "http://9.37.64.50:8080"
ElementName = "Listener"
InstanceID = NULL
Name = "TEST2:Indications:AllEvents"
OtherPersistenceType = NULL
OtherProtocol = NULL
PersistenceType = 2
Protocol = 2
SystemCreationClassName = "CIM_ComputerSystem"
Filter = "root/interop:CIM_IndicationFilter.CreationClassName=\"CIM_IndicationFil
ter\",Name=\"TEST2:Indications:AllEvents\",SystemCreationClassName=\"CIM_Computer
System\",SystemName=\"\""
FailureTriggerTimeInterval = 3600
OnFatalErrorPolicy = 2
OtherRepeatNotificationPolicy = NULL
OtherSubscriptionState = NULL
RepeatNotificationCount = NULL
RepeatNotificationGap = NULL
RepeatNotificationInterval = NULL
RepeatNotificationPolicy = 2
SubscriptionDuration = NULL
SubscriptionState = 2
SubscriptionTimeRemaining = NULL
TimeOfLastStateChange = "20150212160559.819293-300"
Caption = NULL
CreationClassName = "CIM_IndicationFilter"
Description = NULL
ElementName = "Filter"
IndividualSubscriptionSupported = TRUE
InstanceID = NULL
Name = "TEST2:Indications:AllEvents"
Query = "SELECT*FROMCIM_AlertIndication"
QueryLanguage = "WQL"
SourceNameSpaces = {"root/cimv2"}
SourceNameSpace =
SystemCreationClassName = "CIM_ComputerSystem"
SystemName = "localhost"
system> cimsub -clear "http://9.37.64.50:8080" -T mm[p]
OK
system> cimsub -clear all -T mm[p]
OK
system>
system> cimsub -T mm[p]
No CIM subscription info available
system>
cin command
This command can be used to view and configure the chassis internal network for up to 14 supported
chassis internal network (CIN) configurations, globally, or for specified entries. You can define a CIN by
creating a pool of VLAN (virtual local area network) ID/IP address pairs, each of which is a CIN entry.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “cin command
errors ” on page 428 for a list of error messages that are specific to the cin command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
91
Table 21. cin command
Function
Display CIN
configuration table
Set global CIN state
What it does
Command
Displays the configuration table for
the chassis internal network.
Possible return values are:
• Global CIN enabled or disabled
status
• CIN index
– VLAN ID
– IP address
– index entry enabled or disabled
status
cin
Sets the global state of CIN to
enabled or disabled.
cin -global -en state
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
where state is
• on
• off
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management and
chassis configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Clear all CIN
configuration entries
Deletes all CIN configuration entries.
cin all -clear
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management and
chassis configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
92
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Table 21. cin command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Turn all index entries
on or off
Turns all CIN index entries on or off.
cin all -en state
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
where state is
• on
• off
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management and
chassis configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Delete CIN
configuration entry
cin -entry_index-clear
Deletes the specified CIN
configuration entry.
where entry_index is a
number between 1 and 14
(inclusive).
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management and
chassis configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
93
Table 21. cin command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set CIN configuration
entry to enable or
disable
Enables or disables a CIN
configuration entry.
cin -entry_index-en state
where:
• entry_index is a
number between 1 and
14, and
• state is
– on
– off
If you attempt to enable or disable a
non-existent entry, the action is
ignored and no error message is
returned.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management and
chassis configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Create a CIN
configuration entry
Creates a CIN index entry.
If the CIN index is currently empty,
both -id and -ip must be specified.
Note: The VLAN ID must be different
from that of the compute nodeCMM.
cin -entry_index -id vlan_
id-ip ip_address
where:
• entry_index is a
number between 1 and
14,
• vlan_id is a VLAN ID
number between 3 and
4094 (inclusive),
• ip_address is a valid IP
address.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management and
chassis configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
94
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Table 21. cin command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Specify valid IP
address for CIN index
entry
Specifies the IP address of the CIN
index entry. The CIN IP address must
be a valid IP address. An error is
displayed if the IP address is invalid.
cin -entry_index-ip ip_
address
Notes:
• If the index is not empty, the IP
address can be specified
separately.
• CIN entries cannot have matching
IP addresses unless they are
0.0.0.0. and have different VLAN
IDs.
• If the CIN IP address is 0.0.0.0,
the compute node IP address for
CIN which is configured in the
compute node operating system
cannot be in the same subnet as
that of the CMM.
• The IP address cannot be multicast and cannot match the IP
address of the CMM.
Specify VLAN ID for
CIN entry
where:
• entry_index is a
number between 1 and
14
• ip_address is a valid IP
address.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
You can overwrite
parameters of an existing
definition; for example,
cin -1 -ip 0.0.0.0
overwrites the current
CIN IP address of the first
cin entry. If the entry does
not exist, an error is
returned.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management and
chassis configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Set the VLAN ID for the specified CIN
entry.
cin -entry_index-id vlan_
id
Notes:
• If the index is not empty, the ID
can be specified separately.
• The VLAN ID must be different
from that of the CMM.
where:
• entry_index is a
number between 1 and
14
• vlan_id is a number
between 3 and 4094
(inclusive).
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management and
chassis configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
Chapter 3. Command reference
95
Table 21. cin command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
10 for additional
information.
Example:
To view chassis internal network information for the CMM, while this CMM is set at the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
cin
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> cin
-global -en off
Index 1
-id 11
-ip 11.1.1.1
-en on
Index 2
-id 12
-ip 22.1.1.1
-en on
Index 3
not used
Index 4
not used
Index 5
not used
Index 6
not used
Index 7
not used
Index 8
not used
Index 9
not used
Index 10
not used
Index 11
not used
Index 12
-id 123
-ip 23.1.1.1
96
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
-en on
Index 13
not used
Index 14
not used
system>
cinstatus command
This command displays a table listing the VLAN ID, the IP address, the MAC address, and the status of each
chassis internal network (CIN) connection.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “cinstatus
command errors ” on page 429 for a list of error messages that are specific to the cinstatus command.
Table 22. cinstatus command
Function
What it does
Command
Display entries of the
CIN status table
Reads entries of the CIN status table,
five at a time. Each entry of the table
returns:
cinstatus
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
• CIN VLAN ID
• CIN IP address
• CIN MAC address
• CIN status text
Note: An asterisk ( * ) shown next to
an IP address indicates that it is a
learned value.
Display status of first
five CIN entries
Displays the first five entries of the
CIN status table.
cinstatus -f
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Display entire CIN
status table
cinstatus -a
Displays all the entries in the CIN
status table.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Example:
To display five entries of the CIN status table, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent
environment, at the system > prompt, type
cinstatus
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command
system> cinstatus
Note: * next to IP address indicates a learned entry
Chapter 3. Command reference
97
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
VLAN IP Address
MAC Address
Status
---- ---------------- ------------------ -------------------4094 0.0.0.1
Not Operational
4094 0.0.0.2
Not Operational
4
0.0.0.0
Operational
4093 0.0.0.1
Not Operational
4094 0.0.0.0
Operational
Last entry reached
system>
clear command
This command restores the primary CMM configuration or an I/O (switch) module configuration to the
manufacturing default settings.
Notes:
• The command must always include the
cnfg
option.
• To restore a saved CMM configuration after restoring the manufacturing default settings, use the read
command (see “read command” on page 286 for information about command use).
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “clear command
errors” on page 430 for a list of error messages that are specific to the clear command.
98
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 23. clear command
Function
What it does
Command
Restore default
configuration of
primary CMM and keep
logs
Restores the default configuration
of the primary CMM, retaining log
information; then, resets the CMM.
If the current operating state of the
Lenovo Flex System chassis
indicates potential problems with
restoring the default configuration,
an error message is returned and
the restore is cancelled.
clear -cnfg
No results are returned from this
command because it resets the
CMM.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
and chassis
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
When you restore the CMM
configuration, the Ethernet
configuration method is set to a
value of dthens. After the CMM
resets, this causes the CMM to try
dhcp configuration and then default
to the static IP configuration, which
might cause the CMM to remain
offline for longer than normal. See
the “ifconfig command” on page
175 for information.
Restore default
configuration of
primary CMM and keep
logs (with override)
Restores the default configuration
of the primary CMM, retaining log
information; then, resets the CMM,
overriding error messages and
restoration cancellation due to the
current Lenovo Flex System chassis
operating state.
No results are returned from this
command because it resets the
CMM.
When you restore the CMM
configuration, the Ethernet
configuration method is set to a
value of dthens. After the CMM
resets, this causes the CMM to try
dhcp configuration and then default
to the static IP configuration, which
might cause the CMM to remain
offline for longer than normal. See
the “ifconfig command” on page
175 for information.
Restore default
configuration of I/O
module
Restores the configuration of the
specified I/O module to the default
settings.
clear -cnfg -o
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
and chassis
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
clear -cnfg
I/O module:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
99
Table 23. clear command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration and I/O
module configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To restore the primary CMM configuration to default settings and retain log information, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
clear -cnfg -T mm[p]
No results are returned from this command. After the primary CMM resets, you will need to start a new
command-line session.
clearlog command
This command clears the CMM audit event log, the system event log, or both.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “clearlog command
errors” on page 430 for a list of error messages that are specific to the clearlog command.
100
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 24. clearlog (clear CMM event log) command
Function
What it does
Command
Clear CMM event log
Clears the both the CMM audit
event log and the CMM system
event log, displaying a message
confirming that both event logs
were cleared.
Notes:
clearlog
• Audit log events are created by
the actions of users.
• Although system events and
audit events are stored internally
in separate log files, they are
presented to the user as a single
log that can be filtered.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis log
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• If you clear both logs, an entry
indicating you cleared the audit
log is shown in the audit log and
an entry indicating you cleared
the system log is shown in the
system log.
Clear CMM audit or
system event log
Clears the CMM audit event log, the
system event log, or both, and
displays a message confirming that
the specified event log was cleared.
Notes:
• Audit log events are created by
the actions of users.
• If the log_type is not specified,
this command will clear both
logs.
• Although system events and
audit events are stored internally
in separate log files, they are
presented to the user as a single
log that can be filtered.
clearlog -l log_type
Primary CMM:
where log_type is audit or
system .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis log
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• If you clear the audit log, an entry
indicating you cleared the audit
log is shown in the audit log. If
you clear the system log, an
entry indicating you cleared the
system log is shown in the
system log. If you clear both
logs, an entry indicating you
cleared the audit log is shown in
the audit log and an entry
indicating you cleared the
system log is shown in the
system log.
Example: To clear both the CMM audit log and the CMM system event log, while the primary CMM in bay 1
is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
clearlog
Chapter 3. Command reference
101
To clear the CMM audit log, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent command environment,
at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
clearlog -1 audit
To clear the CMM system event log, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
clearlog -1 system
The following examples shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[1]> clearlog -1 audit
OK
I Audit
(CMM 02) The Audit log has been cleared by user ID USERID from SSH at address 9.42.104.88.
I SERVPROC (CMM 02) The Event log has been cleared by user ID USERID from SSH at address 9.42.104.88.
system:mm[1]>clearlog -1 audit
OK
I Audit
(CMM 02) The Audit log has been cleared by user ID USERID from SSH at address 9.42.104.88.
clearlog -1 system
OK
I SERVPROC (CMM 02) The Event log has been cleared by user ID USERID from SSH at address 9.42.104.88.
config command
This command sets and displays the name of the CMM or compute node and the location and contact name
for the CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “config command
errors” on page 431 for a list of error messages that are specific to the config command.
Table 25. config command
Function
What it does
Command
Display identifying
information for Lenovo
Flex System chassis
Displays the following information
for the command target:
• Name
• Room
• Rack
• Rack unit
config
Displays the name of the specified
compute node.
config
Display name of
compute node
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Display name of CMM
102
Displays the following information
for the command target:
• Name
• Location
• Contact name
config
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 25. config command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set name of chassis
Sets the name of the chassis.
config -name "name"
where "name" is up to 15
characters in length and
contained within doublequotes. Any printable
character can be used in
the chassis name.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set name of CMM
Sets the name of the primary CMM.
config -name name
Primary CMM:
where name is up to 15
characters in length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
(for CMM)
• Blade configuration (for
compute node)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
103
Table 25. config command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set name of compute
node
Sets the name of the specified
compute node.
config -name "name"
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
where "name" is up to 15
characters in length and
contained within doublequotes.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Names can contain any
character other than "<"
and ">".
Names can contain
spaces.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set rack location of
chassis
Sets the rack where the chassis is
located.
config -rack "rack"
where "rack" is up to 23
characters in length and
contained within doublequotes.
Rack locations can
contain any character
other than "<" and ">".
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
104
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Table 25. config command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set rack unit location
of chassis
Sets the lowest rack unit that the
chassis occupies in a rack.
config -rackunit "unit"
where "unit" is an integer
between 0 and 99,
inclusive, that identifies
the lowest unit of a rack
that the chassis occupies.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set room location of
chassis
Sets the room where the chassis is
located.
config -room "room"
where "room" is up to 23
characters in length and
contained within doublequotes.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Room locations can
contain any character
other than "<" and ">".
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
105
Table 25. config command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set location of CMM
Sets the location of the primary
CMM.
config -loc "location"
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where "location" is up to
47 characters in length
and contained within
double-quotes.
CMM locations can
contain any character
other than "<" and ">".
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set contact name for
CMM
Sets the contact name for the
primary CMM.
config -contact "contact_
name"
where "contact_name" is
up to 47 characters in
length and contained
within double-quotes.
CMM contact names can
contain any character
other than "<" and ">".
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To set the primary CMM name to Lenovo_lab, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system > prompt, type
config -name Lenovo_lab -T mm[p]
To display the primary CMM name, location, and contact name, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set
as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
config -T mm[p]
106
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system> config -name Lenovo_lab -T mm[p]
OK
system> config -T mm[p]
-name Lenovo_lab
-contact John_Doe
-loc Main_Lab
system>
console command
This command sets up a serial over LAN connection to the command console of a compute node.
To end an SOL session, press Esc followed by an open parenthesis:
Esc (
Note: See your operating-system documentation for information about SOL commands that you can enter
by using the CMM command-line interface.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “console command
errors” on page 432 for a list of error messages that are specific to the console command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
107
Table 26. console command
Function
What it does
Command
Create SOL session
with compute node
Creates an SOL connection to the
specified compute node.
Note: The CMM supports a
persistent SOL connection that
remains intact until you escape from
the SOL console, or another user
uses the override option to take
over your SOL console. A persistent
command, if dropped, automatically
attempts to reconnect.
console
Create override SOL
session with compute
node
Creates an SOL connection to the
specified compute node, with the
override option enabled. This
enables you to end an existing SOL
session to that compute node and
start a new one.
Note: The CMM supports
combining this option with the -l
option to override an existing
session, and not reconnect if the
connection drops.
console -o
Create non-persistent
SOL session with
compute node
Creates an SOL connection to the
specified compute node for users
who do not want to use a persistent
session.
Note: This option can be combined
with the -o option to override an
existing session, and not reconnect
if the connection drops.
console -l
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade remote presence
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade remote presence
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade remote presence
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Example: To start an SOL connection to the compute node in node bay 14, while this compute node is set
as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½x� > prompt, type
console -T system:blade[14]
coolingzones command
This command displays Lenovo Flex System chassis cooling zone and fan module health information.
Note: If one or more fan modules in a cooling zone are missing, the components installed in that cooling
zone might not cool sufficiently. Check the CMM event log for temperature event messages using the
“displaylog command” on page 119.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “coolingzones
command errors ” on page 432 for a list of error messages that are specific to the coolingzones command.
108
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 27. coolingzones command
Function
What it does
Command
Display cooling zone
information
Display information for all cooling
zones in the Lenovo Flex System
chassis.
coolingzones
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Display specific cooling
zone information
Displays detailed information for the
specified cooling zone.
coolingzones z zone
where zone is the cooling
zone index number to
display.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Valid cooling zone index
numbers can be seen by
running the coolingzones
command with no
argument.
Example: To display cooling zone information for all cooling zones, while the chassis is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system > prompt, type
coolingzones
To display cooling zone information for cooling zone 2, while the chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
coolingzones z2
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> coolingzones
Zone 1:
------Status: ok
Provider(s):
blower[1]
blower[2]
blower[3]
blower[4]
Receiver(s):
blade[5],blade[11]
Zone 2:
------Status: warning
Provider(s):
blower[6] not present
blower[7]
blower[8]
blower[9]
Receiver(s):
blade[4]
Zone 3:
------Status: warning
Chapter 3. Command reference
109
Provider(s):
blower[5] not present
Receiver(s):
mm[1]
switch[2]
Zone 4:
------Status: ok
Provider(s):
blower[10]
Receiver(s):
switch[1],switch[3]
system> coolingzones z2
Status: warning
Cooling Provider(s):
-------------------blower[6]: not present
blower[7]:
Status: ok
Count: 1
Speed: 38%
Avg RPM: 4352
Controller State: Operational
blower[8]:
Status: ok
Count: 1
Speed: 38%
Avg RPM: 4352
Controller State: Operational
blower[9]:
Status: ok
Count: 1
Speed: 38%
Avg RPM: 4416
Controller State: Operational
Cooling Receiver(s):
-------------------blade[4]
system>
crypto command
This command displays and configures the cryptographic settings for the CMM. These settings are required
to achieve National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) compatibility.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “crypto command
errors” on page 433 for a list of error messages that are specific to the crypto command.
For more information about NIST, see "Configuring NIST 800-131A compliance" in the Lenovo Chassis
Management Module 2 User's Guide.
110
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 28. crypto command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display CMM
cryptographic settings
Displays the cryptographic settings
for the CMM. Return values include
the currently selected CMM cipher
suite, cryptographic mode, and the
cryptographic mode specification
version.
crypto
Sets the allowed cipher suites for
the primary CMM either to those
defined by the TLS 1.2 specification
(effectively limiting communication
to TLS 1.2 only) or to a broader set
of cipher suites that can be used
with SSL 3.0, TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, or
TLS 1.2.
Important:
crypto -cs cipher
Set CMM cipher suites
• If the -cs command option is run
by itself, all secure connections
are closed and will need to be
reestablished after a successful
cipher suite change.
• If the -cs and -m command
options are run together, the
CMM automatically restarts after
a successful cipher suite and
cryptographic mode change.
Notes:
• To set the cipher suite setting to
legacy, the cryptographic mode
must be set to comp
(compatibility with all NIST cipher
suites).
• The cipher suite cannot be
changed from tls1.2 to tls1.2srv
when the cryptographic mode is
set to nist800-131a.
• The cipher suite setting (-cs) is
referred to as the TLS/SSL
setting in the CMM Web
interface (Mgt Module
Management > Security >
Cryptography).
Set CMM
cryptographic mode
Sets the cryptographic mode for the
primary CMM.
Notes:
• To set the cryptographic mode to
nist800-131a, the cipher suite
setting must be set to tls1.2 or
tls1.2svr.
• If the crypto -m option is set to
comp (compatibility with all NIST
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where cipher is:
• legacy for legacy
cryptographic settings
(such as SSL)
• tls1.2 for NIST
Transport Layer
Security (TLS) 1.2
cryptography on both
the client and server
• tls1.2svr for NIST
Transport Layer
Security (TLS) 1.2
cryptography on only
the server
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
crypto -m mode
Primary CMM:
where mode is:
• comp for compatibility
with all NIST cipher
suites set by the cipher
-cs command option.
• nist800-131a for
compatibility with only
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
111
Table 28. crypto command (continued)
Function
What it does
cipher suites), the sslcfg -ca
-csa option must be specified
when generating a CA certificate
(see the “sslcfg command” on
page 335 for more information).
• The CMM automatically restarts
after a successful cryptographic
mode change.
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
the NIST Transport
Layer Security (TLS)
1.2 cipher suites set by
the cipher -cs
command option.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To display the cryptographic settings for the primary CMM, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
crypto
To set the cryptographic setting for the primary CMM to Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.2, while the primary
CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
crypto -cs tls1.2
To set the cryptographic setting for the primary CMM to use the legacy settings, while the primary CMM in
bay 1 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
crypto -cs legacy
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands, when they are run
using a Telnet connection:
system:mm[1]> crypto
-cs legacy
-m comp
Version: 01.00
system:mm[1]> crypto -cs tls1.2
Affected services will now be restarted. All secure sessions will be
closed, and need to be reestablished.
OK
system:mm[1]> crypto
-cs tls1.2
-m comp
Version: 01.00
system:mm[1]> crypto -cs legacy
Affected services will now be restarted. All secure sessions will be
closed, and need to be reestablished.
OK
system:mm[1]> crypto
-cs legacy
-m comp
112
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Version: 01.00
system:mm[1]>
date command
This command configures and displays the CMM date settings.
Note: The date command replaces the clock command that was used in previous CMM firmware versions.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “date command
errors” on page 434 for a list of error messages that are specific to the date command.
Table 29. date command
Function
What it does
Command
Display CMM clock
information
Displays the following information
for the CMM clock:
• current date and time
• GMT (Greenwich-Mean Time)
offset
• daylight-savings time setting
date
Displays list of available timezone
settings for the CMM clock, with
limited information about each time
zone. The CMM supports more than
400 geography-based timezone
settings.
date -tz all
Displays list of available timezone
settings for the CMM clock, with
detailed information about each
time zone. The CMM supports more
than 400 geography-based
timezone settings.
Note: The -v command option must
be used with the date -tz all
command option.
date -tz all -v
Display valid timezone
settings
Display valid timezone
settings (verbose)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
113
Table 29. date command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set CMM date
Sets the date for the CMM clock.
date -d date
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
where date is the current
calendar date in mm/dd/
yyyy format.
The month and day can be
input as single digits. The
year must be a four-digit
number between 1970
and 2037 inclusive.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
the following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set CMM time
Sets the time for the CMM clock.
date -t time
Primary CMM:
where time is the current
time in 24-hour hh:mm:ss
format.
The hours, minutes, and
seconds can all be input
as single digits.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set CMM clock time
zone
Sets the time zone for the CMM
clock.
Note: The daylight-savings time
setting for your time zone is set
automatically.
date -tz timezone
Primary CMM:
where timezone is one of
the valid time zone values
listed by the date -tz all
command.
This command can only
be run by users who have
the following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
114
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 29. date command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Command
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To set the primary CMM for operation in the US Eastern time zone, with a current date of 08/15/
2015 and time of 10:38:00, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
date -T mm[p] -tz America/New_York -t 10:38:00 -d 08/15/2015
To display the clock information for the primary CMM, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
date -T mm[p]
To display detailed time zone information for the Abidjan time zone in Africa, while the Lenovo Flex System
chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
date -T mm[p] -tz Africa/Abidjan -v
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> date -T mm[p] -tz America/New_York -t 10:38:00 -d 08/15/2015
OK
system> date -T mm[p]
08/15/2015 10:38:03 America/New_York (Eastern Time) DST is currently being observed
system> date -T mm[p] -tz Africa/Abidjan -v
Timezone name: Africa/Abidjan
Timezone Standard name: Africa/Abidjan Time
Timezone standard caption: GMT
Timezone CMM offset: UTC
No daylight saving time in 2015
system>
dhcpinfo command
This command displays the IP configuration that is assigned by a DHCP server to the primary CMM external
network interface, compute node management network interfaces, and I/O module DHCPv6 server.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “dhcpinfo
command errors” on page 435 for a list of error messages that are specific to the dhcpinfo command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
115
Table 30. dhcpinfo command
Function
What it does
Command
Display Ethernet
channel 0 DHCP
configuration for
primary CMM
If the IP configuration for the
primary CMM eth0 is assigned by a
DHCP server, the configuration that
is assigned by the DHCP server and
DHCP server information is
displayed. If the IP configuration for
eth0 is not assigned by a DHCP
server, an error message is
displayed. Possible configuration
values returned are:
• -server dhcp_ip_address
• -n hostname
• -i ip_address
• -g gateway_address
• -s subnet_mask
• -d domainname
• -dns1 primary_dns_ip_address
• -dns2 secondary_dns_ip_
address
• -dns3 tertiary_dns_ip_1address
• -server6 IPv6_dhcp_ip_address
• -i6 IPv6_address
• -d6 IPv6_domainname
• -dns61 IPv6_primary_dns_ip_
address
• -dns62 IPv6_secondary_dns_ip_
address
• -dns63 IPv6_tertiary_dns_ip_
1address
dhcpinfo -eth0
Display Ethernet
channel 0 DHCP
configuration for
standbyCMM
If the IP configuration for the
standby CMM eth0 is assigned by a
DHCP server, the configuration that
is assigned by the DHCP server and
DHCP server information is
displayed. If the IP configuration for
eth0 is not assigned by a DHCP
server, an error message is
displayed. Possible configuration
values returned are:
• -server dhcp_ip_address
• -n hostname
• -i ip_address
• -g gateway_address
• -s subnet_mask
• -d domainname
• -dns1 primary_dns_ip_address
• -dns2 secondary_dns_ip_
address
• -dns3 tertiary_dns_ip_1address
• -server6 IPv6_dhcp_ip_address
• -i6 IPv6_address
• -d6 IPv6_domainname
• -dns61 IPv6_primary_dns_ip_
address
dhcpinfo -eth0 -standby
116
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 30. dhcpinfo command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• -dns62 IPv6_secondary_dns_ip_
address
• -dns63 IPv6_tertiary_dns_ip_
1address
Display management
network DHCP
configuration for all
compute node
interfaces
Displays the IPv6 configuration for
all interfaces of the specified
compute node assigned by a DHCP
server. If the IP configuration for a
compute node interface is not
assigned by a DHCP server, an
error message is displayed.
Note: If the CMM and compute
nodes are set up to use DHCP and
the CMM loses network
connectivity, the CMM will attempt
to acquire a new IP address when
network connectivity is restored.
The compute nodes will not attempt
to acquire an IP address again; they
will continue using their existing IP
addresses. If you experience
compute node network problems
after connectivity between the
CMM and network is restored, you
might need to reset the systemmanagement processor on each
compute node in the chassis
(including optional Lenovo XClarity
Administrator or Flex System
Manager hardware, if it is installed).
dhcpinfo
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
117
Table 30. dhcpinfo command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Display management
network DHCP
configuration for
specific compute node
interface
If the IPv6 configuration for the
specified compute node interface is
assigned by a DHCP server, the
IPv6 IP address is displayed. If the
IP configuration for the specified
compute node interface is not
assigned by a DHCP server, an
error message is displayed.
dhcpinfo -interface_label
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
where interface_label is
any interface label
reported by the compute
node that specifies both
the interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0. Valid
interface types include:
• usb for USB
• eth for Ethernet
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the dhcpinfo command
with no interface
argument.
Display DHCP
configuration for I/O
module
If the IPv6 configuration for the
specified I/O module is assigned by
a DHCP server, the IPv6 IP address
is displayed. If the IPv6
configuration for the I/O module is
not assigned by a DHCP server, an
error message is displayed.
dhcpinfo
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Example: To display the DHCP server assigned network settings for the compute node in bay 2, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
dhcpinfo -T blade[2]
To display the DHCP server assigned network settings for Ethernet channel 0 of the compute node in bay 2,
while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system >
prompt, type
dhcpinfo -T blade[2] -eth0
To display the DHCP server assigned network settings for Ethernet channel 0 of the primary CMM, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
dhcpinfo -eth0 -T mm[p]
To display the DHCP server assigned network settings for Ethernet channel 0 of the standby CMM, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
dhcpinfo -eth0 -standby -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> dhcpinfo -T blade[2]
eth0
-i6 2000:1013::45b8:6a2a:ff92:4cd3
118
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
usb0
-i6 ::
system> dhcpinfo -T blade[2] -eth0
-i6 2000:1013::45b8:6a2a:ff92:4cd3
system> dhcpinfo -eth0 -T mm[p]
DHCP is disabled
-server6 fd55:faaf:e1ab:1019:9:37:64:33
-i6 fd55:faaf:e1ab:1019:277d:755d:da17:b127
-d6
-dns61 fd55:faaf:e1ab:1019:9:37:64:33
-dns62 fd55:faaf:e1ab:1019:d143:5ba3:e825:1136
-dns63
system> dhcpinfo -eth0 -standby -T mm[p]
DHCP is disabled
-server6 fd55:faaf:e1ab:1019:9:37:64:33
-i6 fd55:faaf:e1ab:1019:4beb:50a3:ac71:b49f
-d6
-dns61 fd55:faaf:e1ab:1019:9:37:64:33
-dns62 fd55:faaf:e1ab:1019:d143:5ba3:e825:1136
-dns63 ::
system>
displaylog command
This command displays CMM event log entries.
Notes:
• See the Installation and Service Guide for your Flex System chassis for a complete list of all non-device
specific events and recommended actions, sorted by event ID. Device specific event information is in the
documentation for the device.
• When the CMM is set to “Secure” security mode, only secure file transfer methods, such as HTTPS and
SFTP, can be used for tasks involving file transfer when the CMM is acting as a server. Unsecure file
transfer protocols, such as HTTP, FTP, and TFTP, are disabled when the CMM is acting as a server when
the security mode is set to “Secure”. Unsecure file transfer protocols remain available for a CMM acting as
a client for all commands when the security mode is set to “Secure”.
• For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer” on
page 29.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “displaylog
command errors” on page 436 for a list of error messages that are specific to the displaylog command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
119
Table 31. displaylog (display CMM event log) command
Function
What it does
Command
Display CMM event
log entries
Displays five entries from the CMM
event log. The first time the
command is executed, the five most
recent log entries are displayed.
Each subsequent time the command
is issued, the next five entries in the
log display.
displaylog
Display CMM event
log entries (reset
counter)
Resets the counter and displays the
first five most recent entries in the
CMM event log.
displaylog -f
Display log entries
with Event ID
Displays log entries with Event ID.
Note: An asterisk ( * ) after the Event
ID indicates that this is a compute
node generated event ID.
displaylog -e
Display log entries
with their call-home
flag
Displays log entries with their callhome flag.
displaylog -c
Display all CMM
event log entries
Displays all entries in the CMM event
log.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
displaylog -a
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Display log entries
with log sequence
number
120
Displays log entries with their log
sequence number event log.
Note: An asterisk ( * ) after the event
sequence number indicates auxiliary
data is available for that entry. This
can be viewed using the -aux option.
displaylog -sn
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 31. displaylog (display CMM event log) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Display log entries
with auxiliary data
Displays log entries with their
auxiliary data.
displaylog -aux
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Display all event log
filters
Displays all filters that can be used
to control CMM event log output.
displaylog -filters
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Display event log
entries filtered by
date
Displays CMM event log information
that meets the specified date filter
criteria.
Notes:
• This command displays the first
five most recent entries in the
CMM event log that meet the
specified filter criteria. Adding the
-a option to the command
displays all entries that meet the
specified filter criteria.
• If the filter criteria entered does
not match the criteria previously
specified, this resets the counter
and displays the first five most
recent log entries that match the
specified filter criteria.
• The index number displayed for
each filtered log entry might not
match the index number shown
for the same log entry displayed
in an unfiltered list.
displaylog -date date_filter
Primary CMM:
where date_filter is a pipe (
| ) separated list of date
filters in mm/dd/yy format.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
121
Table 31. displaylog (display CMM event log) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Display event log
entries filtered by
severity level
Displays CMM event log information
that meets the specified severity
level filter criteria.
Notes:
• This command displays the first
five most recent entries in the
CMM event log that meet the
specified filter criteria. Adding the
-a option to the command
displays all entries that meet the
specified filter criteria.
• If the filter criteria entered does
not match the criteria previously
specified, this resets the counter
and displays the first five most
recent log entries that match the
specified filter criteria.
• The index number displayed for
each filtered log entry might not
match the index number shown
for the same log entry displayed
in an unfiltered list.
displaylog -sev severity_
filter
Primary CMM:
Displays CMM log information that is
stored in logs other than the
specified log.
Notes:
• This command displays the first
five most recent entries in the
CMM event log that meet the
specified filter criteria. Adding the
-a option to the command
displays all entries that meet the
specified filter criteria.
• If the filter criteria entered does
not match the criteria previously
specified, this resets the counter
and displays the first five most
recent log entries that match the
specified filter criteria.
• The index number displayed for
each filtered log entry might not
match the index number shown
for the same log entry displayed
in an unfiltered list.
displaylog -src ! filter_out
Display event log
entries filtered by
every flag except the
one specified
122
where severity_filter is a
pipe ( | ) separated list of
severity filters:
• I (information)
• E (error)
• W (warning)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where filter_out is the
category of event log
entries that is not to be
displayed. Use the
displaylog -filters
command to discover
excludable event log
categories.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 31. displaylog (display CMM event log) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Display audit log
entries filtered by
source
Displays CMM audit log information
that meets the specified source filter
criteria.
Notes:
• This command displays the first
five most recent entries in the
CMM event log that meet the
specified filter criteria. Adding the
-a option to the command
displays all entries that meet the
specified filter criteria.
• If the filter criteria entered does
not match the criteria previously
specified, this resets the counter
and displays the first five most
recent log entries that match the
specified filter criteria.
• The index number displayed for
each filtered log entry might not
match the index number shown
for the same log entry displayed
in an unfiltered list.
displaylog -src source_
filter
Primary CMM:
Display log entries
filtered by call-home
flag
Displays log entries that meet the
specified call-home events filter
criteria.
Notes:
• This command displays the five
most recent entries in the CMM
event log that meet the specified
filter criteria. Adding the -a option
to the command displays all
entries that meet the specified
filter criteria.
• If the filter criteria entered does
not match the criteria previously
specified, this resets the counter
and displays the first five most
recent log entries that match the
specified filter criteria.
• The index number displayed for
each filtered log entry might not
match the index number shown
for the same log entry displayed
in an unfiltered list.
displaylog -ch option
Display the state of
the log state event
option
Displays the state (enabled or
disabled) of the log state event
option, which generates an event
when the event log becomes 75% or
100% full.
displaylog -lse
where source_filter is a
pipe ( | ) separated list of
source filters, such as
Audit for the audit log. To
specify a range of
compute nodes as the
source, use a hyphen ( - ),
as follows: Blade_01-08 .
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where option are:
• C (call home)
• N (non-serviceable)
• S (serviceable)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
123
Table 31. displaylog (display CMM event log) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable
monitoring of event
log state
Enables or disables the monitoring
of the event log state to generate an
event when the log becomes 75% or
100% full.
Note: The displaylog -lse command
must be run exclusive of other logreading command options (-f, -a,
-filters, -date, -sev, - src, -i, and -l).
displaylog -lse state
Saves the CMM event log to the
specified location.
displaylog -u URL
Save event log
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis log
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where URL is the fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the event log is to be
saved.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To display all log entries generated by the primary CMM in bay 1 other than those in the audit log, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system> prompt, type
displaylog -src !Audit -T mm[p]
To display audit log entries generated by the primary CMM in bay 1, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is
set as the persistent command environment, at the system> prompt, type
displaylog -src Audit -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> displaylog -src !Audit -T mm[p]
1
I
SERVPROC
08/04/11
2
I
SERVPROC
08/04/11
14:18:06
14:18:06
(There are no more entries in the event log.)
system> displaylog -src audit -T mm[p]
1
I
Audit
08/04/11
14:28:38
2
I
Audit
08/04/11
14:28:18
3
I
Audit
08/04/11
14:18:15
(There are no more entries in the event log.)
system>
124
Recovery Event log full
Alarm Manager removed a MNR
alert during recovery of Event
log full
Remote logoff successful for
user 'spdev'from Telnet at
IP 9.44.124.157
Remote login successful for
user 'spdev' from Telnet at
IP 9.44.124.157
Audit log cleared by 'spdev'.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
displaysd command
This command captures service data for users to download.
Service information for the CMMs includes Lenovo Flex System component VPD, the CMM event log,
connection status, and self-test results. If multiple user interface sessions issue the displaysd command, the
commands will be processed in the order that they are received. Some types of service information are
displayed for only the primary CMM.
Notes:
• When the CMM is set to “Secure” security mode, only secure file transfer methods, such as HTTPS and
SFTP, can be used for tasks involving file transfer when the CMM is acting as a server. Unsecure file
transfer protocols, such as HTTP, FTP, and TFTP, are disabled when the CMM is acting as a server when
the security mode is set to “Secure”. Unsecure file transfer protocols remain available for a CMM acting as
a client for all commands when the security mode is set to “Secure”.
• For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer” on
page 29.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “displaysd
command errors” on page 438 for a list of error messages that are specific to the displaysd command.
Table 32. displaysd command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display CMM
connection and selftest status
Displays connection status and
latest self-test results for the
primary CMM.
Note: The displaysd -mmstat
command must be run exclusive of
other command options
displaysd -mmstat
Save service
information (with
warnings)
Saves service information from
primary CMM to the specified
location, displaying any warnings
about standby CMM that might
occur.
displaysd -u URL
Save service
information (override
warnings)
Saves service information from
primary CMM to the specified
location, overriding warnings about
standby CMM.
displaysd -u URL -o
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where URL is the fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the service information is
to be saved.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where URL is the fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the service information is
to be saved.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
125
Example: To display connection status and latest self-test results for the primary CMM in bay 1, while the
chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type:
displaysd -mmstat -T system:mm[1]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> displaysd -mmstat -T system:mm[1]
Basic Information for MM Bay 1
Role
: Primary
Name
: SN#Y031BG23200P
MAC Address
: 5C:F3:FC:25:E7:C9
UUID
: 32E9 70CC 6A0D 11E1 A398 C154 23AE AA09
Serial no.
: Y031BG23200P
Build ID
: 2PET516
Connectivity Status for MM
Last Update
Node 01
Node 03
Node 05
Node 07
Node 09
Node 10 - 01
Node 10 - 02
I/O Module 1
I/O Module 2
I/O Module 3
I/O Module 4
Rear LED Card
Power Supply 1
Power Supply 2
Power Supply 3
Power Supply 4
Power Supply 5
Power Supply 6
Chassis Cooling Device 1
Chassis Cooling Device 2
Chassis Cooling Device 3
Chassis Cooling Device 4
Chassis Cooling Device 5
Chassis Cooling Device 6
Chassis Cooling Device 7
Chassis Cooling Device 8
Chassis Cooling Device 9
Chassis Cooling Device 10
Fan Mux 1
Fan Mux 2
Alternate MM
Bay 1
: 01/16/14 20:11:21
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Not Installed
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
: Communicating
BIST Results for MM Bay 1
Last Update
: 01/16/14 20:11:21
Real-time Clock
: Passed
Local Management Bus
: Passed
Primary Filesystem
: Passed
Secondary Filesystem
: Passed
Boot Loader (UBOOT)
: Passed
Ethernet Port (eth0)
: Passed
External Management Bus
: Passed
Internal Ethernet Switch
: Passed
126
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary kernel
Backup kernel
Physical Network Link
Logical Network Link
: Passed
: Passed
: Passed
: Passed
MM Bay 2 does not exist
system>
Notes:
• In this example, node 10 indicates the substructure that is present for logical node groupings and storage
expansion enclosures.
• If a large amount of service information is available, display could exceed the capacity of your commandprompt window, resulting in loss of information displayed at the start of the data set. If this happens, you
will need to clear the CMM event log to reduce the amount of information being captured.
dns command
This command configures and displays the CMM DNS settings.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “dns command
errors” on page 439 for a list of error messages that are specific to the dns command.
Table 33. dns command
Function
What it does
Command
Display DNS
configuration of CMM
Displays the current DNS
configuration of the CMM. Possible
return values are:
• enabled
• disabled
• -i1 IPv4_first_ip_address
• -i2 IPv4_second_ip_address
• -i3 IPv4_third_ip_address
• -i61 IPv6_first_ip_address
• -i62 IPv6_second_ip_address
• -i63 IPv6_third_ip_address
• -ddns dynamic_DNS_state
(enabled/disabled)
• -p DNS_server_priority (ipv4/
ipv6)
dns
Enables the CMM DNS
configuration.
Notes:
• At least one IP address must be
non-zero to enable DNS.
• Any additional DNS servers are
added to the top of the search
list. Hostname lookup is done on
these servers before a DNS
server that is assigned
automatically by a DHCP server.
dns -on
DNS - enable
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
127
Table 33. dns command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
DNS - disable
Disables the CMM DNS
configuration.
Notes:
• DNS lookup is always enabled.
• When DHCP is in use, other DNS
addresses might be assigned
automatically by the DHCP
server.
dns -off
Enables or disables dynamic DNS
for the CMM.
dns -ddns state
Dynamic DNS - enable
/ disable
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
128
Sets the first IPv4 IP address.
Notes:
• At least one IP address must be
non-zero to enable DNS.
• Any additional DNS servers are
added to the top of the search
list. Hostname lookup is done on
these servers before a DNS
server that is assigned
automatically by a DHCP server.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
DNS first IPv4 IP
address - set
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
dns -i1 ip_address
Primary CMM:
where ip_address is the
first IP address in dotted
decimal IP address
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 33. dns command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
DNS second IPv4 IP
address - set
Sets the second IPv4 IP address.
Notes:
• At least one IP address must be
non-zero to enable DNS.
• Any additional DNS servers are
added to the top of the search
list. Hostname lookup is done on
these servers before a DNS
server that is assigned
automatically by a DHCP server.
dns -i2 ip_address
DNS third IPv4 IP
address - set
DNS first IPv6 IP
address - set
Sets the third IPv4 IP address.
Notes:
• At least one IP address must be
non-zero to enable DNS.
• Any additional DNS servers are
added to the top of the search
list. Hostname lookup is done on
these servers before a DNS
server that is assigned
automatically by a DHCP server.
Sets the first IPv6 IP address.
Notes:
• At least one IP address must be
non-zero to enable DNS.
• Any additional DNS servers are
added to the top of the search
list. Hostname lookup is done on
these servers before a DNS
server that is assigned
automatically by a DHCP server.
Primary CMM:
where ip_address is the
second IP address in
dotted decimal IP address
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
dns -i3 ip_address
Primary CMM:
where ip_address is the
third IP address in dotted
decimal IP address
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
dns -i61 ip_address
Primary CMM:
where ip_address is the
first IP address in IPv6
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
129
Table 33. dns command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
DNS second IPv6 IP
address - set
Sets the second IPv6 IP address.
Notes:
• At least one IP address must be
non-zero to enable DNS.
• Any additional DNS servers are
added to the top of the search
list. Hostname lookup is done on
these servers before a DNS
server that is assigned
automatically by a DHCP server.
dns -i62 ip_address
Sets the third IPv6 IP address.
Notes:
• At least one IP address must be
non-zero to enable DNS.
• Any additional DNS servers are
added to the top of the search
list. Hostname lookup is done on
these servers before a DNS
server that is assigned
automatically by a DHCP server.
dns -i63 ip_address
Sets the DNS server priority for the
CMM to IPv4 or IPv6..
dns -p priority
DNS third IPv6 IP
address - set
DNS server priority set
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where ip_address is the
second IP address in IPv6
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where ip_address is the
third IP address in IPv6
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where priority is ipv4 or
ipv6 .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example: To set the first IP address of the CMM DNS server to 192.168.70.29 and enable DNS on the
primary CMM that does not have IPv6 support, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
dns -i1 192.168.70.29 -on
130
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
To display the DNS status of the primary CMM, while primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
dns
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system:mm[1]> dns -i1 192.168.70.29 -on
system:mm[1]> dns
Enabled
-i1 192.168.70.29
-i2 0.0.0.0
-i3 0.0.0.0
system:mm[1]>
To display the DNS status of a primary CMM that supports IPv6, while CMM 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
dns
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system:mm[1]> dns
Enabled
Enabled
-i1 192.168.70.230
-i2 0.0.0.0
-i3 0.0.0.0
-i61 2002:1013::211:25ff:fec3:227d
-i62 ::
-i63 ::
-ddns disabled
-p ipv4
system:mm[1]>
env command
This command sets the persistent environment for commands that are entered during the remainder of the
current session.
The persistent command environment is indicated by the command prompt. When you start the commandline interface, the persistent command environment is the Lenovo Flex System chassis, denoted as system
by the command prompt. You can target a single command to an environment other than the one that is set
as the default by adding a -T option to the command that includes a valid target destination (see “Command
targets” on page 6 for information). Target environments can be specified using the full path name, or using a
partial path name based on the persistent command environment. Full path names always begin with
system. The levels in a path name are divided by using a colon ( : ).
See “Command targets” on page 6 for a list of Lenovo Flex System components, command targets,
command target paths, and the command targeting hierarchy that is supported by the env command. Target
names have been selected to maintain scripting compatibility with other Lenovo systems.
Note: To see installed targets for your Lenovo Flex System chassis, use the “list command” on page 228.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “env command
errors” on page 440 for a list of error messages that are specific to the env command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
131
Table 34. env command
Function
What it does
Command
Set Lenovo Flex
System chassis as
command target
Sets the Lenovo Flex System
chassis as the persistent target for
commands during the current
session. This is the persistent
command environment you are in at
the beginning of each commandline interface session, indicated by
the system > prompt.
env
Set CMM as command
target
Sets the CMM as the persistent
target for commands during the
current session.
env -T system:mm [x]
env -T system
where x is the bay (1 or 2)
that identifies the CMM.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device.
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
mm[x]
where x is the CMM
bay number.
Set primary CMM as
command target
Sets the primary CMM as the
persistent target for commands
during the current session.
env -T system:mm[p]
env -T system:mm[P]
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
mm[p]
mm[P]
Set standby CMM as
command target
Sets the standby CMM as the
persistent target for commands
during the current session.
env -T system:mm[s]
env -T system:mm[S]
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
mm[s]
mm[S]
Set compute node as
command target
Set logical node
grouping as command
target
Sets the specified compute node as
the persistent target for commands
during the current session.
Sets the logical node grouping as
the persistent target for commands
during the current session.
env -T system:blade [x]
where x is the node bay
that identifies the
compute node. A
compute node that
occupies more than one
node bay is identified by
the lowest bay number
that it occupies.
env -T system:bladegroup
[x]
where x is the node bay
that identifies the logical
node grouping. A logical
node grouping that
occupies more than one
node bay is identified by
the lowest bay number
that it occupies.
132
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
blade[x]
where x is the node
bay that identifies the
compute node.
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
bladegroup[x]
where x is the node
bay that identifies the
logical node grouping.
Table 34. env command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set compute node in
logical node grouping
as command target
Sets the specified compute node in
a logical node grouping as the
persistent target for commands
during the current session.
Note: When a compute node is part
of a logical node grouping, syntax
for compute node sub-components
is of the form: env -T system:
bladegroup[x]: blade[y]:comp, as
discussed in Set compute node
sub-component as command target
env -T system:
bladegroup[x]:
blade[y]
Sets the specified sub-component
on the specified compute node as
the persistent target for commands
during the current session. Valid
sub-components are:
• Node system-management
processor
• Expansion adapter
• Add-in card
• Add-in card PCI-Express module
• Microprocessor
• Expansion node
• High-speed expansion card
• Memory
• Flash DIMM storage (Lenovo
eXFlash Storage DIMM)
• Storage backplane
• Alarm panel
env -T system:blade [x]:
comp
Set compute node subcomponent as
command target
where:
• x is the node bay that
identifies the logical
node grouping. A
logical node grouping
that occupies more
than one node bay is
identified by the lowest
bay number that it
occupies.
• y is the identifier for the
compute node in the
logical node grouping.
where x is the node bay
that identifies the
compute node on which
the sub-component is
installed. A compute node
that occupies more than
one node bay is identified
by the lowest bay number
that it occupies.
where comp is the subcomponent:
• sp for node systemmanagement
processor
• exp [x] for expansion
adapter (where x
identifies the expansion
adapter)
• cpu [x] for
microprocessor (where
x identifies the
microprocessor)
• addin [x] for add-in card
(where x identifies the
add-in card)
• pciexpress [x] for addin card PCI-Express
module (where x
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
bladegroup[x]:
blade[y]
where:
• x is the node bay
that identifies the
logical node
grouping. A logical
node grouping that
occupies more than
one node bay is
identified by the
lowest bay number
that it occupies.
• y is the identifier for
the compute node
in the logical node
grouping.
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
blade½x� : comp
where x is the node
bay that identifies the
compute node on
which the subcomponent is
installed.
where comp is the
sub-component:
• sp for node systemmanagement
processor
• exp [x] for
expansion adapter
(where x identifies
the expansion
adapter)
• cpu [x] for
microprocessor
(where x identifies
the microprocessor)
• addin [x] for add-in
card (where x
identifies the add-in
card)
Chapter 3. Command reference
133
Table 34. env command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
•
•
•
•
•
identifies the PCIExpress module)
stgbkplane [x] for
storage backplane card
(where x identifies the
storage backplane)
be [x] for expansion
node (where x identifies
the expansion node)
hsec [x] for high-speed
expansion card (where
x identifies the highspeed expansion card)
memory [x] for memory
(where x identifies the
memory module)
flashdimm [x] for flash
DIMM (where x
identifies the flash
DIMM storage module)
(continued on next page)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• pciexpress [x] for
add-in card PCIExpress module
(where x identifies
the PCI-Express
module)
• be [x] for expansion
node (where x
identifies the
expansion node)
• stgbkplane [x] for
add-in card (where
x identifies the
storage backplane)
• hsec [x] for highspeed expansion
card (where x
identifies the highspeed expansion
card)
• memory [x] for
memory (where x
identifies the
memory module)
(continued on next
page)
Set compute node subcomponent as
command target
(continued)
Set I/O module as
command target
Sets the specified I/O module as the
persistent target for commands
during the current session.
• mgmtcrd [x] for
management card
(where x identifies the
management card)
• tap [x] for alarm panel
(where x identifies the
alarm panel)
• flashdimm [x] for
flash DIMM (where
x identifies the flash
DIMM storage
module)
• mgmtcrd [x] for
management card
(where x identifies
the management
card)
• tap [x] for alarm
panel (where x
identifies the alarm
panel)
env -T system:switch [x]
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
switch[x]
where x is the I/O bay
where the I/O module is
installed.
where x is the I/O bay
where the I/O module
is installed.
134
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 34. env command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set power supply as
command target
Sets the specified power supply as
the persistent target for commands
during the current session.
env -T system:power [x]
where x is the power
supply bay where the
power supply is installed.
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
power[x]
where x is the power
supply bay where the
power supply is
installed.
Set fan logic module as
command target
Sets the specified fan logic module
as the persistent target for
commands during the current
session.
env -T system:fanmux [x]
where x is the bay where
the fan logic module is
installed.
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
fanmux[x]
where x is the bay
where the fan logic
module is installed.
Set fan module as
command target
Sets the specified fan module
module as the persistent target for
commands during the current
session.
env -T system:blower [x]
where x is the fan module
bay where the fan module
is installed.
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay where the
fan module is
installed.
Set rear LED card as
command target
Sets the rear LED card as the
persistent target for commands
during the current session.
env -T system:mt [x]
where x is the rear LED
card.
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
mt[x]
where x is the rear
LED card.
Set storage expansion
enclosure as command
target
Sets the storage expansion
enclosure as the persistent target
for commands during the current
session.
env -T system:
bladeenclosure [x]
where x is the storageexpansion-enclosure bay
that identifies the storage
expansion enclosure. A
storage expansion
enclosure that occupies
more than one node bay
is identified by the lowest
bay number that it
occupies.
The env command can
be directed to any
installed device, in this
case
bladeenclosure[x]
where x is the node
bay that identifies the
storage expansion
enclosure.
Chapter 3. Command reference
135
Example: To set the persistent target of commands to the system-management processor on the compute
node in node bay 5, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the default command target, at the
system > prompt, type
env -T system:blade[5]:sp
The following example shows the information that is returned:
system> env -T system:blade[5]:sp
OK
system:blade[5]:sp>
To set the persistent target of commands to the system-management processor on the compute node in
node bay 5, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the default command target, at the system >
prompt, you can also type
env -T blade[5]:sp
The following example shows the information that is returned:
system> env -T blade[5]:sp
OK
system:blade[5]:sp>
To issue the reset command on the compute node in node bay 5, while the CMM is set as the default
command target, at the system : mm½x� > prompt, type
reset -T system:blade[5]
ethoverusb command
This command sets and displays the setting for the Ethernet-over-USB command interface of a compute
node system-management processor, for compute nodes that support this feature.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “ethoverusb
command errors” on page 440 for a list of error messages that are specific to the ethoverusb command.
136
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 35. ethoverusb command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display compute node
Ethernet-over-USB
setting
Displays the Ethernet-over-USB
command interface setting for the
system-management processor of
the specified compute node.
Note: This command will execute
only on compute nodes that
support an Ethernet-over-USB
command interface for the node
system-management processor.
ethoverusb
Set compute node
Ethernet-over-USB
setting
Enables or disables the Ethernetover-USB command interface
setting for the system-management
processor of the specified compute
node.
Notes:
• This command will execute only
on compute nodes that support
an Ethernet-over-USB command
interface for the node systemmanagement processor.
• You cannot update the firmware
for a compute node while the
LAN over USB interface is
disabled. Before updating the
firmware, you must re-enable the
interface. After updating the
firmware, you can disable the
interface again.
ethoverusb -s state
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Compute node:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Example: To view the Ethernet-over-USB command interface setting for the system-management processor
of the compute node in bay 11, while this compute node is set as the persistent command environment, at
the system : blade½11� > prompt, type
ethoverusb
To disable the Ethernet-over-USB command interface setting for the system-management processor of the
compute node in bay 11, while this compute node is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system : blade½11� > prompt, type
ethoverusb -s disabled
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:blade[11]> ethoverusb
-s enabled
system:blade[11]> ethoverusb -s disabled
Notice: This operation may take a short while to complete. Please view the
status to determine when the operation has completed.
OK
system:blade[11]> ethoverusb
-s disabled
system:blade[11]>
Chapter 3. Command reference
137
events command
This command manages the Call Home events exclusion list for the CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “events command
errors” on page 440 for a list of error messages that are specific to the events command.
138
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 36. events command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display Call Home
events list and free
space
Displays a list of Call Home event
IDs that will not be reported by the
Call Home feature, and how many
more events can be added to this
Call Home events exclusion list.
This Call Home exclusion list allows
a maximum of 20 events.
events -che
Add a Call Home event
to the Call Home
Exclusion list
Adds a Call Home event to the Call
Home exclusion list. Events on this
list are specified by an event ID, and
are not included in the Call Home
reports.
Note: The Service Advisor terms
and conditions must first be
accepted, or the Automated FTP/
TFTP Report of Service Data must
be enabled before using this
command.
events -che -add event_
ID
Removes a Call Home event from
the Call Home exclusion list. Events
removed from this list are included
in the Call Home reports.
Note: The Service Advisor terms
and conditions must first be
accepted, or the Automated FTP/
TFTP Report of Service Data must
be enabled before using this
command.
events -che -rm event_ID
Remove a Call Home
event from the Call
Home Exclusion list
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
• Blade administration
• Blade configuration
• Blade remote presence
• I/O module
administration
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
where event_ID is an
eight-digit hexadecimal
number with an optional
prefix of 0x or 0X.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where event_ID is
• an eight-digit
hexadecimal number
with an optional prefix
of 0x or 0X to remove a
single Call Home event
• all to remove all the
Call Home events from
the exclusion list
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
139
Table 36. events command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To view the Call Home exclusion list and the number of remaining events can be added to the list,
while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system :>
prompt, type
events -T mm[p] -che
To add Call Home event number 0x00020003 to the Call Home exclusion list, while the Lenovo Flex System
chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
events -T mm[p] -che -add 0x00020003
To remove Call Home event number 0x00020001 from the Call Home exclusion list, while the Lenovo Flex
System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
events -T mm[p] -che -rm 0x00020001
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> events -T mm[p] -che
A maximum of 20 events can be added to this exclusion list, currently
18 more events can be added.
Call Home Exclusion List is illustrated as follows:
Index
Event ID
1
0x00020001
2
0x00020002
system> events -T mm[p] -che -add 0x00020003
OK
system> events -T mm[p] -che
A maximum of 20 events can be added to this exclusion list, currently
17 more events can be added.
Call Home Exclusion List is illustrated as follows:
Index
Event ID
1
0x00020001
2
0x00020002
3
0x00020003
system> events -T mm[p] -che -rm 0x00020001
OK
system> events -T mm[p] -che
A maximum of 20 events can be added to this exclusion list, currently
18 more events can be added.
Call Home Exclusion List is illustrated as follows:
Index
Event ID
1
0x00020002
2
0x00020003
140
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
system>
exit command
This command exits the command-line interface, terminating the current session.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “exit command
errors” on page 441 for a list of error messages that are specific to the exit command.
Table 37. exit command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Exit CLI session
Terminates the current commandline interface session.
exit
Note: You can also use
the Ctrl-D key
combination to end the
current session and exit
the command-line
interface.
Any installed device.
Example: To terminate the current command-line interface session, type
exit
files command
This command manages files uploaded to the CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “files command
errors” on page 441 for a list of error messages that are specific to the files command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
141
Table 38. files command
Function
What it does
Command
Display file list and free
space
Displays a list of files and space
remaining in the CMM file system.
files
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Delete file
Deletes a file from the CMM file
system.
Note: This command can only be
used to delete files: it will not delete
directories.
files -d filename
Primary CMM:
where filename is a valid,
existing filename of less
than 256 characters in
length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
• Blade administration
• Blade configuration
• I/O module
administration
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example: To view the files and remaining space in the primary CMM file system, while the Lenovo Flex
System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
files -T mm[p]
To delete the file tftproot=tftpf ile:pkt from the primary CMM file system, while the Lenovo Flex System
chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
files -d tftproot/tftp_file.pkt -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> files -T mm[p]
12288 Thu Jan 05 13:28:23 2015
1024 Thu Jul 06 19:32:51 2015
1024 Thu Jul 06 19:34:15 2015
1024 Thu Jul 06 19:34:15 2015
0 Sat Aug 19 09:22:02 2015
0 Sun Oct 01 07:57:19 2015
0 Tue Dec 15 11:07:19 2015
0 Thu Apr 13 23:45:40 2015
1024 Tue Feb 02 15:29:17 2015
142
lost+found/
tftproot/
tftproot/test/
tftproot/test/test2/
tftproot/tftp_file.pkt
tftproot/.Do_not_delete_this_directory
test
bob.pkt
pubkeys/
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
426 Tue Feb 02 15:29:17 2015 pubkeys/ssh_key.pub
5652 Fri May 12 00:56:36 2015 asm.cfg
Total space:
73108480 bytes
Used:
24576 bytes
Available:
73083904 bytes
system> files -d tftproot/tftp_file.pkt -T mm[p]
OK
system>
fod command
This command displays licensing information for optional Lenovo Flex SystemCMM and I/O module Features
on Demand features.
You can purchase activation keys to activate the Features on Demand features for your CMM and I/O
modules, if your I/O modules support these features. For information about Features on Demand, see http://
www.ibm.com/systems/x/fod/.
Note: The CMM fod command does not support activation of Features on Demand features for compute
nodes. If an optional management device, such as the Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex System
Manager management server, is installed in the Lenovo Flex System chassis, you can activate the Features
on Demand features for compute node firmware using the management device program. Depending on your
compute node type, other methods are available for activating Features on Demand features for compute
nodes. See the documentation for your compute node for information.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “fod command
errors” on page 442 for a list of error messages that are specific to the fod command.
Table 39. fod command
Function
What it does
Command
Display feature
licenses
Displays a list of optional Features
on Demand licenses for the
specified command target.
Note: The license expiration dates
and times are in GMT.
fod
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Example: To view the feature license information for the primary CMM in bay 1, while the Lenovo Flex
System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
fod -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> fod -T mm[p]
Flex System Manager License
Chapter 3. Command reference
143
Index: 2
Status: Validate Elsewhere
Description: SYSTEM X FEATURE ON DEMAND ACTIVATION KEY
Size: 428 bytes
System: Flex System Manager
Identifier: MTSN 872123DVG73
Feature: Flex System Manager License
Feature Type: 000b
Activation Expiration: Thu Sep 10 05:29:59 2015
Validation: SHA-1 RSA 2048
system>
fruactlog command
This command displays a summary of the hardware activity for modules installed in the Lenovo Flex System
chassis.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “fruactlog
command errors” on page 443 for a list of error messages that are specific to the fruactlog command.
Table 40. fruactlog command
Function
What it does
Command
Display chassis activity
summary
Displays a list of hardware activity
for chassis modules, along with
their VPD information.
fruactlog
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Example: To view the list of chassis module activity and VPD information, while the Lenovo Flex System
chassis is set as the default command target, at the system > prompt, type
fruactlog
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command. Only partial results are
shown, since the full results returned when running this command on a functional chassis are lengthily.
system> fruactlog
Component: system:bladeenclosure[7]:blade[2]
Name: PRODUCT DESCRIPTION STORAGE ITE
Part Number: 90Y7692
Serial Number: YM11BG22H01X
Manufacturer ID: Lenovo
Time/Date: 09/28/12, 16:24:00
Action: Inserted
Component: system:switch[2]
Name: EN4093 10Gb Ethernet Switch
Part Number: 49Y4273
Serial Number: Y250VT16Y258
Manufacturer ID: Lenovo
Time/Date: 09/25/12, 13:59:37
Action: Inserted
Component: system:power[1]
144
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Name: Power Supply
Part Number: 69Y5806
Serial Number: ZK128116T034
Manufacturer ID: Lenovo
Time/Date: 09/25/12, 13:59:07
Action: Inserted
.
.
.
system>
fsmcm command
This command disables centralized user account management from an optional management device, such
as the Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex System Manager management software, allowing use of local
CMM user accounts.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “fsmcm command
errors” on page 443 for a list of error messages that are specific to the fsmcm command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
145
Table 41. fsmcm (disable centralized account management) command
Function
What it does
Command
Disable centralized
user account
management
Disables centralized account
management, allowing use of local
CMM user accounts.
Notes:
• Centralized user account
management is enabled by the
optional management device
software.
• When centralized user account
management is enabled by the
optional management device
software:
– All CMM user accounts are
disabled, except for the
RECOVERY_ID account that
unlocks the CMM and issues
commands to configure the
CMM LDAP client.
– Users logged in to the CMM
web interface and CLI are
logged out when their user
accounts are disabled.
• When running the fsmcm -off
command using the
management device software
created recovery account
(RECOVERY_ID):
– The CMM CLI session for the
RECOVERY_ID user account
terminates. You will need to
use an existing CMM user
account to access the CMM
web interface or CLI, until
centralized user management
is restored.
– The RECOVERY_ID user
account is deleted.
– Management of compute
node IPMI and SNMPv3 user
accounts by the CMM is
disabled. This function can be
enabled using the users -am
enabled command (see “users
command” on page 378).
• See the Lenovo XClarity
Administrator or Flex System
Manager documentation for
information about accessing the
CMM after centralized user
account management is enabled.
fsmcm -off
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example: To disable centralized user account management when logged in using the RECOVERY_ID user
account, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system > prompt, type
fsmcm -off -T mm[p]
146
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
The following example shows the information that is returned when this command is entered:
system> fsmcm -off -T mm[p]
Connection to 192.168.70.125 closed by remote host.
Connection to 192.168.70.125 closed.
Note: The connection closes when running this command because it terminates the CLI session.
fuelg command
This command displays power domain information, listing the power supplies that are installed in the Lenovo
Flex System chassis and information about power usage. This command also configures policies for power
redundancy loss and limiting fan noise during thermal events.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “fuelg command
errors” on page 443 for a list of error messages that are specific to the fuelg command.
Table 42. fuelg command
Function
What it does
Command
Display power domain
status overview
Displays health status, total power
usage, total dc power available,
total ac power in use, thermal
response (acoustic mode) settings,
total thermal output in BTU/hour,
chassis static power limit, and the
hot air recirculation detection state.
Note: The chassis static power limit
(-spl) indicates the set value as both
a percentage and a wattage, along
with the upper and lower wattage
values that can be set.
fuelg
Displays the power management
and capping setting (on/off) and
power management capability for
the specified compute node.
Depending on the power
management capability of the
specified compute node, the
following information will also
display:
• CPU duty cycles
• Effective and maximum CPU
speeds
• Power capping value (minimum
and maximum)
• Maximum, minimum, and
average power levels
• Time when above data was
captured
• Power saver mode status (on,
off)
fuelg
Display compute node
power status overview
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
147
Table 42. fuelg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Display I/O module
power status
Displays the maximum, minimum,
and average power information for
the specified I/O module.
fuelg
Display fan module
power status and
temperature
Displays the maximum power,
minimum power, average power,
and current temperature
information for the specified fan
module.
fuelg
Display rear LED card
temperature
Displays the minimum, maximum,
and average temperature for the
specified rear LED card.
fuelg
Displays detailed status and usage
information for the power domain,
including the policy setting for that
domain, the maximum power limit,
and the power in use. The valid
states for components in the
domain are:
• * - compute node might throttle
• C - communication error
• D - discovering
• Hib - hibernate
• NP - module is not present
• SB - standby
• T - throttled
• U - unable to power up
Note: The Lenovo Flex System
chassis has only one power
domain.
fuelg pd
Display detailed power
domain status
148
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
Rear LED card:
mt[x]
where x is the rear
LED card.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Table 42. fuelg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set power domain
redundancy loss policy
Sets how the Lenovo Flex System
chassis responds to a condition
that could cause a loss of
redundant power.
fuelg pd -pm policy
where policy is:
• acred (ac power source
redundancy policy)
• acredov (ac power
source redundancy
policy, with compute
node throttling)
• redwoperf (power
module redundancy, no
compute node
oversubscription)
• redwperf (power module
redundancy with
compute node power
throttling)
• nonred (no power
management policy)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Display power trending
for specified time
period for power
domain
Displays power trending
information, for the selected time
interval, for the power domain of the
Lenovo Flex System chassis.
Note: The Lenovo Flex System
chassis has only one power
domain.
fuelg pd -pt period
where period is 1, 6, 12, or
24 hours.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Chapter 3. Command reference
149
Table 42. fuelg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Display power trending
for specified time
period
Displays power trending
information for the selected time
interval for the specified command
target.
fuelg -pt period
where period is 1, 6, 12, or
24 hours.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
Display thermal
trending for specified
time period
Displays thermal trending
information (minimum, maximum,
and average temperature) for the
selected time interval for the
specified command target.
fuelg -tt period
Rear LED card:
where period is 1, 6, 12, or
24 hours.
mt[x]
where x is the rear
LED card.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
Display exhaustive heat
trending information for
chassis for specified
time period
150
Displays exhaustive heat trending
information for the chassis for the
selected time interval.
fuelg -ht period
where period is 1, 6, 12, or
24 hours.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Table 42. fuelg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set hot air recirculation
detection state
Enables or disables hot air
recirculation detection for the
Lenovo Flex System chassis.
fuelg -har setting
where a setting of:
• disabled turns off hot air
recirculation detection
for the chassis.
• enabled (default) turns
on hot air recirculation
detection for the
chassis.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set hot air recirculation
threshold
Sets the hot air recirculation
threshold, the maximum allowable
temperature difference between the
input and output sensors, for the
specified command target. If this
threshold is exceeded, a hot air
recirculation event is created in the
CMM event log.
fuelg -hart setting
where setting is a
temperature, between,
5.00 and 9.00 Celsius, that
triggers a hot air
recirculation event. For
example, a value of 6.00
would trigger an event if
the output temperature
was more than 6.00
degrees greater than the
input temperature.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Display air flow
trending for specified
time period
Displays chassis air flow trending
information, in cubic feet per minute
(CFM), for the selected time interval.
fuelg -aft period
where period is 1, 6, 12, or
24 hours.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Chapter 3. Command reference
151
Table 42. fuelg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Thermal event response
(acoustic mode)
Sets the acoustic mode of Lenovo
Flex System chassis fan system
response to thermal events.
Notes: When the CMM is installed
in a Lenovo Flex System CarrierGrade chassis:
• Turning on NEBS mode (fuelg
-am on) turns off acoustic mode
(-am off).
• Setting acoustic mode to a value
of 1 through 5 (-am x, where x is
1 though 5) turns off NEBS mode
(fuelg -am off).
• The NEBS (-nm) setting overrides
the acoustic mode (-am) setting if
both options are specified at the
same time.
fuelg -am setting
where the acoustic-mode
setting is off or a number
from 1 to 5, inclusive. A
value of off disables
acoustic mode (fans run at
maximum requested
speed, providing highest
cooling). A value of 1
provides low attenuation
(higher cooling). A value of
5 provides highest
attenuation (lowest
cooling). If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set NEBS mode for
chassis
Note: This command
option applies only to
CMMs installed in a
Lenovo Flex System
Carrier-Grade chassis.
152
Enables or disables NEBS (Network
Equipment-Building System) mode
for a Lenovo Flex System CarrierGrade chassis.
Notes:
• Turning on NEBS mode (-am on)
turns off acoustic mode (fuelg
-am off).
• Setting acoustic mode to a value
of 1 through 5 (fuelg -am x,
where x is 1 though 5) turns off
NEBS mode (-am off).
• The NEBS (-nm) setting overrides
the acoustic mode (-am) setting if
both options are specified at the
same time.
fuelg -nm setting
where setting is off or on.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Table 42. fuelg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set static power limit
Sets the static power limit value for
the Lenovo Flex System chassis.
Note: To set the static power limit
value for the chassis, power
management and capping for the
chassis must not be set to none
(fuelg -pme static ).
fuelg -spl setting
where setting is:
• a maximum percentage,
between, 0 and 100, of
total available power.
For example, a value of
80 would set the upper
limit of available power
to 80 percent of total
available power. The
percentage selected
must fall within the
range of available
power for the chassis.
• a maximum wattage
value, indicated by w,
within the range of total
available power. For
example, a value of
5000w would make up
to 5000 watts of power
available for use by
chassis components.
Available power for a
chassis is displayed by
running the fuelg
command, with no
options, on the system
target.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set power capping
value
Sets the power capping value for
the specified command target that
supports this feature.
Notes:
• Setting a power capping value
for a compute node,
automatically turns on power
management and capping for the
compute node (fuelg -pme on ).
• A compute node must be turned
on before you can set its power
capping value.
• When setting -pcap to the
maximum power limit value for a
range, verify that there is
fuelg -pcap setting
Compute node:
where setting is a numeric
wattage value that falls
within the range of power
capping values displayed
when running the fuelg
command, with no
options, on the target.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
Chapter 3. Command reference
153
Table 42. fuelg command (continued)
Function
Power management
and capping - enable or
disable
What it does
Command
sufficient power available in the
budget, or the setting will be
rejected. Use the fuelg
command with no options to see
the amount of power currently
allocated.
• Reconfiguration of the fuelg
-pcap value might be required
when disabling fuelg -dps to
make sure that the power
allocated for a node is not
greater than the maximum power
limit allowed.
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Turns power management and
capping for the specified command
target on or off.
Notes:
• If power management and
capping is set to static for a
chassis, you must also specify a
static power limit value (fuelg
-spl value).
• A compute node must be turned
on before you can enable power
management and capping for it.
fuelg -pme setting
where:
• for the chassis target, a
setting of:
– none (default)
disables power
management and
capping for the
chassis.
– static enables
power management
and capping for the
chassis.
• for a compute node
target, a setting of:
– off (default) disables
power management
and capping for the
compute node.
– on enables power
management and
capping for the
compute node.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
154
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Table 42. fuelg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Static low power saver
mode - enable or
disable for compute
node
Turns the static low power saver
mode for the specified compute
node on or off.
Notes:
• A compute node must be turned
on before you can enable power
saver mode for it.
• Not all compute nodes support
the power saver mode.
fuelg -ps setting
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
where a setting of:
• off (default) disables
power saver mode for
the compute node.
• on enables power saver
mode for the compute
node.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Dynamic power
optimizer - enable or
disable for compute
node
Turns dynamic power optimizer for
the specified compute node on or
off.
Notes:
• A compute node must be turned
on before you can enable
dynamic power optimizer for it.
• Not all compute nodes support
the dynamic power optimizer.
• When enabling -dps, set fuelg
-pcap to the maximum power
limit value for that range so the
node receives the full benefit of
dynamic power optimizer mode.
When setting fuelg -pcap to the
maximum power limit value for a
range, verify that there is
sufficient power available in the
budget, or the setting will be
rejected. Use the fuelg
command with no options to see
the amount of power currently
allocated.
• When disabling -dps, make sure
that the configured fuelg -pcap
value for the node is not greater
than the maximum power limit
for the -dps disabled range.
Reconfiguration of the fuelg
-pcap value might be required to
make sure that the power
allocated for a node is not
greater than the maximum power
limit allowed.
fuelg -dps setting
Compute node:
where a setting of:
• off (default) disables
dynamic power
optimizer for the
compute node.
• on enables dynamic
power optimizer for the
compute node.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
155
Table 42. fuelg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Favor performance over
power - enable or
disable for compute
node
Turns the favor performance over
power feature on or off for the
specified compute node.
Notes:
• A compute node must be turned
on before you can enable the
favor performance over power
feature for it.
• Not all compute nodes support
the favor performance over
power feature.
• This feature can only be active if
the dynamic power optimizer is
enabled.
fuelg -fpop setting
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
where a setting of:
• off (default) disables
favor performance over
power for the compute
node.
• on enables favor
performance over
power for the compute
node.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To view a power domain status overview, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
fuelg
To view the detailed power domain status for the power domain, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set
as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
fuelg pd
To view Lenovo Flex System chassis power trending information for the past 6 hours, while the Lenovo Flex
System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
fuelg -pt 6
To view the power status for the compute node in blade bay 9, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set
as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
fuelg -T blade[9]
To view thermal trending information for the rear LED card in bay 1, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is
set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
fuelg -T mt[1] -tt 1
The following examples show the information that is returned from these commands.
system> fuelg
Note: All power values are displayed in Watts.
Total DC Power Available: 13725
Total Power In Use:
678 (+/- 0.5%)
Total Thermal Output:
2313 BTU/hour
Power Domain
--------------
156
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Status: Power domain status is good.
Modules:
Bay 1:
2745
Bay 2:
2745
Bay 3:
2745
Bay 4:
2745
Bay 5:
2745
Bay 6:
2745 (off)
Power Management Policy: Basic Power Management
Power in Use:
596 (+/- 0.5%)
Total Power:
13725
Allocated Power (Max): 3233
Remaining Power:
10492
Power Service: 220 VAC
-am off
-pme static
-spl 90 (12489W, min: 3233W, max: 13725W)
-har enabled
-hart 5.00
Component: system
Temp: 23.50 C
Threshold exceeded: No
Component: system:bladegroup[3]:blade[1]
Temp: 23.00 C
Threshold exceeded: No
Component: system:bladegroup[3]:blade[2]
Temp: 23.00 C
Threshold exceeded: No
Component: system:blade[4]
Temp: 22.00 C
Threshold exceeded: No
Component: system:bladeenclosure[7]:blade[1]
Temp: 23.00 C
Threshold exceeded: No
Component: system:bladeenclosure[7]:blade[2]
Temp: 22.00 C
Threshold exceeded: No
Component: system:bladeenclosure[11]:blade[1]
Temp: 29.00 C
Threshold exceeded: Yes
system> fuelg pd
Maximum Power Limit: 13725
Power In Use:
689
Power -- Allocated Power -Bay(s) Module
State Current
Max
Min
====== ============================= ===== ======= ===== =====
Chassis Components
Midplane
On
38
38
38
1 Rear LED Card 1
On
2
2
2
Chassis Cooling Devices
1 Chassis Cooling Device 1
On
9
75
75
Chapter 3. Command reference
157
2 Chassis Cooling Device 2
On
3 Chassis Cooling Device 3
On
4 Chassis Cooling Device 4
On
5 Chassis Cooling Device 5
On
6 Chassis Cooling Device 6
On
7 Chassis Cooling Device 7
On
8 Chassis Cooling Device 8
On
9 Chassis Cooling Device 9
On
10 Chassis Cooling Device 10
On
Power Module Cooling Devices
1 PM Cooling Device 1
On
2 PM Cooling Device 2
On
3 PM Cooling Device 3
On
4 PM Cooling Device 4
On
5 PM Cooling Device 5
On
6 PM Cooling Device 6
On
Management Modules
1 CMM 1 (NP)
2 SN#Y031BG18Y03L
On
I/O Modules
1 Ethernet ScSE
On
2 I/O Module 2 (NP)
3 Fibre ScSE
On
4 Fibre ScSE
On
Blades
1-4 Enclosure 01
1
Discovering
Off
Getting power allocation for blade[2] failed
Getting duty cycle numbers of blade[2] failed.
2
Discovering
Off
5-8 Enclosure 05
1
Discovering (C)
Off
2
Discovering (C)
Off
9 Node 09
Off
13 Discovering
Off
Domain totals:
Allocated Power
11
12
11
7
11
11
10
10
6
75
75
75
60
75
75
75
75
60
75
75
75
60
75
75
75
75
60
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
0
20
20
20
20
20
29
0
39
38
64
175
45
50
64
175
45
50
104
730
730
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
614
638
0
107
0
638
0
72
0
2849
2814
Note: (T) means "throttled", (U) means "unable to power up",
* means "the blade may throttle", (NP) means "the module is not present",
(D) means "discovering", (C) means "comm error", (SB) means "Standby"
(CA) means "capped max power allocation"
-pm nonred
system> fuelg -pt 6
Date
Time
Avg Pwr
-------- -------- ------10/29/12 19:45:00
784
10/29/12 19:50:00
792
10/29/12 19:55:00
784
10/29/12 20:00:00
787
10/29/12 20:05:00
787
10/29/12 20:10:00
784
10/29/12 20:15:00
784
10/29/12 20:20:00
782
10/29/12 20:25:01
786
system> fuelg -T blade[9]
PM Capability: Dynamic Power Measurement
Effective CPU Speed:
0 MHz
Maximum CPU Speed: 1900 MHz
158
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Maximum Power:
Minimum Power:
Average Power:
Data captured at
system> fuelg -T
6
6
6
10/29/12 20:25:03
mt[1] -tt 1
Temp (C)
Date
Time
Max
Min
Avg
-------- -------- ------ ------ -----02/06/14 12:20:01 25.50 24.50 24.90
02/06/14 12:24:59 25.50 24.50 24.80
02/06/14 12:30:01 27.00 25.50 26.20
system>
groups command
This command displays and configures Active Directory groups of the primary CMM. This group information
is used only when LDAP servers are enabled for authentication with local authorization.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “groups command
errors” on page 447 for a list of error messages that are specific to the groups command.
Table 43. groups (Active Directory groups) command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display all Active
Directory groups
Displays all Active Directory groups,
up to 16, configured for the Lenovo
Flex System chassis.
groups
Displays information for the
specified Active Directory group.
groups -n group_name
Display specific Active
Directory group
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
group_name is the unique
alphanumeric string, up to
63 characters in length,
that identifies the Active
Directory group.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
159
Table 43. groups (Active Directory groups) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Add new Active
Directory group
Adds a new Active Directory group.
Notes: When adding a new group
you must specify:
• a unique group name using the
-n command option.
• a role-based security level for the
group using the -a command
option.
groups -add -n group_
name -a group_authority
Primary CMM:
Add new Active
Directory group
(continued)
160
where:
• group_name is a
alphanumeric string up
to 63 characters in
length that can include
periods ( . ) and
underscores ( _ ). Each
of the 16 group names
must be unique.
• group_authority uses
the following syntax:
– operator (Operator)
–
rbs:roles:scope
where the roles are
one or more of the
following authority
levels, separated by
a vertical bar ( | ):
– super (Supervisor)
– cam (Chassis
User Account
Management)
– clm (Chassis Log
Management)
– co (Chassis
Operator)
– cc (Chassis
Configuration)
– ca (Chassis
Administration)
– bo (Blade
Operator)
– brp (Blade
Remote Present)
– bc (Blade
Configuration)
– ba (Blade
Administration)
– so (I/O Module
Operator)
– sc (I/O Module
Configuration)
– sa (I/O Module
Administration)
(continued on next page)
where the scope is one or
more of the following
devices, separated by a
vertical bar ( | ). Ranges of
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 43. groups (Active Directory groups) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
devices are separated by
a dash ( - ).
• c n (Chassis n, where n
is 1 for the Active
Directory environment.)
• b n (Blade n, where n is
a valid node bay
number in the chassis)
• s n (I/O module n,
where n is a valid I/Obay number in the
chassis)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set Active Directory
group authority level
Sets the authority level for the
specified Active Directory group.
groups -n group_name -a
group_authority
where:
• group_name is the
unique alphanumeric
string, up to 63
characters in length,
that identifies the
Active Directory group.
• group_authority uses
the following syntax:
– operator (Operator)
–
rbs:roles:scope
where the roles are
one or more of the
following authority
levels, separated by
a vertical bar ( | ):
– super (Supervisor)
– cam (Chassis
User Account
Management)
– clm (Chassis Log
Management)
– co (Chassis
Operator)
– cc (Chassis
Configuration)
– ca (Chassis
Administration)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
161
Table 43. groups (Active Directory groups) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
– bo (Blade
Operator)
– brp (Blade
Remote Present)
– bc (Blade
Configuration)
– ba (Blade
Administration)
– so (I/O Module
Operator)
– sc (I/O Module
Configuration)
– sa (I/O Module
Administration)
(continued on next page)
Set Active Directory
group authority level
(continued)
where the scope is one or
more of the following
devices, separated by a
vertical bar ( | ). Ranges of
devices are separated by
a dash ( - ).
• c n (Chassis n, where n
is 1 for the Active
Directory environment.)
• b n (Blade n, where n is
a valid node bay
number in the chassis)
• s n (I/O module n,
where n is a valid I/Obay number in the
chassis)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
162
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Table 43. groups (Active Directory groups) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Delete Active Directory
group
Delete the specified Active
Directory group.
groups -n group_nameclear
Primary CMM:
group_name is the unique
alphanumeric string, up to
63 characters in length,
that identifies the Active
Directory group.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To create an Active Directory group with a group name of admin1 that has supervisor rights to all
Lenovo Flex System components, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
groups -add -n admin1 -a rbs:super -T mm[p]
To display information for the group named admin1, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
groups -n admin1 -T mm[p]
To change the security role of the group named admin1 to blade administration with a scope of compute
nodes 1 through 14 (all compute nodes), while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system > prompt, type
groups -n admin1 -a rbs:ba:b1-b14 -T mm[p]
To delete the group named admin1, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
groups -n admin1 -clear -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> groups -add -n admin1 -a rbs:super -T mm[p]
OK
system> groups -n admin1 -T mm[p]
-a Role:supervisor
Blades:1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14
Chassis:1
Modules:1|2|3|4
system> groups -n admin1 -a rbs:ba:b1-b14 -T mm[p]
OK
system> groups -n admin1 -clear -T mm[p]
OK
Chapter 3. Command reference
163
system>
health command
This command displays the current health status of the command target. It can also be used to display the
alerts that are active for the command target.
You can only specify one command target each time you run the health command.
Results returned by the health command vary based on the command target and Flex System chassis type
where the command target is installed.
• Flex System Enterpise chassis command target: For the Flex System Enterpise chassis command
target, one of the following health states is returned. This state will reflect the highest health state reported
by any other component installed in the chassis, unless the state reported by the chassis itself is higher.
– OK - All monitored parameters are within normal their operating ranges.
– System level - There are currently active minor warnings or system events, but no critical or major
events are active.
– Non-critical - There are currently active major warnings or system events, but no critical events are
active.
– Critical - One or more critical events are currently active.
• Lenovo Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis command target: For the Lenovo Flex System CarrierGrade chassis command target, one of the following health states is returned. This state will reflect the
highest health state reported by any other component installed in the chassis, unless the state reported by
the chassis itself is higher.
– OK - All monitored parameters are within normal their operating ranges.
– Minor - There are currently active minor warnings or system events, but no critical or major events are
active.
– Major - There are currently active major warnings or system events, but no critical events are active.
– Critical - One or more critical events are currently active.
• Compute node command target: For the compute node command target, one of the following health
states is returned for all chassis types. This state will reflect the highest health state reported by any other
component installed in the compute node, unless the state reported by the compute node itself is higher.
– OK - All monitored parameters in the chassis are within normal their operating ranges.
– Non-critical - There are currently active warnings or system events, but no critical events are active.
– Critical - One or more critical events are currently active.
• Command targets other than a chassis or compute node: For command targets other than a compute
node, one of the following health states is returned for all chassis types.
– OK - All monitored parameters are within normal their operating ranges.
– System level - There are currently active minor warnings or system events, but no critical or major
events are active.
– Non-critical - There are currently active major warnings or system events, but no critical events are
active.
– Critical - One or more critical events are currently active.
Notes: The various CMM interfaces use different terms to indicate the same condition:
• Web interface: Critical
164
, Attention
(Telco major/minor event), Normal
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
(Telco OK event)
• SNMP: Critical/Bad, Warning (Telco major/minor event), Good (Telco OK event)
• CLI: Critical, Non-critical (Telco major/minor event), OK
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “health command
errors” on page 448 for a list of error messages that are specific to the health command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
165
Table 44. health command
Function
What it does
Command
Display health status
Displays the current health status of
the command target.
• Possible return values for the
Flex System Enterpise chassis
target are:
– ok
– system level
– non-critical
– critical
• Possible return values for the
Lenovo Flex System CarrierGrade chassis target are:
– ok
– minor
– major
– critical
• Possible return values for the
compute node target are:
– ok
– non-critical
– critical
• Possible return values for other
targets are:
– ok
– system level
– non-critical
– critical
health
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Power supply:
power[x]
where x is the
power supply bay
number.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
Display health status
for tree
166
Displays the current health status of
the tree structure of devices present
in the Lenovo Flex System chassis,
starting at the command target
level. If CMM bays are part of the
tree, they will be identified as
primary or standby (redundant).
• Possible return values for the
Flex System Enterpise chassis
target are:
– ok
– system level
– non-critical
– critical
• Possible return values for the
Lenovo Flex System CarrierGrade chassis target are:
– ok
health -l depth
where depth
• 1 displays health status
of the current
command target
• 2 , all , or a displays a
full tree display,
starting at the
command target level
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Compute node:
blade[x]
Table 44. health command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
– minor
– major
– critical
• Possible return values for the
compute node target are:
– ok
– non-critical
– critical
• Possible return values for other
targets are:
– ok
– system level
– non-critical
– critical
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Power supply:
power[x]
where x is the
power supply bay
number.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
Display health status
and alerts
Note: This command
option applies only to
CMMs installed in a
Lenovo Flex System
Enterprise chassis.
Displays the current health status
and active alerts for the command
target.
• Possible return values for the
Flex System Enterpise chassis
target are:
– ok
– system level
– non-critical
– critical
• Possible return values for the
compute node target are:
– ok
– non-critical
– critical
• Possible return values for other
targets are:
– ok
– system level
– non-critical
– critical
• Active alert information provides
short text descriptions of alerts
that are active for each
monitored component.
The total amount of information
returned from the health f
command is limited to 1024 bytes.
health -f
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Power supply:
power[x]
where x is the
power supply bay
number.
Fan module:
blower[x]
Chapter 3. Command reference
167
Table 44. health command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
Display health status
and active events
(Telco)
Note: This command
option applies only to
CMMs installed in a
Lenovo Flex System
Carrier-Grade chassis.
Displays the current health status
and active events for the command
target.
Note: In a Lenovo Flex System
Carrier-Grade chassis, the -f option
must be used exclusive of the -k
option.
• Possible return values for the
Lenovo Flex System CarrierGrade chassis target are:
– ok
– minor
– major
– critical
• Possible return values for the
compute node target are:
– ok
– non-critical
– critical
• Possible return values for other
targets are:
– ok
– system level
– non-critical
– critical
• Active alert information provides
short text descriptions of alerts
that are active for each
monitored component.
health -f
The total amount of information
returned from the health f
command is limited to 1024 bytes.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Power supply:
power[x]
where x is the
power supply bay
number.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
168
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 44. health command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Display health status
and acknowledged
events (Telco)
Note: This command
option applies only to
CMMs installed in a
Lenovo Flex System
Carrier-Grade chassis.
Displays the current health status
and acknowledged events for the
command target.
Note: In a Lenovo Flex System
Carrier-Grade chassis, the -k option
must be used exclusive of the -f
option.
• Possible return values for the
Lenovo Flex System CarrierGrade chassis target are:
– ok
– minor
– major
– critical
• Possible return values for the
compute node target are:
– ok
– non-critical
– critical
• Possible return values for other
targets are:
– ok
– system level
– non-critical
– critical
• Active alert information provides
short text descriptions of alerts
that are active for each
monitored component.
health -k
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Power supply:
power[x]
where x is the
power supply bay
number.
The total amount of information
returned from the health f
command is limited to 1024 bytes.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
Display results with
timestamp
Adds display of timestamp
information to status command
output.
health -t
Note: The -t option must
be used with the -f option.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Compute node:
blade[x]
Chapter 3. Command reference
169
Table 44. health command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Power supply:
power[x]
where x is the
power supply bay
number.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
Example: To display the health status and alerts in a tree structure with time stamps for all components
installed in the Lenovo Flex System Carrier-Grade Chassis, that are valid command targets, while the chassis
is set as the default command target, at the system > prompt, type
health -l a -f -t
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> health -l a -f -t
system
:
Critical
blade[1] :
Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:58) (0000BB5C) Node Node 01 message: processor 2 has a Configuration Mismatch.
blade[3] :
Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:45) (0000BB58) Node Node 03 message: Front panel board 1, interconnect
(LightPath) configuration error.
(03/25/15, 16:29:45) (0000BB59) Node Node 03 message: Expansion card 1, (Mezz Exp 1 Fault)
critical.
(03/25/15, 16:30:11) (0000BB62) Node Node 03 incompatible with the I/O-module configuration.
(03/25/15, 16:29:13) (0000BB47) Security policy is in Pending state at system-management
processor on Node 03.
blade[5] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:08) (0000BB46) Security policy is in Pending state at system-management
processor on Node 05.
blade[6] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:18) (0000BB4C) Security policy is in Pending state at system-management
processor on Node 06.
blade[7] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:30) (0000BB50) Node Node 07 device Storage back plane[01] VPD is not valid.
(03/25/15, 16:29:35) (0000BB52) Node Node 07 device Storage back plane[02] VPD is not valid.
blade[11] :
Critical
(03/25/15, 16:48:33) (0000BB6F) Node Node 11 failed initial provisioning.
blade[13] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:28:55) (0000BB43) Security policy is in Pending state at system-management
processor on Node 13.
170
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
blade[14] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:28:51) (0000BB42) Security policy is in Pending state at system-management
processor on Node 14.
(03/25/15, 16:29:05) (0000BB45) Node Node 14 device Expansion card[01] VPD is not valid.
blower[1] :
OK
blower[2] :
OK
blower[3] :
Critical
(03/25/15, 16:28:48) (0000BB40) Fan module Fan 03 has failed.
blower[4] :
OK
blower[5] :
OK
blower[6] :
OK
blower[7] :
OK
blower[8] :
Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:01) (0000BB44) Fan module Fan 08 has failed.
blower[9] :
OK
blower[10]:
OK
power[1] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:15) (0000BB48) Power supply Power Supply 01 is off. Input fault.
blower[1] : OK
power[2] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:15) (0000BB49) Power supply Power Supply 02 is off. Input fault.
blower[1] : OK
power[3] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:15) (0000BB4A) Power supply Power Supply 03 is off. Input fault.
blower[1] : OK
power[4] :
OK
blower[1] : OK
power[5] :
OK
blower[1] : OK
power[6] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:16) (0000BB4B) Power supply Power Supply 06 is off. Input fault.
blower[1] : OK
mm[1]
:
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:28:48) (0000BB41) Cooling zone zone01 might not have adequate cooling.
mm[2]
:
OK
switch[3] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:30:11) (0000BB61) I/O module IO Module 03 is incompatible with the node
configuration.
mt[1]
:
OK
fanmux[1] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:19) (0000BB4D) Fan logic module Fan Logic 01 is an older revision card (FRU
81Y2912) and needs to be replaced.
fanmux[2] :
Non-Critical
(03/25/15, 16:29:19) (0000BB4E) Fan logic module Fan Logic 02 is an older revision card (FRU
81Y2912) and needs to be replaced.
system>
help command
This command displays a list of all commands that are available in the command-line interface with a brief
description of each command.
You can also issue the help command by typing ? . Adding a h ,
syntax help for the command.
help ,
or ? option to a command displays
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “help command
errors” on page 449 for a list of error messages that are specific to the help command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
171
Table 45. help command
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Help
Displays a list of commands and a
brief description of each command.
help
Any installed device.
?
Any installed device.
Displays help information for the
specified command.
command -h
Any installed device.
Command help
where command is any
valid CLI root command
(no options specified).
command -help
Any installed device.
where command is any
valid CLI root command
(no options specified).
command ?
Any installed device.
where command is any
valid CLI root command
(no options specified).
Example: To display a list of commands, while the CMM in bay 1 of a Flex System Carrier-Grade Chassis is
set as the default command target, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
help
To obtain help about the env command, while the CMM in bay 1 of a Flex System Carrier-Grade Chassis is
set as the default command target, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type one of the following commands:
• env -h
• env -help
• env ?
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[1]> help
? -- Display commands
accseccfg -- View/edit account security config
advfailover -- View/edit advanced failover mode
airfilter -- Manage the chassis air filter
alarm -- Manage Telco System Management alarm(s)
alertcfg -- Displays/configures the global remote alert settings
alertentries -- View/edit remote alert recipients
autoftp -- View/Edit auto ftp/tftp/sftp setting
baydata -- View/edit Blade Bay Data string
bootmode -- View/edit Boot mode
bootseq -- View/edit the blade boot sequence settings
chconfig -- View/edit Service Advisor Settings
chlog -- Display Service Advisor Activity Log entires
chmanual -- Manually generate call home request
cimsub -- View/clear CIM subscriptions
cin -- Displays/Configures Chassis Internal Network
cinstatus -- Displays Status of Chassis Internal Network
clear -- Clear the config
clearlog -- Clear the event log
config -- View/edit general settings
172
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
console -- Start SOL session to a blade
coolingzones -- View cooling zone information
crypto -- View/edit cryptographic settings
date -- View/edit date, time and time zone setting
dhcpinfo -- View DHCP server assigned settings
displaylog -- Display log entries
displaysd -- Display service data
dns -- View/edit DNS config
env -- Set persistent command target
ethoverusb -- View/edit the status of a blade SP's interface on Ethernet-over-USB
events -- View/edit Events config
exit -- Log off
files -- Displays and deletes files stored on the CMM
fod -- Display FoD licenses for management modules and switches
fruactlog -- Displays FRU activity log
fsmcm -- Disables FSM Central Management
fuelg -- Power management
groups -- View/edit Active Directory groups
health -- View system health status
help -- Display command list
history -- Display command history
ifconfig -- View/edit network interface config
info -- Display identity and config of target
iocomp -- View I/O compatibility for blades and switches
ldapcfg -- View/edit LDAP config
led -- Display and control Leds
list -- Display installed targets
monalerts -- Displays and configures monitored alerts
ntp -- View/edit NTP config
permgroups -- View/edit user permission group settings
ping -- Pings targeted switches or blades
pmpolicy -- View/edit power management policy settings
portcfg -- Serial port configuration
ports -- Port configuration
power -- Control target power
pwrprofile -- Display and configure the power schedules for groups of servers
read -- Restore from a file containing CLI commands
remotechassis -- Chassis discovered over the network
reset -- Reset target
scale -- Display scalable complexes
sddump -- Initiate service data dump
sdemail -- Send service information using e-mail
security -- View/edit security config
service -- Displays aux power status and performs service resets
smtp -- View/edit SMTP config
snmp -- View/edit SNMP config
sol -- View SOL status and view/edit SOL config
sshcfg -- View/edit SSH config
sslcfg -- View/edit SSL config
syslog -- View/edit syslog config
tcpcmdmode -- View/edit TCP command mode config
temps -- View temperatures
trespass -- View/edit trespassing warning config
uicfg -- View/edit user interface configuration
update -- Update firmware from remote location
uplink -- View/edit failover on network uplink loss config
users -- View/edit user profiles
vlan -- View/edit vlan config
volts -- View voltages
write -- Write a file containing CLI commands
Chapter 3. Command reference
173
Type "<command> -h" for individual command syntax help.
[ ] is used for indexing (by bay number)
< > denotes a variable
{ } denotes optional arguments
| denotes choice
system:mm[1]> env ?
env -T <target>
where <target> is a full or relative target path. Example full target paths are:
system
system:mm[x]
system:blade[x]
system:blade[x]:sp
system:switch[x]
system:power[x]
system:blower[x]
system:mt[x]
system:fanmux[x]
Note: To see a list of all installed targets, please use the 'list' command.
system:mm[1]>
history command
This command displays the last eight commands that were entered, allowing the user to choose and re-enter
one of these commands.
You choose the command to re-enter from the displayed list by typing an exclamation point (!) followed
immediately by the numeric designation the command is assigned in the list. You can also recall one of the
past eight previously entered commands using the up-arrow and down-arrow keys.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “history command
errors” on page 449 for a list of error messages that are specific to the history command.
Table 46. history command
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command history
Displays the last eight commands
that were entered.
history
Any installed device.
Re-enter previous
command using
numeric designation
Re-enters a numerically-specified
command from the command
history.
!x
Any installed device.
where x is the number of
the command (0 - 7) to reenter from the command
history list.
Example: To display a list of the last eight commands entered, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the
default command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
history
To re-enter the command designated by "2" in the command history, type
!2
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system:mm[1]> history
174
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
0 dns
1 dns -on
2 dns
3 dns -i1 192.168.70.29
4 dns
5 dns -i1 192.168.70.29 -on
6 dns
7 history
system:mm[1]> !2
Enabled
-i1 192.168.70.29
-i2 0.0.0.0
-i3 0.0.0.0
system:mm[1]>
ifconfig command
This command configures and displays the network interface settings for the CMM Ethernet interface, I/Omodule Ethernet interface, and the compute node system-management processors and installed options.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “ifconfig command
errors” on page 449 for a list of error messages that are specific to the ifconfig command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
175
Table 47. ifconfig command
Function
What it does
Command
Display primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
configuration
Displays the current configuration of
Ethernet channel 0 for the primary
CMM. Possible return values are:
• enabled
• disabled
• -i static_ip_address (dotted
decimal IPv4 IP address format)
• -g gateway_address (dotted
decimal IPv4 IP address format)
• -s subnet_mask (dotted decimal
IPv4 IP address format)
• -n hostname
• -c config_method
• -r data_rate
• -d duplex_mode
• -m mtu
• -l locally_administered_mac_
addr
• -b burnedin_mac_address
• -dn domain_name
• -ipv6 ipv6_state
• -ipv6static static_ipv6_state
• -i6 static_ip_address (IPv6
format)
• -p6 address_prefix_length
• -g6 gateway-default_route
• -dhcp6 dhcpv6_state
• -sa6 ipv6_stateless_autoconfig_
state
ifconfig -eth0
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
If IPv6 is enabled, the link-local
address link_local_address (for IPv6
connection) also displays.
If IPv6 and stateless autoconfiguration (-sa6) are both
enabled, the Stateless auto-config
IP Addresses / Prefix Length
address_table (table listing autogenerated IPv6 addresses and their
prefix lengths) also displays.
If there are two CMMs installed in
the chassis and the advfailover
command is set to noswap, the
following items also display:
• -f floating_ip_address (dotted
decimal IPv4 IP address format)
• -f6 floating_ip_address (IPv6
format)
Display standby CMM
Ethernet channel 0
configuration
176
Displays the current configuration of
Ethernet channel 0 for the standby
CMM.
Note: If there are two CMMs
installed in the chassis and the
ifconfig -eth0 -o
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
currently active advfailover setting
is off, there will be no current
configuration of eth0 for the
standby CMM.
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Possible return values are:
• enabled
• disabled
• -i static_ip_address (dotted
decimal IPv4 IP address format)
• -g gateway_address (dotted
decimal IPv4 IP address format)
• -s subnet_mask (dotted decimal
IPv4 IP address format)
• -n hostname
• -c config_method
• -r data_rate
• -d duplex_mode
• -m mtu
• -l locally_administered_mac_
addr
• -b burnedin_mac_address
• -dn domain_name
• -ipv6 ipv6_state
• -ipv6static static_ipv6_state
• -i6 static_ip_address (IPv6
format)
• -p6 address_prefix_length
• -g6 gateway-default_route
• -dhcp6 dhcpv6_state
• -sa6 ipv6_stateless_autoconfig_
state
Note: Even though
this command
displays information
for the standby CMM,
it still must specify the
primary CMM as the
command target.
If IPv6 is enabled, the link-local
address link_local_address (for IPv6
connection) also displays.
If IPv6 and stateless autoconfiguration (-sa6) are both
enabled, the Stateless auto-config
IP Addresses / Prefix Length
address_table (table listing autogenerated IPv6 addresses and their
prefix lengths) also displays.
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
static IP address (IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 static IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 for the primary
CMM.
Notes:
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
• Changes made to the IPv4
configuration of the primary
ifconfig -eth0 -i ip_
address
where ip_address is the
static IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 in
dotted decimal IP address
format.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
Chapter 3. Command reference
177
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
CMM take effect after the next
reset of the primary CMM.
• Including the -apply option when
setting an IPv4 configuration
option makes the change take
effect immediately.
• Use the -apply option by itself
after setting multiple IPv4
configuration options for an
Ethernet channel to make all
changes for that Ethernet
channel take effect without
resetting the primary CMM.
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Apply IPv4
configuration for
primary CMM
Places all outstanding IPv4
configuration made to the primary
CMM into effect.
Note: Using the -apply option
places changes into effect without
resetting the CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -apply
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
static IP address (IPv6)
Sets the IPv6 static IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 for the primary
CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -i6 ip_
address
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
where ip_address is the
static IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 in IPv6
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
178
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
floating IP address
(IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 floating IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 for the primary
CMM.
Notes:
• An Ethernet channel 0 floating IP
address for the CMM can only be
set if there are two CMMs
installed in the chassis and the
advfailover command is set to
noswap.
• Changes made to the IPv4
configuration of the primary
CMM take effect after the next
reset of the primary CMM.
• Including the -apply option when
setting an IPv4 configuration
option makes the change take
effect immediately.
• Use the -apply option by itself
after setting multiple IPv4
configuration options for an
Ethernet channel to make all
changes for that Ethernet
channel take effect without
resetting the primary CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -f ip_
address
Primary CMM:
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
floating IP address
(IPv6)
Sets the IPv6 floating IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 for the primary
CMM.
Note: An Ethernet channel 0
floating IP address for the CMM can
only be set if there are two CMMs
installed in the chassis and the
advfailover command is set to
noswap.
where ip_address is the
floating IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 in
dotted decimal IP address
format.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ifconfig -eth0 -f6 ip_
address
where ip_address is the
floating IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 in IPv6
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
179
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set standby CMM
Ethernet channel 0
static IP address (IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 static IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 for the standby
CMM.
Notes:
• An Ethernet channel 0 floating IP
address for the CMM can only be
set if there are two CMMs
installed in the chassis and the
advfailover command is set to
noswap.
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
• Changing the IPv4 static IP
address for the standby CMM
takes effect immediately.
ifconfig -eth0 -o -i ip_
address
Primary CMM:
Sets the IPv6 static IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 for the standby
CMM.
Note: An Ethernet channel 0
floating IP address for the CMM can
only be set if there are two CMMs
installed in the chassis and the
advfailover command is set to
noswap.
ifconfig -eth0 -o -i6 ip_
address
Set standby CMM
Ethernet channel 0
static IP address (IPv6)
180
where ip_address is the
static IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 in
dotted decimal IP address
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
where ip_address is the
static IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 in IPv6
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: Even though
this command
displays information
for the standby CMM,
it still must specify the
primary CMM as the
command target.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: Even though
this command
displays information
for the standby CMM,
it still must specify the
primary CMM as the
command target.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
gateway IP address
(IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 gateway IP address
for Ethernet channel 0 for the
primary CMM.
Notes:
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
• Changes made to the IPv4
configuration of the primary
CMM take effect after the next
reset of the primary CMM.
• Including the -apply option when
setting an IPv4 configuration
option makes the change take
effect immediately.
• Use the -apply option by itself
after setting multiple IPv4
configuration options for an
Ethernet channel to make all
changes for that Ethernet
channel take effect without
resetting the primary CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -g ip_
address
Primary CMM:
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
gateway/default route
(IPv6)
Sets the IPv6 gateway/default route
for Ethernet channel 0 for the
primary CMM.
where ip_address is the
gateway IP address for
Ethernet channel 0 in
dotted decimal IP address
format.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ifconfig -eth0 -g6 ip_
address
where ip_address is the
gateway/default route for
Ethernet channel 0 in IPv6
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
181
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
subnet mask (IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 subnet mask for
Ethernet channel 0 for the primary
CMM.
Notes:
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
• Changes made to the IPv4
configuration of the primary
CMM take effect after the next
reset of the primary CMM.
• Including the -apply option when
setting an IPv4 configuration
option makes the change take
effect immediately.
• Use the -apply option by itself
after setting multiple IPv4
configuration options for an
Ethernet channel to make all
changes for that Ethernet
channel take effect without
resetting the primary CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -s sub_
mask
Primary CMM:
Set primaryCMM
Ethernet channel 0
hostname
182
Sets the host name for Ethernet
channel 0 for the primary CMM.
Notes:
• Changes made to the IPv4
configuration of the primary
CMM take effect after the next
reset of the primary CMM.
• Including the -apply option when
setting an IPv4 configuration
option makes the change take
effect immediately.
• Use the -apply option by itself
after setting multiple IPv4
configuration options for an
Ethernet channel to make all
changes for that Ethernet
channel take effect without
resetting the primary CMM.
where sub_mask is the
subnet mask for Ethernet
channel 0 in dotted
decimal IP address
format.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ifconfig -eth0 -n
hostname
where hostname is the
host name for Ethernet
channel 0. The hostname
can be a string up to 63
characters in length that
includes alphanumeric
characters, hyphens, and
underscores.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set standby CMM
Ethernet channel 0
hostname
Sets the host name for Ethernet
channel 0 for the standby CMM.
Note: Changes made to the host
name of the standby CMM take
effect immediately.
ifconfig -eth0 -o -n
hostname
Primary CMM:
where hostname is the
host name for Ethernet
channel 0. The hostname
can be a string up to 63
characters in length that
includes alphanumeric
characters, hyphens, and
underscores.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0 IPv4
configuration method
Sets the IPv4 configuration method
for Ethernet channel 0 for the
primary CMM.
A value of dthens will try the DHCP
configuration and default to the
static IP configuration if DHCP is
unsuccessful after 2 minutes.
Notes:
• If the CMM DHCP setting is set
to try the DHCP server and then
use the static IP address, the
CMM will use the static IP
address when the DHCP server
is not available during CMM start
up. When this occurs, the IP
address might not be reachable
if multiple CMMs were started
with the same static IP address.
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
• Changes made to the IPv4
configuration of the primary
CMM take effect after the next
reset of the primary CMM.
• Including the -apply option when
setting an IPv4 configuration
option makes the change take
effect immediately.
ifconfig -eth0 -c config_
method
where config_method is
• dhcp
• static
• dthens
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: Even though
this command
displays information
for the standby CMM,
it still must specify the
primary CMM as the
command target.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
183
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
ifconfig -eth0 -r data_
rate
Primary CMM:
• Use the -apply option by itself
after setting multiple IPv4
configuration options for an
Ethernet channel to make all
changes for that Ethernet
channel take effect without
resetting the primary CMM.
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
data rate
Sets the data rate for Ethernet
channel 0 for the primary CMM.
Note: Changes made to the data
rate of the primary CMM take effect
after the next reset of the primary
CMM.
where data_rate is
• 10
• 100
• auto
• 1000auto
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: When set to
1000auto, the duplex
mode is automatically
changed to full.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
duplex mode
Sets the duplex mode for Ethernet
channel 0 for the primary CMM.
Note: Changes made to the duplex
mode of the primary CMM take
effect after the next reset of the
primary CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -d duplex_
mode
where duplex_mode is
• auto
• half
• full
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
184
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set CMM Ethernet
channel 0 MTU
Sets the MTU (maximum
transmission unit) for Ethernet
channel 0 for the CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -m mtu
Primary CMM:
where mtu is between 60
and 1500, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
static MAC address
(locally administered)
Sets the locally administered MAC
address to the specified MAC
address for Ethernet channel 0 for
the primary CMM.
Note: Changes made to the IP
configuration of the primary CMM
take effect after the next reset of the
primary CMM.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ifconfig -eth0 -l address
Primary CMM:
where address is the
locally administered MAC
address for Ethernet
channel 0. The MAC
address is 6 bytes in
length, hexadecimal,
separated by colons. The
MAC address can not be
a multicast address (the
first byte must be even).
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
185
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set standby CMM
Ethernet channel 0
static MAC address
(locally administered)
Sets the locally administered MAC
address to the specified MAC
address for Ethernet channel 0 for
the standby CMM.
Note: Changes made to the locally
administered MAC address of the
standby CMM take effect
immediately.
ifconfig -eth0 -o -l
address
Primary CMM:
where address is the
locally administered MAC
address for Ethernet
channel 0. The MAC
address is 6 bytes in
length, hexadecimal,
separated by colons. The
MAC address can not be
a multicast address (the
first byte must be even).
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set primary CMM
Ethernet channel 0
domain name
Sets the domain name for Ethernet
channel 0 for the primary CMM.
Note: Changes made to the IP
configuration of the primary CMM
take effect after the next reset of the
primary CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -dn
domain
where domain is an
alphanumeric string up to
127 characters in length.
The domain name must
contain at least one dot (.).
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
186
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: Even though
this command
displays information
for the standby CMM,
it still must specify the
primary CMM as the
command target.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set standby CMM
Ethernet channel 0
domain name
Sets the domain name for Ethernet
channel 0 for the standby CMM.
ifconfig -o -eth0 -dn
domain
Primary CMM:
where domain is an
alphanumeric string up to
127 characters in length.
The domain name must
contain at least one dot (.).
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable static
IPv6 configuration for
CMM Ethernet channel
0
Enable or disable static IPv6
configuration for Ethernet channel 0
for the CMM.
ifconfig -eth0
-ipv6static state
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set CMM Ethernet
channel 0 address
prefix length
Sets the IPv6 address prefix length
for Ethernet channel 0 for the CMM.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ifconfig -eth0 -p6 length
Primary CMM:
where length is between 1
and 128 (inclusive).
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
187
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Enable / disable
DHCPv6 for CMM
Ethernet channel 0
Enable or disable static DHCPv6 for
Ethernet channel 0 for the CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -dhcp6
state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable IPv6
stateless autoconfiguration for CMM
for Ethernet channel 0
Enable or disable IPv6 stateless
auto-configuration for Ethernet
channel 0 for the CMM.
ifconfig -eth0 -sa6 state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Display network
configuration status for
compute node
188
Displays the network interfaces and
network status for the specified
compute node.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ifconfig
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display configuration
information for network
interface
Displays the network interface type
and number (such as -eth0),
network interface state (up or
down), and other network interface
configuration information for the
specified network interface in the
specified compute node.
ifconfig -interface_label
Compute node:
where interface_label is
any interface label
reported by the compute
node that specifies both
the interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0. Valid
interface types include:
• usb for USB
• eth for Ethernet
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
Set compute node
network interface
static IP address (IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 static IP address for
the specified network interface of
the specified compute node.
Notes:
• This command will run only if the
target compute node supports
manual configuration of its
management network interface.
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
ifconfig -interface_label
-i ip_address
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
• ip_address is the static
IP address for network
interface in dotted
decimal IP address
format.
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
Chapter 3. Command reference
189
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set compute node
network interface
static IP address (IPv6)
Sets the IPv6 static IP address for
the specified network interface of
the specified compute node.
Notes:
• This command will run only if the
target compute node supports
manual IPv6 configuration of its
management network interface.
• A static IPv6 configuration ID is
required for network interfaces
that support more than one static
configuation.
ifconfig -interface_label
-i6 ip_address -id id
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
• ip_address is the static
IP address for Ethernet
channel x in IPv6
format.
• id is the static IPv6
configuration ID.
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
190
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set compute node
network interface
gateway IP address
(IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 gateway IP address
for the specified network interface
of the specified compute node.
Notes:
• This command will run only if the
target compute node supports
manual configuration of its
management network interface.
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
ifconfig -interface_label
-g ip_address
Compute node:
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
• ip_address is the
gateway IP address for
Ethernet channel x in
dotted decimal IP
address format.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set compute node
network interface
gateway/default route
(IPv6)
Sets the IPv6 gateway/default route
for the specified network interface
of the specified compute node.
Notes:
• This command will run only if the
target compute node supports
manual IPv6 configuration of its
management network interface..
• A static IPv6 configuration ID is
required for network interfaces
that support more than one static
configuation.
ifconfig -interface_label
-g6 ip_address -id id
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
191
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• ip_address is the
gateway/default route
for Ethernet channel x
in IPv6 format.
• id is the static IPv6
configuration ID.
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set compute node
network interface
subnet mask (IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 subnet mask for the
specified network interface of the
specified compute node.
Notes:
• This command will run only if the
target compute node supports
manual configuration of its
management network interface.
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
ifconfig -interface_label
-s sub_mask
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
• sub_mask is the subnet
mask for Ethernet
channel x in dotted
decimal IP address
format.
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
192
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set compute node
network interface IPv4
configuration method
Sets the IPv4 configuration method
for the specified network interface
of the specified compute node.
A value of dthens will try the DHCP
configuration and default to the
static IP configuration if DHCP is
unsuccessful after 2 minutes.
Notes:
• This command will run only if the
target compute node supports
manual configuration of its
management network interface.
• If the DHCP setting is set to try
the DHCP server and then use
the static IP address, the NIC will
use the static IP address when
the DHCP server is not available
during start up. When this
occurs, the IP address might not
be reachable if multiple devices
were started with the same static
IP address.
• If the CMM and compute nodes
are set up to use DHCP and the
CMM loses network connectivity,
the CMM will attempt to acquire
a new IP address when network
connectivity is restored. The
compute nodes will not attempt
to acquire an IP address again;
they will continue using their
existing IP addresses. If you
experience compute node
network problems after
connectivity between the CMM
and network is restored, you
might need to reset the systemmanagement processor on each
compute node in the chassis
(including optional Lenovo
XClarity Administrator or Flex
System Manager hardware, if it is
installed).
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
ifconfig -interface_label
-c config_method
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
• config_method is
– dhcp
– static
– dthens
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
193
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
ifconfig -interface_label
-ipv4 state
Compute node:
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
Enable / disable IPv4
addressing for
compute node
Enable or disable IPv4 addressing
for the specified network interface
of the specified compute node.
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
• state is enabled or
disabled .
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
194
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set compute node
address prefix length
Sets the IPv6 address prefix length
for the specified network interface
of the specified compute node.
Notes:
• This command will run only if the
target compute node supports
manual IPv6 configuration of its
management network interface.
• A static IPv6 configuration ID is
required for network interfaces
that support more than one static
configuation.
ifconfig -interface_label
-p6 length -id id
Compute node:
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
• length is between 1
and 128 (inclusive).
• id is the static IPv6
configuration ID.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable
DHCPv6 for compute
node
Enable or disable static DHCPv6 for
the specified network interface of
the specified compute node.
Note: This command will run only if
the target compute node supports
manual IPv6 configuration of its
management network interface.
ifconfig -interface_label
-dhcp6 state
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
195
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• state is enabled or
disabled .
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable IPv6
stateless autoconfiguration for
compute node
Enable or disable IPv6 stateless
auto-configuration for the specified
network interface of the specified
compute node.
Note: This command will run only if
the target compute node supports
manual IPv6 configuration of its
management network interface.
ifconfig -interface_label
-sa6 state
where:
• interface_label is any
interface label reported
by the compute node
that specifies both the
interface type and
channel number. For
example, eth0 for
Ethernet channel 0.
Valid interface types
include:
– usb for USB
– eth for Ethernet
• state is enabled or
disabled
Valid interface types for a
specific compute node
can be seen by running
the ifconfig command
with no interface
argument.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
196
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
additional information.
Display network
settings for I/O module
Displays network settings for the
specified I/O module. Valid return
values are:
• I/O-module type
• -i ip_address (dotted decimal
IPv4 IP address format)
• -s subnet_mask (dotted decimal
IPv4 IP address format)
• -g gateway_address (dotted
decimal IPv4 IP address format)
• -em ext_mgt_status
• -ep non_mgmt_data_port_status
• -pm enabled/disabled (protected
mode)
• -pip enabled/disabled
• -c config_method
• -ipv6 ipv6_state
• -ipv6static static_ipv6_state
• -i6 static_ip_address (IPv6
format)
• -p6 address_prefix_length (IPv6
format)
• -g6 gateway-default_route (IPv6
format)
• -dhcp6 dhcpv6_state
• -sa6 ipv6_stateless_autoconfig_
state
ifconfig
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
If IPv6 is enabled, the link-local
address link_local_address (for IPv6
connection) also displays.
If IPv6 and stateless autoconfiguration (-sa6) are both
enabled, the Stateless auto-config
IP Addresses / Prefix Length
address_table (table listing autogenerated IPv6 addresses and their
prefix lengths) also displays.
Chapter 3. Command reference
197
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set I/O module IPv4
network configuration
method
Sets the IPv4 network configuration
method for the specified I/O
module.
ifconfig -c config_
method
I/O module:
A value of dthens will try the DHCP
configuration and default to the
static IP configuration if DHCP is
unsuccessful after 2 minutes.
Notes:
• This command will run only if the
target I/O module supports
manual configuration of its
management network interface.
• If the DHCP setting is set to try
the DHCP server and then use
the static IP address, the I/O
module will use the static IP
address when the DHCP server
is not available during start up.
When this occurs, the IP address
might not be reachable if multiple
devices were started with the
same static IP address.
• Static IPv4 parameters can not
be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
Set starting IP address
for I/O module (IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 IP addresses for the
specified I/O module.
Note: Static IPv4 parameters can
not be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
where config_method is
• dhcp
• static
• dthens
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ifconfig -i ip_address
I/O module:
where ip_address is the IP
address of the specified I/
O module in dotted
decimal IP address
format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
198
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set starting IP address
for I/O module (IPv6)
Sets the IPv6 static IP address for
the specified I/O module.
ifconfig -i6 ip_address
I/O module:
where ip_address is the
static IP address for the
specified I/O module in
IPv6 format.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set I/O-module
gateway IP address
(IPv4)
Sets the gateway IPv4 IP address
for the specified I/O module.
Note: Static IPv4 parameters can
not be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
ifconfig -g ip_address
I/O module:
where ip_address is the
gateway IP address for
the I/O module in dotted
decimal IP address
format.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
199
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set I/O-module
gateway IP address
(IPv6)
Sets the IPv6 gateway/default route
for the specified I/O module.
ifconfig -g6 ip_address
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
I/O module:
where ip_address is the
gateway IP address for
the I/O module in IPv6
format.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Keep new IP address
configuration for I/Omodule after reset
Retains a new IP address
configuration after the specified I/O
module is reset.
Note: Make sure a valid New Static
IP Configuration is entered for this I/
O module so that when the
module's manufacturing defaults
are restored, or when a reset is
initiated by a source other than the
CMM, the New Static IP
Configuration will be configured. In
these cases CMM communication
with the I/O module will be
preserved.
ifconfig -pip enabled
Revert to old IP
address configuration
for I/O-module after
reset
Reverts IP address to old
configuration after the specified I/O
module is reset.
Note: The manufacturing default IP
configuration will become active
when the I/O module is reset to
manufacturing defaults by either the
CMM or the I/O module. If an I/O
module reset is initiated by a source
other than the CMM, then the
previous IP configuration will be in
affect. In both of these cases the
CMM will lose IP communications
with the I/O module.
ifconfig -pip disabled
200
I/O module:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
I/O module:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set I/O-module subnet
mask (IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 subnet mask for the
specified I/O module.
Note: Static IPv4 parameters can
not be set when the IPv4
configuration method is set to
DHCP.
ifconfig -s sub_mask
I/O module:
where sub_mask is the
subnet mask for the I/O
module in dotted decimal
IP address format.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable
external management
for I/O module
Enables or disables external
management on all ports for the
specified I/O module.
ifconfig -em state
I/O module:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable Ethernet
interface for I/O
module
Enables the Ethernet interface for
the specified I/O module.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
ifconfig -up
I/O module:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
201
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Disable Ethernet
interface for I/O
module
Disables the Ethernet interface for
the specified I/O module.
ifconfig -down
Enable / disable nonmanagement data
ports for I/O module
Enables or disables nonmanagement data ports for the
specified I/O module.
I/O module:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enables or disables protected mode
for the specified I/O module.
I/O module:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
ifconfig -pm state
I/O module:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
202
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
ifconfig -ep state
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable
protected mode for I/O
module
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable static
IPv6 configuration for I/
O module
Enable or disable static IPv6
configuration for the specified I/O
module.
ifconfig -ipv6static state
I/O module:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set I/O module address
prefix length
Sets the IPv6 address prefix length
for the specified I/O module.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
ifconfig -p6 length
I/O module:
where length is between 1
and 128 (inclusive).
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
203
Table 47. ifconfig command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable
DHCPv6 for I/O module
Enable or disable static DHCPv6 for
the specified I/O module.
ifconfig -dhcp6 state
I/O module:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable IPv6
stateless autoconfiguration for I/O
module
Enable or disable IPv6 stateless
auto-configuration for the specified
I/O module.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
ifconfig -sa6 state
I/O module:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Example:
To set the CMM IPv4 static IP address for Ethernet channel 0 to 192.168.70.133, while the Lenovo Flex
System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
ifconfig -eth0 -i 192.168.70.133 -c static -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> ifconfig -eth0 -i 192.168.70.133 -c static -T mm[p]
Changes to -c, -i, -s, -g, and -f will become active after the next reset of the
CMM, or by using the -apply flag.
system>
To display the configuration for CMM Ethernet channel 0, after the above change has been applied, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
ifconfig -eth0 -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> ifconfig -eth0 -T mm[p]
204
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Enabled
-i 192.168.70.133
-g 9.72.216.1
-s 255.255.248.0
-n MM5CF3FC25DC49
-c static
-r auto
-d auto
-m 1500
-l 00:00:00:00:00:00
-b 5C:F3:FC:25:DC:49
-dn cmm.com
-ipv6 enabled
-ipv6static disabled
-i6 ::
-p6 0
-g6 ::
-dhcp6 enabled
-sa6 enabled
Link-local address: fe80::5ef3:fcff:fe25:dc49
Stateless auto-config IP Addresses
Prefix Length
--------------------------------------- ------------3001:1013::5ef3:fcff:fe25:dc49
64
2000:1013::5ef3:fcff:fe25:dc49
64
3000:1013::5ef3:fcff:fe25:dc49
64
3002:1013::5ef3:fcff:fe25:dc49
64
2002:1013::5ef3:fcff:fe25:dc49
64
2001:1013::5ef3:fcff:fe25:dc49
64
system>
info command
This command displays information about Lenovo Flex System components and their configuration.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “info command
errors” on page 454 for a list of error messages that are specific to the info command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
205
Table 48. info command
Function
What it does
Command
Display component
information
Displays identification and
configuration information for the
command target.
info
Note: Only one target at a
time can be viewed with
the info command.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary or standby
CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[s]
mm[S]
mm[x]
where x is the primary
or standby CMM bay
number.
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the node
bay number.
Fan logic module:
fanmux[x]
where x is the fan
logic module bay
number.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay number.
Compute node
expansion adapter:
exp[x]
where x is the
expansion adapter
number.
Compute node
management card:
mgmtcrd[x]
where x is the
management card
number.
Compute node systemmanagement processor:
sp
(continued on next page)
206
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 48. info command (continued)
Function
Display component
information
(continued)
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Compute node
expansion node:
be[x]
where x is the
expansion node
number.
Compute node
microprocessor:
cpu[x]
where x is the
microprocessor
number.
Compute node memory:
memory[x]
where x is the
memory module
number.
Compute node flash
DIMM storage module:
flashdimm[x]
where x identifies the
flash DIMM storage
module number.
Compute node add-in
card:
addin[x]
where x is the add-in
card number.
Compute node alarm
panel:
tap[x]
where x is the alarm
panel number.
Storage backplane:
stgbkplane[x]
where x is the storage
backplane number.
Storage expansion
enclosure:
bladeenclosure[x]
where x is the storage
expansion enclosure
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
207
Table 48. info command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/O-bay
number.
(continued on next page)
Display component
information
Power supply:
power[x]
where x is the power
supply bay number.
(continued)
Rear LED card:
mt[x]
where x is the rear
LED card.
Display management
channel path
information
Displays the management channel
path information for the specified
command target. The following
information is returned:
• Channel status
• MAC address
Note: For I/O modules that are
members of a stack, the info
-path command option is not
applicable and should be
disregarded.
info -path
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the node
bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/O-bay
number.
Notes:
1. This command returns vital product data (VPD) information that is unique for each command target. For
some targets, additional VPD information is available when using the CMM.
2. Information returned for “Slots” is of the following format. This format applies only to information
returned from the info command and is not used when specifying command targets.
• Slots: x for devices that occupy one node bay, where x indicates the node bay.
• Slots: x-y for devices that occupy two side-by-side node bays, where x indicates the left node bay
and y indicates the right node bay.
• Slots: x:y for multiple devices that occupy one node bay, where x indicates the node bay and y
indicates the device within the node bay. Devices are numbered from bottom to top. with 1 being the
lowest device and the number increasing as you move up.
• Slots: x-y:z for multiple devices that occupy two side-by-side node bays, where x indicates the left
node bay, y indicates the right node bay, and z indicates the device within the node bays. Devices are
numbered from left to right. with 1 being on the left and the number increasing as you move to the
right.
• Slots: x,y,z for devices that occupy multiple non-contiguous node bays, where the node bay numbers
are a comma-delimited list in ascending order. The list will specify a minimum of two bay numbers.
208
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
3. For compute nodes, information returned for “Name” will display a read-only name, defined by the
system, followed by a user-defined name in parenthesis, if one has been specified. For example, Name:
Node 05 ( mynode5 ).
Example: To view the information about the Lenovo Flex System chassis, while the chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
info
To view the information about a compute node in bay 6, while the chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
info -T blade[6]
To view the information about compute node 1 in a logical node grouping in bay 3, while the chassis is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
info -T bladegroup[3]:blade[1]
To view the information about the power module in bay 1, while the chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
info -T power[1]
The following example shows the information that might be returned from these commands:
system> info
UUID: 4478 DE2F 4E66 4D8C 8509 E6A6 BEE7 F364
Manufacturer: Lenovo (CELE)
Manufacturer ID: 20301
Product ID: 336
Mach type/model: 8721FT3
Mach serial number: B080SPb
Manuf date: 1211
Hardware rev: 3.1
Part no.: 88Y6680
FRU no.: 81Y2893
FRU serial no.: btNFAGB186SP
CLEI: Not Available
CMM bays: 2
Blade bays: 14
I/O Module bays: 4
Power Module bays: 6
Blower bays: 10
Rear LED Card bays: 1
U Height of Chassis 10
Product Name: Lenovo Flex Midplane
Global ID: 9TY48MBX
system> info -T blade[6]
Name: Node 05 ( node5 )
UUID: 60C2 2B17 0C5C B060 C183 060C DB30 6108
Manufacturer: Lenovo (Not Available)
Manufacturer ID: 20301
Product ID: 361
Mach type/model: 789523X
Mach serial number: 103600B
Manuf date: Not Available
Hardware rev: 0.0
Part no.: 00E1819
FRU no.: 00E1818
FRU serial no.: 10000003600B
CLEI: Not Available
Chapter 3. Command reference
209
Unique ID 1: Not Available
Unique ID 2: Not Available
Unique ID 3: Not Available
Unique ID 4: Not Available
Unique ID 5: Not Available
Unique ID 6: Not Available
Unique ID 7: Not Available
Unique ID 8: Not Available
Unique ID 9: Not Available
Unique ID 10: Not Available
Unique ID 11: Not Available
Unique ID 12: Not Available
Unique ID 13: Not Available
Unique ID 14: Not Available
Unique ID 15: Not Available
Unique ID 16: Not Available
MAC Address 1: Not Available
MAC Address 2: Not Available
MAC Address 3: Not Available
MAC Address 4: Not Available
MAC Address 5: Not Available
MAC Address 6: Not Available
MAC Address 7: Not Available
MAC Address 8: Not Available
MAC Address 9: Not Available
MAC Address 10: Not Available
MAC Address 11: Not Available
MAC Address 12: Not Available
MAC Address 13: Not Available
MAC Address 14: Not Available
MAC Address 15: Not Available
MAC Address 16: Not Available
MP
Build ID:
FW763.00 (AF763_042
Rel date:
11/20/2015
Rev:
1247
Role:
Permanent
MP (pending)
Build ID:
FW763.00 (AF763_042
Rev:
1247
Rel date:
11/20/12
Power On Time: Unknown
Number of Boots: 0
Product Name: Flex System p260 Compute Node
Device Description: Flex System p260
Slots: 5
Asset ID: Not Available
Product version: Not AvailableType: Compute Node (Scalable)system> info -T bladegroup[3]:blade[1]
Name: Node 03 - 01
UUID: 40BC C816 F0A3 B601 78AE CCCC CCCC CCCC
Manufacturer: Lenovo (Not Available)
Manufacturer ID: 20301
Product ID: 405
Mach type/model: 7916Z11
Mach serial number: CAR2022
Manuf date: Not Available
Hardware rev: 2.0
Part no.: 95Y3397
FRU no.: 87Y0001
FRU serial no.: 232022
210
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
CLEI: Not Available
Unique ID 1: Not Available
Unique ID 2: Not Available
Unique ID 3: Not Available
Unique ID 4: Not Available
Unique ID 5: Not Available
Unique ID 6: Not Available
Unique ID 7: Not Available
Unique ID 8: Not Available
Unique ID 9: Not Available
Unique ID 10: Not Available
Unique ID 11: Not Available
Unique ID 12: Not Available
Unique ID 13: Not Available
Unique ID 14: Not Available
Unique ID 15: Not Available
Unique ID 16: Not Available
MAC Address 1: Not Available
MAC Address 2: Not Available
MAC Address 3: Not Available
MAC Address 4: Not Available
MAC Address 5: Not Available
MAC Address 6: Not Available
MAC Address 7: Not Available
MAC Address 8: Not Available
MAC Address 9: Not Available
MAC Address 10: Not Available
MAC Address 11: Not Available
MAC Address 12: Not Available
MAC Address 13: Not Available
MAC Address 14: Not Available
MAC Address 15: Not Available
MAC Address 16: Not Available
MP
Build ID:
1AOO33N
Rel date:
09/14/2015
Rev:
1.80
Role:
Primary
MP
Build ID:
1AOO33N
Rel date:
09/14/2015
Rev:
1.80
Role:
Backup
UEFI
Build ID:
CCE111NUS
Rel date:
03/16/2015
Rev:
1.00
Role:
Primary
UEFI
Build ID:
CCE111NUS
Rel date:
03/16/2015
Rev:
1.00
Role:
Backup
DSA
Build ID:
Rel date:
Not Available
Rev:
Role:
Primary
Power On Time: 0
Number of Boots: 0
Product Name: Flex System x222 Compute Node with embedded 10Gb Virtual Fabric
Chapter 3. Command reference
211
Device Description: Flex System x222
Slots: 3:1
Asset ID: Not Available
Product version: Not Available
Type: Compute Node (Scalable)system> info -T power[1]
UUID: 7F75 88EE 5C7D 4EC1 A954 1CBF 9853 9B00
Manufacturer: Lenovo (EMER)
Manufacturer ID: 20301
Product ID: 304
Mach type/model: Not Available
Mach serial number: Not Available
Manuf date: 2511
Hardware rev: 75.54
Part no.: 69Y5802
FRU no.: 69Y5806
FRU serial no.: ZK128116T040
CLEI: Not Available
Power Module firmware revision: 5
Power Module Cooling Device:
Status: ok
Count: 2
Speed: 44%
Avg RPM: 8300
Product Name: Lenovo 2500 W Power Supply
Device Description: Power Supply
Slots: 1
Asset ID: Not Available
Product version: Not Available
Type: Power Module
Input voltage: 200-208 VAC
system>
iocomp command
This command displays the compatibility between all compute nodes and their I/O modules. It can also
display detailed interface information for an individual compute node or I/O module.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “iocomp command
errors” on page 455 for a list of error messages that are specific to the iocomp command.
212
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 49. iocomp command
Function
What it does
Command
Display compatibility
between all compute
nodes and I/O modules
Displays I/O module compatibility
information for all compute nodes
and I/O modules.
iocomp
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Display compute node
compatibility details
Display I/O module
compatibility details
Displays detailed I/O module
compatibility information for the
specified compute node.
iocomp
Displays detailed compatibility
information for the specified I/O
module.
iocomp
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Example: To view I/O module compatibility information for all compute nodes and I/O modules, while CMM
1 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
iocomp -T system
To view I/O module compatibility information for the compute node in node bay 1, while CMM 1 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
iocomp -T system:blade[1]
To view I/O module compatibility information for the I/O module in bay 2, while CMM 1 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
iocomp -T system:switch[2]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[1]> iocomp
Blades
1
xPert1
2
xPert2
3
Development
4
Marketing
5
xpert3
6
Sales
7
xPert4
9
xPert5
11
Finance
12
HR
13
xPert6
14
xPert7
-T system
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
I/O Modules
1
OK
2
OK
3
OK
4
OK
system:mm[1]> iocomp -T system:blade[1]
Chapter 3. Command reference
213
Bay
Power
Fabric Type
Fabric on Blade
Compt
------- ------- ---------------------- --------------- ------IOM 1
On
Ethernet Switch Module Ethernet
OK
IOM 2
On
Ethernet Switch Module Ethernet
OK
system:mm[1]> iocomp -T system:switch[1]
Bay
Power
Fabric Type
Compat
---------- ------- -------------- ---------Blade 1
On
Ethernet
OK
Blade 2
On
Ethernet
OK
Blade 3
On
Ethernet
OK
Blade 4
On
Ethernet
OK
Blade 5
Off
Ethernet
OK
Blade 6
On
Ethernet
OK
Blade 7
On
Ethernet
OK
n/a
No Fabric
Blade 9
On
Ethernet
OK
Ethernet
OK
Blade 11
On
Ethernet
OK
Blade 12
On
Ethernet
OK
Blade 13
On
Ethernet
OK
Blade 14
On
Ethernet
OK
system:mm[1]>
ldapcfg command
This command sets and displays the LDAP configuration settings for the CMM.
Note: Certificates used by the LDAP client are managed using the sslcfg command (see “sslcfg command”
on page 335 for information).
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “ldapcfg command
errors” on page 455 for a list of error messages that are specific to the ldapcfg command.
214
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 50. ldapcfg command
Function
What it does
Command
Display LDAP settings
Displays the LDAP settings for the
CMM.
ldapcfg
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Set LDAP security
version
Sets version of LDAP security used
by the CMM.
Notes:
• If the version is set to v1, the
following values must also be
set:
– A group filter using the gf
command option.
– A group search attribute using
the gsa command option.
– A login permission attribute
using the lpa command
option.
• If the version is set to v2, the
LDAP name must also be set
using the t command option.
ldapcfg -v version
Primary CMM:
where version is:
• v1 for old user
permission model
• v2 for the enhanced
role-based security
model
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
215
Table 50. ldapcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set LDAP group filter
Sets the group filter for the CMM
that can be used for authentication
during LDAP server login.
Note: For a group filter to be used,
LDAP security must be set to v1
using the v command option.
ldapcfg -gf "filter"
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where "filter" is a quotedelimited string of up to
511 characters in length
and consists of one or
more group names. The
colon (:) character is used
to delimit multiple group
names. Leading and
trailing spaces in the
group name are ignored.
Consecutive spaces are
treated as a single space.
The wildcard character (*)
is not supported for
security reasons. A group
name can be specified as
a full domain name or by
using the common name
(cn) portion.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set LDAP group search
attribute
Sets the group search attribute that
represents groups of user IDs
stored on the LDAP server.
On Active Directory servers, the
group search attribute is typically
set to "memberOf". On eDirectory
servers, it is typically set to
"groupMembership".
In an OpenLDAP server
environment, users are typically
assigned to groups whose
objectClass equals "PosixGroup".
In this case, the group search
attribute identifies members of a
particular PosixGroup that is
typically "memberUid".
Note: For a group search attribute
to be used, LDAP security must be
set to v1 using the v command
option.
216
ldapcfg -gsa "GSA"
Primary CMM:
where "GSA" is a quotedelimited string of up to
23 characters in length
that contains only letters,
digits, spaces, or the
following characters:
-()+,./:?
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 50. ldapcfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set LDAP login
permission attribute
Sets the login permission attribute
that is used to determine retrieve
user permissions on the LDAP
server.
Note: For a login permission
attribute to be used, LDAP security
must be set to v1 using the v
command option.
ldapcfg -lpa "permission"
Primary CMM:
where "permission" is a
quote-delimited string of
up to 23 characters in
length that contains only
letters, digits, spaces, or
the following characters:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
-()+,./:?
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set LDAP name
Sets the LDAP name for the CMM.
Note: For an LDAP name to be
used, LDAP security must be set to
v2 using the v command option.
ldapcfg -t name
Primary CMM:
where name is an
alphanumeric string up to
63 characters in length
containing any character
except for angle brackets
( < and > ) and spaces.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
217
Table 50. ldapcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set LDAP server
discovery method
Sets the method to use for
discovering LDAP servers that
provide user authentication.
Notes:
• If the dns method is specified,
the following values must also be
set:
– A domain name using the
dn command option.
– A forest name using the fn
command option.
• If the preconf method is
specified, the following values
must also be set:
– An LDAP server hostname or
IP address using the i1 ,
i2 , i3 , and i4 command
options.
– A port for each LDAP server
hostname or IP address using
the p1 , p2 , p3 , and p4
command options.
ldapcfg -server method
Sets the search domain to use for
Domain Controller (DC) dynamic
discovery.
ldapcfg -dn domain
Set LDAP server
domain name
Primary CMM:
where method is:
• dns for dynamic
discovery
• preconf to use an
LDAP server that was
manually preconfigured
Sets the forest name to use for
Global Catalog (GC) dynamic
discovery.
Primary CMM:
where domain is an
alphanumeric string up to
255 characters in length.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ldapcfg -fn forestname
Primary CMM:
where forestname is an
alphanumeric string up to
63 characters in length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
218
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set LDAP server forest
name
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 50. ldapcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
First LDAP server host
name or IP address set
Checks syntax and sets the first
LDAP server host name or IP
address to use for pre-configured
LDAP server discovery.
Note: A port for this LDAP server
hostname or IP address must be set
using the p1 command option.
ldapcfg -i1 hostname/ip_
address
Primary CMM:
where hostname/ip_
address is the first host
name or IP address, up to
255 characters in length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Second LDAP server
host name or IP
address - set
Checks syntax and sets the second
LDAP server host name or IP
address to use for pre-configured
LDAP server discovery.
Note: A port for this LDAP server
hostname or IP address must be set
using the p2 command option.
ldapcfg -i2 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the second
host name or IP address,
up to 255 characters in
length.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
219
Table 50. ldapcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Third LDAP server host
name or IP address set
Checks syntax and sets the third
LDAP server host name or IP
address to use for pre-configured
LDAP server discovery.
Note: A port for this LDAP server
hostname or IP address must be set
using the p3 command option.
ldapcfg -i3 hostname/ip_
address
Primary CMM:
where hostname/ip_
address is the third host
name or IP address, up to
255 characters in length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Fourth LDAP server
host name or IP
address - set
Checks syntax and sets the fourth
LDAP server host name or IP
address to use for pre-configured
LDAP server discovery.
Note: A port for this LDAP server
hostname or IP address must be set
using the p4 command option.
ldapcfg -i4 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the fourth host
name or IP address, up to
255 characters in length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
First LDAP server port
number - set
Sets the port number of the first
LDAP server to use for preconfigured LDAP server discovery.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ldapcfg -p1 port
Primary CMM:
where port is from 1 to
65535, inclusive. If you
enter a value outside this
range, an error will be
displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
220
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 50. ldapcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Second LDAP server
port number - set
Sets the port number of the second
LDAP server to use for preconfigured LDAP server discovery.
ldapcfg -p2 port
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where port is from 1 to
65535, inclusive. If you
enter a value outside this
range, an error will be
displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Third LDAP server port
number - set
Sets the port number of the third
LDAP server to use for
preconfigured LDAP server
discovery.
ldapcfg -p3 port
Primary CMM:
where port is from 1 to
65535, inclusive. If you
enter a value outside this
range, an error will be
displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Fourth LDAP server
port number - set
Sets the port number of the fourth
LDAP server to use for
preconfigured LDAP server
discovery.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ldapcfg -p4 port
Primary CMM:
where port is from 1 to
65535, inclusive. If you
enter a value outside this
range, an error will be
displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
221
Table 50. ldapcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set LDAP root
distinguished name
Sets the root distinguished name
for the root entry of the LDAP
directory tree that is used as the
base object for all searches.
ldapcfg -rd "name"
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where "name" is up to 255
characters in length and
contained within doublequotes. Names can
contain any character,
including spaces.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set LDAP UID search
attribute
Sets the UID search attribute that
represents the user IDs stored on
the LDAP server.
On Active Directory servers, the UID
search attribute is typically set to
"sAMAccountName". On Novell
eDirectory and OpenLDAP servers,
it is typically set to "uid".
ldapcfg -usa "UID"
Primary CMM:
where "UID" is up to 23
characters in length and
contained within doublequotes. The UID can
contain only letters,
numbers, spaces, and the
following characters: "-",
"(", ")", "+", ",", ".", "/", ":",
and"?".
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
222
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 50. ldapcfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set LDAP server
binding method
Sets the binding method for initial
connection to the LDAP server.
Notes: If the binding method is set
to cc, the following values must also
be set:
• A UID search attribute using the
usa command option
• A client distinguished name
using the cd command option.
• A client password using the p
and cp command options.
ldapcfg -bm method
Enables the authentication mode to
use the LDAP server for
authentication only with local
authorization. This automatically
disables the authentication mode
that uses the LDAP Server for both
authentication and authorization.
ldapcfg -aom state
Sets the client distinguished name
(DN) for initial connection to the
LDAP server.
Note: A client password must also
be set using the p and cp
command options.
ldapcfg -cd domain
Set LDAP server to be
used for authentication
only
Set LDAP client
distinguished name
Primary CMM:
where method is:
• cc for configured
credentials
• lc for login credentials
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where domain is an
alphanumeric string up to
255 characters in length
containing any character
except for angle brackets
( < and > ) and spaces.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
223
Table 50. ldapcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set LDAP client
distinguished name
password
Sets the client distinguished name
password for initial connection to
the LDAP server.
Note: The passwords must be
specified by both the p and cp
command options and must match.
ldapcfg -p password
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where password is an
alphanumeric string up to
15 characters in length.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set (confirm) LDAP
client distinguished
name password
Sets, for confirmation purposes, the
client distinguished name password
for initial connection to the LDAP
server.
Note: The passwords must be
specified by both the p and cp
command options and must match.
ldapcfg -cp password
Primary CMM:
where password is an
alphanumeric string up to
15 characters in length.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To display the CMM LDAP settings, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
ldapcfg -T mm[p]
To enable the authentication mode to use the LDAP server for authentication only with local authorization,
while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system >
prompt, type
ldapcfg -aom enabled -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system> ldapcfg -T mm[p]
-server dns
Parameters for '-server dns' configuration:
-dn dn
-fn fn
Parameters for '-server preconf' configuration:
-i1
224
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
-p1
-i2
-p2
-i3
-p3
-i4
-p4
Miscellaneous Parameters:
-rd
-usa
-bm lc
-aom enabled
Parameters for '-bm cc' configuration:
-cd
-v v1
Parameters for '-v v1' configuration:
-gf
-gsa memberOf
-lpa
Parameters for '-v v2' configuration:
-t
system> ldapcfg -aom enabled -T mm[p]
OK
system>
led command
This command displays and sets the LED states for a specified command target, if this command target
supports the LED.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “led command
errors” on page 456 for a list of error messages that are specific to the led command.
Table 51. led command
Function
What it does
Command
Display LED states for
chassis
Displays various LED states for the
chassis.
led
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Display fault LED state
for chassis
Displays fault LED state for the
chassis.
led
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
225
Table 51. led command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Display state for
compute node LEDs
Displays the state of the compute
node LEDs.
led
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the node
bay number.
Display state for rear
LED card LEDs
Display state for
fanpack LEDs
Display state for fan
logic module LEDs
Display state for fan
module fault LED
Display state for I/O
module LEDs
Displays the state of the rear LED
card LEDs of the Lenovo Flex
System chassis.
led
Displays the state of the fan pack
LEDs of the Lenovo Flex System
chassis.
led
Displays the state of the fan logic
module LEDs of the Lenovo Flex
System chassis.
led
Displays the state of the fan module
fault LED of the Lenovo Flex
System chassis.
led
Displays state of the LEDs for the
specified I/O module.
led
Rear LED card:
mt[x]
where x is the rear
LED card.
Power supply fan pack:
power[x]
where x is the
power supply (fan
pack) bay number.
Fan logic module:
fanmux[x]
where x is the fan
logic module bay
number.
Fan module:
blower[x]
where x is the fan
module bay
number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Turn off information
LED
Note: This command
option applies only to
CMMs installed in a Flex
System Enterpise
chassis.
226
Turns off the information LED, that
is on the Flex System Enterpise
chassis and some chassis
components, for the specified
command target
led -info off
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the node
bay number.
Rear LED card:
mt[x]
where x is the rear
LED card.
Table 51. led command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Turn off compute node
information LED
Note: This command
option applies only to
CMMs installed in a
Lenovo Flex System
Carrier-Grade chassis.
Turns off the information LED, that
is on the specified compute node
target in a Lenovo Flex System
Carrier-Grade chassis.
led -info off
Set identify LED state
Sets the state of the identify LED,
that is on the Lenovo Flex System
chassis and some compute nodes
and I/O modules, for the command
target.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
blade[x]
where x is the node
bay number.
led -loc state
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
where state is
• on
• off
• blink
system
Rear LED card:
Note: A state of blink can
only be used for the
system and mt command
targets and for the
compute nodes.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
(for Lenovo Flex
System chassis)
• Blade administration
(for compute node)
• I/O module
administration (for I/O
modules)
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
mt[x]
where x is the rear
LED card.
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the node
bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Example:To display the LED status for the compute node in bay 2, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is
set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
led -T blade[2]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> led -T blade[2]
Sys Brd
off
Chapter 3. Command reference
227
-loc
Fault LED
Power LED
-info
Mgmt Crd
DIMM 1
DIMM 4
DIMM 9
DIMM 12
Mezz Crd0
off
off
blink
off
off
off
off
off
off
off
system>
list command
This command displays a list of devices present within the command target. It can be used to determine the
physical configuration of the Lenovo Flex System chassis, including how many CMMs are installed in the
Lenovo Flex System chassis and which CMM is set as primary.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “list command
errors” on page 457 for a list of error messages that are specific to the list command.
Table 52. list command
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
View command target
Displays the current command
target. If a CMM bay is the current
command target, it will be identified
as primary or standby (redundant).
list
Any installed device.
View system
configuration tree
Displays the tree structure of
devices present in the Lenovo Flex
System chassis, starting at the
command target level. If CMM bays
are part of the tree, they will be
identified as primary or standby
(redundant). For components that
have been assigned a name, this
name will be displayed next to the
component bay number.
list -l depth
Any installed device.
where depth is
• all or a for full tree
display, starting at the
command target level
• a number from 1 to 255
, inclusive, to display a
specific number of
levels below the current
command target. For
example, 2 displays the
content of the current
command target plus
one level below it.
Example: To display a list of devices installed in the Lenovo Flex System chassis, while the Lenovo Flex
System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
list -l a
(This is the command syntax that can be used to determine the primary CMM.)
The following example shows the information that is returned when the command is run on a CMM:
system> list -l a
228
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
system
mm[1]
primary
mm[2]
standby
power[1]
power[2]
power[3]
power[4]
blower[1]
blower[2]
switch[1]
switch[2]
switch[3]
switch[4]
blade[1] Accounting
sp
cpu[1]
cpu[2]
blade[2] HR
sp
cpu[1]
cpu[2]
blade[3] Development
sp
cpu[1]
blade[4] Marketing
sp
cpu[1]
cpu[2]
blade[5] Sales
sp
cpu[1]
cpu[2]
blade[6] TechSupport
sp
exp[2]
cpu[1]
cpu[3]
cpu[4]
mt[1]
system>
monalerts command
This command displays and configures alerts that are monitored by the CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “monalerts
command errors” on page 457 for a list of error messages that are specific to the monalerts command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
229
Table 53. monalerts command
Function
What it does
Command
Display monitored alert
states
Displays the state of all alerts being
monitored by the CMM.
monalerts
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Set state for enhanced
legacy alert categories
Set monitoring state for
all critical alerts
Enables enhanced legacy alert
categories.
• If enhanced legacy alert
categories are enabled, alerts are
configured using the monalerts
command.
• If enhanced legacy alert
categories can not be disabled
once they have been enabled.
monalerts -ec state
Enables or disables monitoring of all
critical alerts.
monalerts -ca state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
node device critical
alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
node device critical alerts.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
monalerts -cb state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
230
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 53. monalerts command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set monitoring state for
I/O-module critical
alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of I/
O-module critical alerts.
monalerts -ciom state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
chassis or system
management critical
alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
chassis or system management
critical alerts.
monalerts -ccsm state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
cooling device critical
alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
cooling device critical alerts.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
monalerts -ccd state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
231
Table 53. monalerts command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set monitoring state for
power supply critical
alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
power supply critical alerts.
monalerts -cpm state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
all warning alerts
Set monitoring state for
node device warning
alerts
232
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Enables or disables monitoring of all
warning alerts.
Note: When installed in a Lenovo
Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis,
this command option sets the
monitoring state for major and
minor events.
monalerts -wa state
Enables or disables monitoring of
node device warning alerts.
Note: When installed in a Lenovo
Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis,
this command option sets the
monitoring state for major and
minor events.
monalerts -wb state
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 53. monalerts command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set monitoring state for
I/O-module warning
alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of I/
O-module warning alerts.
Note: When installed in a Lenovo
Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis,
this command option sets the
monitoring state for major and
minor events.
monalerts -wiom state
Set monitoring state for
chassis or system
management warning
alerts
Set monitoring state for
event log warning
alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
chassis or system management
warning alerts.
Note: When installed in a Lenovo
Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis,
this command option sets the
monitoring state for major and
minor events.
Enables or disables monitoring of
event log warning alerts.
Note: When installed in a Lenovo
Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis,
this command option sets the
monitoring state for major and
minor events.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
monalerts -wcsm state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
monalerts -wel state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
233
Table 53. monalerts command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set monitoring state for
cooling device warning
alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
cooling device warning alerts.
Note: When installed in a Lenovo
Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis,
this command option sets the
monitoring state for major and
minor events.
monalerts -wcd state
Enables or disables monitoring of
power supply warning alerts.
Note: When installed in a Lenovo
Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis,
this command option sets the
monitoring state for major and
minor events.
monalerts -wpm state
Enables or disables monitoring of all
informational alerts.
monalerts -ia state
Set monitoring state for
power supply warning
alerts
Set monitoring state for
all informational alerts
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
234
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 53. monalerts command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set monitoring state for
node device
informational alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
node device informational alerts.
monalerts -ib state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
I/O-module
informational alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of I/
O-module informational alerts.
monalerts -iiom state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
chassis or system
management
informational alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
chassis or system management
informational alerts.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
monalerts -icsm state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
235
Table 53. monalerts command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set monitoring state for
power state
informational alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
power state (on/off) informational
alerts.
monalerts -ipon state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
inventory change
informational alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
inventory change (installed
components) informational alerts.
Enables or disables monitoring of
event log informational alerts.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
monalerts -iel state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
236
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
monalerts -iinv state
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
event log informational
alerts
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 53. monalerts command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set monitoring state for
network change
informational alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
network change informational
alerts.
monalerts -inc state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
user activity
informational alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
user activity informational alerts.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
monalerts -iua state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
237
Table 53. monalerts command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set monitoring state for
cooling device
informational alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
cooling device informational alerts.
monalerts -icd state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set monitoring state for
power supply
informational alerts
Enables or disables monitoring of
power supply informational alerts.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
monalerts -ipm state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example: To enable monitoring of all critical alerts and event log warning alerts and disable monitoring of all
informational alerts, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at
the system > prompt, type
monalerts -ca enabled -wel enabled -ia disabled -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> monalerts -ca enabled -wel enabled -ia disabled -T mm[p]
OK
system>
ntp command
This command configures and displays the CMM network time protocol (NTP) settings.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “ntp command
errors” on page 457 for a list of error messages that are specific to the ntp command.
238
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 54. ntp command
Function
What it does
Command
Display NTP settings
Displays the NTP settings for the
specified command target. Possible
return values are:
• -en state (enabled, disabled)
• -i ipaddress/hostname (IP
address or hostname of the NTP
server)
• -f update_frequency (NTP update
frequency, in minutes)
• -v3en state (enabled, disabled)
• -v3 key_info (NTP v3
authentication entry)
Note: Return values vary based on
command target.
ntp
Enables or disables NTP for the
specified command target.
ntp -en state
Enable / disable NTP
For I/O module targets, the ntp -en
command enables or disables
transfer of NTP information from the
CMM to the I/O module; it does not
change the NTP state of the I/O
module.
NTP server IP address
or hostname - set
Checks syntax and sets the IP
address or hostname of the NTP
server.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ntp -i ipaddress/
hostname
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Primary CMM:
where ipaddress/
hostname is the IP
address or hostname of
the NTP server.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
239
Table 54. ntp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
NTP update frequency
- set
Sets how often the clock in the
specified command target is
automatically updated by the NTP
server.
ntp -f time
Primary CMM:
where time is the NTP
update frequency, in
minutes with a maximum
value of 45000.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
NTP - Enable / disable
V3 authentication
240
Enables or disables V3
authentication between the CMM
and the NTP server.
Note: The NTP server
authentication key must be set,
using the ntp -v3 command option,
before enabling V3 authentication.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
ntp -v3en state
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 54. ntp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
NTP server
authentication key - set
Sets the v3 authentication key that
the CMM uses to access the NTP
server. The authentication key
contains the following values:
• Key index: An NTP server can be
configured with one or more key
entries. The key index specifies
which key the server expects the
client to authenticate with.
• Key type: The CMM supports
only the MD5 key type.
• Key: The key is an 8-character
ASCII string.
• The ntp -v3key_index and key
values must match the “key ID”
and “password” values set on
the NTP server. See the
documentation for your NTP
server for information about
setting a key ID and password.
ntp -v3 key_indexkey_
typekey
Primary CMM:
NTP clocksynchronize
Synchronizes the CMM clock with
the NTP server. (You must configure
a valid NTP server before you can
synchronize.)
where:
• key_index is from 1 to
65535, inclusive. If you
enter a value outside
this range, an error will
be displayed.
• key_type is M (MD5).
• key is a 8-character
ASCII string.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ntp -synch
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To display NTP settings for the CMM, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
ntp
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system:mm[2]> ntp
-en enabled
-i timeserver
-f 5
-v3en disabled
-v3 Not configured
NTP is disabled.
system:mm[2]>
Chapter 3. Command reference
241
permgroups command
This command displays and configures user permission groups of the primary CMM.
Important: Users and permission groups for the Lenovo Flex System chassis are controlled by the CMM in
each Lenovo Flex System chassis, using the CMM CLI “users command” on page 378 and the “permgroups
command” on page 242 or the CMM web interface. If your Lenovo Flex System configuration includes an
optional management device, such as the Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex System Manager hardware,
users and permission groups for each optional management device installation are controlled by the optional
management device software (see https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/LNVO-XCLARIT for
information about Lenovo XClarity Administrator or see http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/flexsys/
information/topic/com.ibm.acc.8731.doc/using_centralized_ user_management.html for information about
the Flex System Manager).
Notes:
• Permission groups are assigned to users using the “users command” on page 378.
• Permission groups can be backed up as part of the CMM configuration using the “write command” on
page 412.
• Permission groups are restored as part of a backed up CMM configuration using the “read command” on
page 286.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “permgroups
command errors” on page 458 for a list of error messages that are specific to the permgroups command.
Table 55. permgroups command
Function
What it does
Command
Display all user
permission groups
Displays all user permission groups
set up for the CMM.
permgroups
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Display specific user
permission group
Displays information for the
specified user permission group.
permgroups -n group_
name
where group_name is the
name that identifies the
user permission group.
242
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 55. permgroups command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Add user permission
group
Creates a new user permission
group.
Notes:
• User permission group names
can not be changed after they
are added.
• Group names are not case
sensitive.
permgroups -add -n
group_name -a group_
authority
Add user permission
group
(continued)
where:
• group_name is an
alphanumeric string up
to 63 characters in
length that can include
periods ( . ) and
underscores ( _ ). Each
group name must be
unique. Group names
are not case sensitive.
• group_authority uses
the following syntax:
– operator (Operator)
– rbs:roles:scope
where the roles are
one or more of the
following authority
levels, separated by
a vertical bar ( | ):
– super (Supervisor)
– cam (Chassis
User Account
Management)
– clm (Chassis Log
Management)
– co (Chassis
Operator)
– cc (Chassis
Configuration)
– ca (Chassis
Administration)
– bo (Blade
Operator)
– brp (Blade
Remote Present)
– bc (Blade
Configuration)
– ba (Blade
Administration)
– so (I/O Module
Operator)
– sc (I/O Module
Configuration)
– sa (I/O Module
Administration)
(continued on next page)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
where the scope is one or
more of the following
devices, separated by a
vertical bar ( | ). Ranges of
Chapter 3. Command reference
243
Table 55. permgroups command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
devices are separated by
a dash ( - ).
• c n (Chassis n, where n
is 1)
• b n (Blade n, where n is
a valid node bay
number in the chassis)
• s n (I/O module n,
where n is a valid I/Obay number in the
chassis)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Modify user permission
group
244
Modify the selected user permission
group.
Notes:
• User permission group names
can not be changed after they
are added.
• Group names are not case
sensitive.
permgroups -n group_
name -a group_authority
where:
• group_name is the
name that identifies the
user permission group.
• group_authority uses
the following syntax:
– operator (Operator)
– rbs:roles:scope
where the roles are
one or more of the
following authority
levels, separated by
a vertical bar ( | ):
– super (Supervisor)
– cam (Chassis
User Account
Management)
– clm (Chassis Log
Management)
– co (Chassis
Operator)
– cc (Chassis
Configuration)
– ca (Chassis
Administration)
– bo (Blade
Operator)
– brp (Blade
Remote Present)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 55. permgroups command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
– bc (Blade
Configuration)
– ba (Blade
Administration)
– so (I/O Module
Operator)
– sc (I/O Module
Configuration)
– sa (I/O Module
Administration)
(continued on next page)
Modify user permission
group
(continued)
where the scope is one or
more of the following
devices, separated by a
vertical bar ( | ). Ranges of
devices are separated by
a dash ( - ).
• c n (Chassis n, where n
is 1)
• b n (Blade n, where n is
a valid node bay
number in the chassis)
• s n (I/O module n,
where n is a valid I/Obay number in the
chassis)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
245
Table 55. permgroups command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Delete user permission
group
Delete the specified user
permission group.
Note: Group names are not case
sensitive.
permgroups -n group_
name-clear
Primary CMM:
where group_name is the
name that identifies the
user permission group.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example: To add a user permission group with a name of superuser that has supervisor rights to all Lenovo
Flex System components, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
permgroups -add -n superuser -a rbs:super:c1|b1-b14|s1-s4 -T mm[p]
To display information for the superuser group, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system > prompt, type
permgroups -n superuser -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> permgroups -add -n superuser -a rbs:super:c1|b1-b14|s1-s4 -T mm[p]
OK
system> permgroups -n superuser -T mm[p]
-a Role:supervisor
Blades:1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14
Chassis:1
Modules:1|2|3|4
system>
ping command
This command tests the internal communication path between the CMM and an Lenovo Flex System
component by sending it a ping request.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “ping command
errors” on page 459 for a list of error messages that are specific to the ping command.
246
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 56. ping command
Function
What it does
Command
Display IP addresses
Displays a list of index numbers and
IP addresses for the specified
command target.
ping -i
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Ping compute node IP
address
Pings the specified compute node
IP address to test communication
between the compute node and the
CMM.
ping -i ip_address
Compute node:
where ip_address is the IP
address to ping.
Note: Valid index
numbers and IP
addresses for
components installed in
the Lenovo Flex System
chassis can be seen by
running the ping -i
command, directed to a
specific command target
with no arguments.
Ping I/O-module IP
address
Pings the specified I/O-module IP
address to test communication
between the I/O module and the
CMM.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/O-bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
247
Table 56. ping command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Ping compute node IP
address
Pings the specified compute node
to test communication.
ping -i index
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
where index is the index
number for the compute
node IP address to ping.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Note: Valid index
numbers and IP
addresses for
components installed in
the Lenovo Flex System
chassis can be seen by
running the ping -i
command, directed to a
specific command target
with no arguments.
Ping I/O-module IP
address
Pings the specified I/O module to
test communication.
ping -i index
I/O module:
where index is the index
number for the I/Omodule IP address to
ping.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Note: Valid index
numbers and IP
addresses for
components installed in
the Lenovo Flex System
chassis can be seen by
running the ping -i
command, directed to a
specific command target
with no arguments.
Example: To display the IP addresses of the I/O module in bay 2, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is
set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
ping -T switch[2] -i
To ping the second IP address of the I/O module in bay 2 using an index number, while the Lenovo Flex
System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
ping -T switch[2] -i 2
To ping the second IP address of the I/O module in bay 2 using an IP address, while the Lenovo Flex System
chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
ping -T switch[2] -i fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> ping -T switch[2] -i
1. 192.168.70.121
2. fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef
3. 3000:1013::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef
4. 3001:1013::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef
248
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
5. 3002:1013::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef
6. 2000:1013::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef
7. 2001:1013::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef
8. 2002:1013::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef
system> ping -T switch[2] -i 2
Reply from fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef: bytes=16384 time=201850.880ms
Reply from fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef: bytes=16384 time=3120824.320ms
Reply from fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef: bytes=16384 time=2953052.160ms
Reply from fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef: bytes=16384 time=33685.504ms
system> ping -T switch[2] -i fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef
Reply from fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef: bytes=16384 time=1912799.232ms
Reply from fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef: bytes=16384 time=922877.952ms
Reply from fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef: bytes=16384 time=2281963.520ms
Reply from fe80::a17:f4ff:fe89:a9ef: bytes=16384 time=4060282.880ms
system>
pmpolicy command
This command displays and sets the power management policies for the Lenovo Flex System chassis.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “pmpolicy
command errors” on page 460 for a list of error messages that are specific to the pmpolicy command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
249
Table 57. pmpolicy command
Function
What it does
Command
Display current power
management policy
Displays the current power
management policy.
pmpolicy
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Display current and
available power
management policies
Displays both the current and
available power management
policies.
pmpolicy pd
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Set power
management policy
Set power management policy.
pmpolicy -pm policy
or
pmpolicy pd -pm policy
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
where policy is:
• acred (ac power source
redundancy policy)
• acredov (ac power
source redundancy
policy, with compute
node throttling)
• redwoperf (power
supply redundancy, no
compute node
oversubscription)
• redwperf (power supply
redundancy with
compute node power
throttling)
• nonred (no power
management policy)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To view the current power management policy, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system:mm[1]> prompt, type
pmpolicy -T system
The following example shows the output generated by this command.
250
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
system:mm[1]> pmpolicy -T system
Power Domain
-------------Power Management Policy:
Basic Power Management (nonred)
Description:
Total allowed power is higher than other policies and is limited only
by the total power capacity of all the Power Modules up to the
maximum of chassis power rating. This is the least conservative
approach, since it does not provide any protection for power source
or Power Module failure. If any single power supply fails, blade
and/or chassis operation may be affected.
Power Supply Failure Limit:
0
Maximum Power Limit (Watts):
5490
Your Estimated Utilization:
20%
NOTE:
Power Supply Failure Limit: This is the maximum number of power supplies
that can fail while still guaranteeing the
operation of the domain in the selected policy.
Your Estimated Utilization: The estimated utilization is based on the maximum
power limit allowed in this policy and the current
aggregated power in use of all components in the
domain.
system:mm[1]>
portcfg command
This command configures and displays the settings for the CMM serial port.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “portcfg command
errors” on page 460 for a list of error messages that are specific to the portcfg command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
251
Table 58. portcfg command
Function
What it does
Command
Display CMM serial
port configuration
Displays the current configuration of
the CMM serial port. Possible return
values are:
• -b baud_rate
• -p parity
• -s stop_bits
portcfg -com1
Checks syntax and sets the baud
(communications) rate of the CMM
serial port.
portcfg -com1 -b baud_
rate
Set CMM serial port
baud rate
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
where baud_rate is 2400,
4800, 9600, 19200,
38400, 57600, or 115200.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
252
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 58. portcfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set CMM serial port
parity
Checks syntax and sets the parity
of the CMM serial port.
portcfg -com1 -p parity
Primary CMM:
where parity is
• none
• odd
• even
• mark
• space
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set CMM serial port
stop bits
Checks syntax and sets the number
of stop bits for the CMM serial port.
Note: When 2 stop bits is selected,
the software automatically adjusts
between 1.5 and 2 stop bits, based
on the detected data-word size.
portcfg -com1 -s stop_
bits
Primary CMM:
where stop_bits is:
• 1 for 1 stop bit.
• 2 for 1.5 or 2 stop bits.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To display the configuration for the CMM serial port, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
portcfg -com1
To set the baud rate for the CMM serial port to 9600, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
portcfg -com1 -b 9600
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system:mm[1]> portcfg -com1
-b 2400
-p none
-s 1
Chapter 3. Command reference
253
system:mm[1]> portcfg -com1 -b 9600
These configuration changes will become active after the next reset of the MM.
system:mm[1]>
ports command
This command sets and displays the network port configuration settings for the CMM and I/O modules.
Notes:
• Changes to the ftpe , snmp1ae , snmp3ae , snmpte , sshe , ftpp , ftpdp , httpp , httpsp , snmpap ,
snmptp , sshp , tcme , telnete , telnetp , telnett , or tftpp settings become active immediately.
Changes to the remaining settings become active after the next reset of the CMM.
• The CMM HTTP and HTTPS ports are open at all times. Port behavior is determined by the CMM HTTPS
port setting, which can be affected by the CMM chassis security policy setting:
– When the CMM HTTPS port is enabled, the HTTP port (port 80) remains open and redirects to the
HTTPS port (port 443). When the chassis security policy is set to secure, the CMM HTTPS port is
automatically enabled and its setting cannot be changed.
– When the CMM HTTPS port is disabled, the HTTPS port (port 443) remains open and redirects to the
HTTP port (port 80).
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “ports command
errors” on page 461 for a list of error messages that are specific to the ports command.
254
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 59. ports command
Function
What it does
Command
Display network port
settings
Displays the network port settings
for the CMM. Returned values are:
• -cimp cim_prt_num
• -ftpp FTP_prt_num
• -ftpdp FTP_data_prt_num
• -httpp HTTP_prt_num
• -httpsp HTTPS_prt_num
• -slpp SLP_prt_num
• -snmpap SNMP_agent_prt_num
• -snmptp SNMP_traps_prt_num
• -sshp SSH_prt_num
• -stcmp secure_tcmp
• -tcmp TCP_cmd_md_port
• -telnetp _Telnet_prt_num
• -tftpp TFTP_prt_num
• -cime cim_prt_state
• -ftpe FTP_state
• -sftpe sec_FTP_state
• -httpse HTTPS_prt_state
• -ntpe NTP_state
• -slpe SLP_state.
• -snmp1ae SNMPv1_agent_state
• -snmp3ae SNMPv3_agent_state
• -snmpte SNMP_traps_state
• -sshe SSH_prt_state
• -stcme secure_TCP_cmd_mode
• -tcme TCP_cmd_mode_state
• -telnete Telnet_prt_state• -tftpe TFTP_state
• -ftpt FTP_timeout
• -tcmt TCP_cmd_mode_timeout
• -telnett Telnet_prt_timeout
Notes:
• The following will not be available
if the CMM chassis security level
is set to secure with the “security
command” on page 305:
– HTTP
– FTP
– SNMPv1
– Telnet
– TFTP
– Non-secure TCP command
mode
• HTTPSE can only be disabled by
disabling all web access using
the “uicfg command” on page
364.
ports
Displays the CMM ports that are
currently open.
Notes: The following will not be
available if the CMM security level is
set to secure with the “security
command” on page 305:
• HTTP
ports -open
Display open CMM
ports
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
Chapter 3. Command reference
255
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
•
•
•
•
•
Reset network port
settings
Set FTP port number
256
Command
FTP
SNMPv1
Telnet
TFTP
Non-secure TCP command
mode
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Resets all network port settings for
the CMM to the default values.
Default values are:
• -ftpp: 21
• -ftpdp: 20
• -cimp: 5989
• -httpp: 80
• -httpsp: 443
• -slpp: 427
• -tcmp: 6090
• -snmpap: 161
• -snmptp: 162
• -sshp: 22
• -stcmp: 6091
• -telnetp: 23
• -tftpp: 69
Notes: The following will not be
available if the CMM security level is
set to secure with the “security
command” on page 305:
• HTTP
• FTP
• SNMPv1
• Telnet
• TFTP
• Non-secure TCP command
mode
ports -reset
Sets the port number for the CMM
FTP port.
Notes:
• The FTP port will not be available
if the CMM chassis security level
is set to secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
ports -ftpp FTP_prt_num
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where FTP_prt_num is
from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
If you enter a value
outside this range, an
error will be displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set FTP data port
number
Sets the port number for the CMM
FTP data port.
Notes:
• The FTP data port will not be
available if the CMM chassis
security level is set to secure
with the “security command” on
page 305.
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
ports -ftpdp FTP_data_
prt_num
Primary CMM:
Set HTTP port number
Sets the port number for the CMM
HTTP port.
Notes:
• The HTTP port will not be
available if the CMM security
level is set to secure with the
“security command” on page
305.
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
where FTP_data_prt_num
is from 1 to 65535,
inclusive. If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ports -httpp HTTP_prt_
num
where HTTP_prt_num is
from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
If you enter a value
outside this range, an
error will be displayed.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
257
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set HTTPS port number
Sets the port number for the CMM
HTTPS port.
Notes:
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
ports -httpsp HTTPS_
prt_num
Primary CMM:
Sets the port number for using the
CMM common information model
(CIM) over HTTPS.
Notes:
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
ports -cimp cim_prt_num
Set CIM port number
over HTTPS
258
where HTTPS_prt_num is
from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
If you enter a value
outside this range, an
error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
where cim_prt_num is
from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
If you enter a value
outside this range, an
error will be displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set SLP port number
Sets the SLP port number.
Notes:
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
ports -slpp SLP_prt_num
Set SNMP agent port
number
Sets the port number for the CMM
SNMP agent port.
Notes:
• SNMPv1 ports will not be
available if the CMM security
level is set to secure with the
“security command” on page
305.
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
Primary CMM:
where SLP_prt_num is
from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
If you enter a value
outside this range, an
error will be displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ports -snmpap SNMP_
agent_prt_num
where SNMP_agent_prt_
num is from 1 to 65535,
inclusive. If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
259
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set SNMP traps port
number
Sets the port number for the CMM
SNMP traps port.
Notes:
• SNMPv1 ports will not be
available if the CMM security
level is set to secure with the
“security command” on page
305.
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
ports -snmptp SNMP_
traps_prt_num
Primary CMM:
Set command mode
port number
260
Sets the TCP command mode port
number.
Important: The optional Flex
System Manager software requires
this port to be 6090.
Notes:
• Non-secure TCP command
mode ports will not be available if
the CMM security level is set to
secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
where SNMP_traps_prt_
num is from 1 to 65535,
inclusive. If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ports -tcmp TCP_cmd_
md_prt_num
where TCP_cmd_md_prt_
num is from 1 to 65535,
inclusive. If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set secure command
mode port number
Sets the secure TCP command
mode port number.
Notes:
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
ports -stcmp secure_
tcmp
Primary CMM:
Set SSH port number
Sets the port number for the CMM
SSH port.
Notes:
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
where secure_tcmp is
from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
If you enter a value
outside this range, an
error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ports -sshp SSH_prt_num
Primary CMM:
where SSH_prt_num is
from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
If you enter a value
outside this range, an
error will be displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
261
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set Telnet port number
Sets the port number for the CMM
Telnet port.
Notes:
• The Telnet port will not be
available if the CMM chassis
security level is set to secure
with the “security command” on
page 305.
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
ports -telnetp Telnet_prt_
num
Primary CMM:
Sets the port number for the CMM
TFTP port.
Notes:
• The TFTP port will not be
available if the CMM security
level is set to secure with the
“security command” on page
305.
• You cannot configure a port to a
number that is already in use.
• Changes to port numbers take
effect immediately.
• Changing port numbers will
affect ongoing operations using
the service at that port.
ports -tftpp TFTP_prt_
num
Enables or disables FTP for the
CMM.
Note: The FTP port can not be
enabled if the CMM chassis security
level is set to secure with the
“security command” on page 305.
ports -ftpe state
Set TFTP port number
Enable / disable FTP
262
where Telnet_prt_num is
from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
If you enter a value
outside this range, an
error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
where TFTP_prt_num is
from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
If you enter a value
outside this range, an
error will be displayed.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable SFTP
Enables or disables secure FTP for
the CMM.
ports -sftpe state
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable HTTPS
port
Enables or disables the CMM
HTTPS port.
Note: Disabling the HTTPS port
automatically enables HTTP.
ports -httpse state
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable CIM
over HTTPS
Enables or disables CIM over
HTTPS for the CMM.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ports -cime state
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
263
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable NTP
Enables or disables NTP for the
CMM.
ports -ntpe state
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disables SLP
Enables or disables SLP for the
CMM.
264
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enables or disables the SNMPv1
agent for the CMM.
Note: The SNMPv1 agent can not
be enabled if the CMM chassis
security level is set to secure with
the “security command” on page
305.
Primary CMM:
ports -slpe state
where state is on or off .
Enable / disable
SNMPv1 agent
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ports -snmp1ae state
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable
SNMPv3 agent
Enables or disables the SNMPv3
agent for the CMM.
ports -snmp3ae state
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable SNMP
traps
Enables or disables the SNMP traps
for the CMM.
Enables or disables the CMM SSH
port.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ports -snmpte state
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable SSH
port
Primary CMM:
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ports -sshe state
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
265
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable TCP
command mode and
set number of
connections
Turns the TCP command mode on
or off, or sets the maximum number
of connections explicitly.
Notes:
• Any number of connections (1
through 20) displays a status of
on. Zero connections displays a
status of off.
• Non-secure TCP command
mode can not be enabled if the
CMM chassis security level is set
to secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
• The total session count of TCM
and STCM is limited to 20.
ports -tcme port_mode
Turns the secure TCP command
mode on or off, or sets the
maximum number of connections.
Notes:
• On a write operation, the
maximum number of
connections can be set explicitly
(0-20), or it can be turned on (1
connection) or off (0
connections).
• On a read operation, off means 0
connections, and on means 1 or
more connections.
• The total session count of TCM
and STCM is limited to 20.
ports -stcme port_mode
Enables or disables the CMM Telnet
port.
Note: Telnet can not be enabled if
the CMM chassis security level is
set to secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
ports -telnete state
Enable / disable secure
TCP command mode
and set number of
connections
Enable / disable Telnet
port
266
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where port_mode is on (1
connection), off (no
connections), or a number
between 0 and 20,
inclusive, that indicates
the maximum number of
TCP session connections.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
where port_mode is on (1
connection), off (no
connections), or a number
between 0 and 20,
inclusive, that indicates
the maximum number of
TCP session connections.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable TFTP
Enables or disables TFTP for the
CMM.
Note: TFTP can not be enabled if
the CMM security level is set to
secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
ports -tftpe state
Set FTP timeout
Sets the FTP timeout value for the
CMM.
Primary CMM:
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
ports -ftpt timeout
Primary CMM:
where timeout is from 0
seconds (no timeout) to
4294967295 seconds,
inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set TCP commandmode timeout
Sets the TCP command-mode
timeout value for the CMM.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ports -tcmt timeout
Primary CMM:
where timeout is from 0
seconds (no timeout) to
4294967295 seconds,
inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
267
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set Telnet port timeout
Sets the Telnet port timeout value
for the CMM.
ports -telnett timeout
Primary CMM:
where timeout is from 0
seconds (no timeout) to
4294967295 seconds,
inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Display network port
settings for I/O module
268
Displays the network port settings
for the I/O module. These settings
can include:
• cable compatibility
• cable length
• cable type
• data rate
• label
• port index
• port media
• port width
• protocol
• speed
• speed setting
• available speeds
• state
• state setting
• type
• vendor
Note: Other device specific values
might be returned.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
ports
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Table 59. ports command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Enable or disable port
for I/O module
Enables or disables specified port
on specified I/O module.
ports -port_index -state
state
I/O module:
where
• port_index is from 1 to
65535, inclusive.
• state is on or off .
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Sets speed of port for I/
O module
Sets speed of specified port on I/O
modules that support this feature.
ports -port_index -speed
speed_setting
where
• port_index is from 1 to
65535, inclusive.
• speed_setting specifies
the port speed, in
terms of:
– multiplier
– units, m or g for
megabits or gigabits
– duplex mode, h or f
for half or full
For example:
– 100mh sets the port
speed to 100 Mbps
half-duplex.
– 10gf sets the port
speed to 10 Gbps
full-duplex.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
Chapter 3. Command reference
269
To display the CMM network port settings, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system > prompt, type
ports -T mm[p]
To disable FTP for the CMM, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
ports -ftpe off -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> ports -T mm[p]
-cimp 5989
-ftpp 21
-ftpdp 20
-httpp 80
-httpsp 443
-slpp 427
-snmpap 161
-snmptp 162
-sshp 22
-stcmp 6091
-tcmp 6090
-telnetp 23
-tftpp 69
-cime on
-ftpe off
-httpse on
-ntpe off
-sftpe on
-slpe on
-snmp1ae on
-snmp3ae on
-snmpte on
-sshe on
-stcme off
-tcme on
-telnete off
-tftpe off
-tcmt 300
-telnett 300
-ftpt 300
system> ports -ftpe off -T mm[p]
Changes to -sshe, -sshp, -telnetp, -telnete,
-telnett, -snmpte, -tcme, -tcmp, -tcmt, -stcme, -stcmp,
-httpp,-httpse, -httpsp, -ftpe or -tftpe will become active immediately.
OK
system>
power command
This command turns on and turns off compute nodes and I/O modules.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “power command
errors” on page 462 for a list of error messages that are specific to the power command.
270
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 60. power command
Function
What it does
Command
Power on
Turns on the specified command
target.
Note: Some storage nodes might
have specific boot sequence
requirements, see the
documentation for your storage
node for details.
power -on
Power on to command
console
Enable / disable SMS
for compute node
Opens a command console with an
SOL session when the specified
compute node is turned on.
Note: Some storage nodes might
have specific boot sequence
requirements, see the
documentation for your storage
node for details.
Enable or disable the System
Management Services (SMS)
firmware menu on the specified
compute node, for compute nodes
that support this feature.
Notes:
• The compute node will restart
immediately after setting the
-sms option.
• The -sms option state that is set
is retained after the compute
node restarts.
• The -f1, -f2-sms, -wol, -local,
-ap, and -d command options
can be entered together, but
these options must be used
exclusive of all other command
options.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
(for compute node)
• I/O module
administration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
power -on -c
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
and blade remote
presence
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
power -sms state
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
271
Table 60. power command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable F1
(Setup) for compute
node
Enable or disable F1 (Setup) menu
on the specified compute node, for
compute nodes that support this
feature.
Notes:
• The compute node will restart
immediately after setting the -f1
option.
• The -f1 option state that is set is
retained after the compute node
restarts.
• The -f1, -f2, -sms, -wol, -local,
-ap, and -d command options
can be entered together, but
these options must be used
exclusive of all other command
options.
power -f1 state
Enable or disable F2 (Diagnostics)
menu on the specified compute
node, for compute nodes that
support this feature.
Notes:
• The compute node will restart
immediately after setting the -f2
option.
• The -f2 option state that is set is
retained after the compute node
restarts.
• The -f1, -f2, -sms, -wol, -local,
-ap, and -d command options
can be entered together, but
these options must be used
exclusive of all other command
options.
power -f2 state
Turns off the specified command
target.
power -off
Enable / disable F2
(Diagnostics) for
compute node
Power off
Compute node:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Compute node:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
(for compute node)
• I/O module
administration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
272
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Table 60. power command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Shutdown and power
off compute node
Shuts down the operating system
and turns off the specified compute
node.
power -softoff
Power cycle
Power cycle to
command console
Display power state
Cycles power for the specified
compute node or I/O module. If the
compute node or I/O module is off,
it will turn on. If the compute node
or I/O module is on, it will turn off
and then turn on.
Cycles power for the specified
compute node. If the compute node
is off, it opens a command console
with an SOL session when it is
turned on. If the compute node is
on, it will turn off and then turn on.
Displays the current power state for
the specified compute node or I/O
module. Possible return values are
off, on, standby, or hibernate.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
power -cycle
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
(for compute node)
• I/O module
administration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
power -cycle -c
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
and blade remote
presence
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
power -state
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
273
Table 60. power command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable Wake
on LAN globally
Enables or disables Wake on LAN
globally for all compute nodes.
Note: The -wol, -sms, -local, -ap,
and -d command options can be
entered together, but these options
must be used exclusive of all other
command options.
power -wol state
Enables or disables Wake on LAN
for the specified compute node.
Note: The -wol, -sms,-local, -ap,
and -d command options can be
entered together, but these options
must be used exclusive of all other
command options.
power -wol state
Enables or disables local power
control globally for all compute
nodes.
Note: The -local, -sms, -wol, -ap,
and -d command options can be
entered together, but these options
must be used exclusive of all other
command options.
power -local state
Enable / disable Wake
on LAN for compute
node
Enable / disable local
power control globally
274
where state is enabled or
disabled .
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Compute node:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Table 60. power command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable local
power control for
compute node
Enables local power control for the
specified compute node.
Note: The -local, -sms, -wol, -ap,
and -d command options can be
entered together, but these options
must be used exclusive of all other
command options.
power -local state
Set automatic poweron policy for compute
node
Sets the automatic power-on policy
for the targeted compute node.
Changes to the power-on policy
setting take effect after the next
restart of the compute node.
Note: The -ap, -sms, -wol, -local,
and -d command options can be
entered together, but these options
must be used exclusive of all other
command options.
Compute node:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
power -ap policy
Compute node:
where policy is:
• restore : the compute
node will power on if it
was previously on
• auto : when power is
applied to the Lenovo
Flex System chassis,
the compute node will
be powered on
• manual : the compute
node will remain off
until manually powered
on
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
275
Table 60. power command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set restart delay for
compute node
Sets the amount of time that the
targeted compute node waits to
start after application of power to
the Lenovo Flex System chassis.
power -d value
Changes to the restart delay take
effect after the next restart of the
compute node.
Note: The -d, -sms, -wol, -local,
and -ap command options can be
entered together, but these options
must be used exclusive of all other
command options.
Set restart delay for I/
O-module
Sets the amount of time that the
targeted I/O-module waits to start
after application of power to the
Lenovo Flex System chassis.
Changes to the restart delay take
effect after the next restart of the I/
O-module.
Note: The -d, -sms, -wol, -local,
and -ap command options can be
entered together, but these options
must be used exclusive of all other
command options.
Display POST status for
I/O module
276
Displays the POST status for the
specified I/O module. If the
command is run while POST is in
progress, it returns the level of
POST that is currently in process. If
the command is run after POST is
complete, it displays one of the
following return values:
• The POST results could not be
read. message displays if there
was an internal error during
POST.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
where value is from 0 to
3600 seconds, inclusive. If
you enter a value of 0, the
restart delay is disabled
(no delay). If you enter a
value greater than 3600,
an error will be displayed.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
power -d value
I/O module:
where value is from 0 to
3600 seconds, inclusive. If
you enter a value of 0, the
restart delay is disabled
(no delay). If you enter a
value greater than 3600,
an error will be displayed.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
power -state -post
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Table 60. power command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• The POST results not complete:
hex_code message displays if
POST results are not available
after POST completes.
• If POST returns valid results, one
of the following messages
displays:
– hex_code: Base internal
function failure detected.
– hex_code: Internal interface
failure detected.
– hex_code: External interface
failure detected.
– hex_code: Module completed
POST successfully.
– hex_code: Cannot decode
POST result code.
• The Invalid POST results.
message displays if none of the
above conditions is true.
Where hex_code is a hexadecimal
code. See the documentation that
comes with your I/O module for
information.
Note: This command option is not
supported for serial concentrator I/
O modules.
Example:
To display the power state for the compute node in compute node bay 5, while this compute node is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system : blade½5� > prompt, type
power -state
To turn on the compute node in node bay 5, while this compute node is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : blade½5� > prompt, type
power -on
To display the power state for the compute node in node bay 5 again, while this compute node is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : blade½5� > prompt, type
power -state
The following example shows the information that is returned from these three commands:
system:blade[5]> power -state
Off
system:blade[5]> power -on
OK
system:blade[5]> power -state
On
system:blade[5]>
Chapter 3. Command reference
277
pwrprofile command
This command displays and configures power groups and schedules for compute nodes and I/O modules.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “pwrprofile
command errors” on page 464 for a list of error messages that are specific to the pwrprofile command.
Table 61. pwrprofile command
Function
What it does
Command
Display all power
groups and schedules
Displays all power groups and
schedules configured for the
Lenovo Flex System chassis.
pwrprofile
Displays information for the
specified power group.
pwrprofile -group_index
Display power group
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where group_index is the
index number that
identifies the power
group. Index numbers are
assigned automatically at
group creation and can be
seen in the “Display all
power groups and
schedules” list.
278
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 61. pwrprofile command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Add power group
Adds a power group with the
specified name for the specified key
group of compute nodes and I/O
modules.
Notes:
• All parameters must be specified
when creating a power group.
• The index number for the power
group is assigned automatically
and can be seen in the “Display
all power groups and schedules”
list.
pwrprofile -add -n name
-key group_key -servers
server_group
Add power group
(continued)
where:
• name is a alphanumeric
string up to 63
characters in length
that can include
periods ( . ) and
underscores ( _ ). Each
of the 32 group names
must be unique.
• group_key is:
– tm for type/model
– sn for serial number
– by for bay number
• server_group is:
– Type/model or serial
number (maximum
31 characters). The
wildcard character
(*) is accepted.
– Bay designations
that meet the
following criteria:
– Maximum string
length of 127
characters.
– One or more baytype keywords
(blade and switch
are the only
keywords
supported at this
time), each
followed by a
comma delimited
list of bay
numbers or range
of bay numbers
(two bay numbers
separated by a
dash) surrounded
by parentheses.
– Bay-type
keywords can be
in any order
separated by a
comma.
(continued on next page)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• server_group
(continued):
– Bay designations
(continued):
Chapter 3. Command reference
279
Table 61. pwrprofile command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
– Individual bay
numbers and
ranges can be in
any order.
Overlapping
ranges and
whitespace are
allowed.
For example:
– blade (1, 3, 4-6, 8, 25, 12, 13-14)
– blade (3), blade (5-9,
2)
– switch (1-2) ,blade
(1), switch (4)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Add power schedule
and assign to power
group
280
Adds a power schedule, assigned
to a specific power group, with the
specified name for the specified key
group of compute nodes or I/O
modules.
Important: The power group index
must be the first command option
specified (for example, pwrprofile -1
-add -s enabled -a on -f once -d
11202015 ).
Notes:
• The power group index, -s, -a,
and -f parameters must be
specified when creating a power
schedule.
• If the frequency (-f) is set to once,
you must specify either a time
(-t), a date (-d), or both a time
and date. If only a date is
specified, the scheduled action
will take place when the system
switches to the date indicated.
• If the frequency (-f) is set to daily,
you must specify a time (-t).
pwrprofile -group_index
-add -s status -a action
-f freq -d day -t time
where:
• where group_index is
the index number that
identifies the power
group where this
schedule will be
applied. Index numbers
are assigned
automatically at group
creation and can be
seen in the “Display all
power groups and
schedules” list.
• status is a power
schedule status of
enabled or disabled.
• action is the power
action to perform: on,
off, cycle, or softoff.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 61. pwrprofile command (continued)
Function
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
What it does
Command
• If the frequency (-f) is set to
weekly, you must specify both a
time (-t) and a day (-d).
• Up to four power schedules can
be assigned to a power group.
• The index number for the power
schedule is assigned
automatically and can be seen in
the “Display all power groups
and schedules” list.
• freq is how often the
schedule is applied:
once, daily, or weekly.
• day is:
– For frequency of
once, a date in
mmddyyyy format.
– For weekly
frequency: mon,
tues, wed, thur, fri,
sat, or sun.
• time is the time of day
in hhmm format.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Modify power group
Changes values for the specified
power group.
Important: The power group index
must be the first command option
specified (for example, pwrprofile -1
-n group2 ).
Note: You can modify any valid
subset of values for the power
group.
pwrprofile -group_index
-n name -key group_key
-servers server_group
where:
• where group_index is
the index number that
identifies the power
group to modify. Index
numbers are assigned
automatically at group
creation and can be
seen in the “Display all
power groups and
schedules” list.
• name is a alphanumeric
string up to 63
characters in length
that can include
periods ( . ) and
underscores ( _ ). Each
of the 32 group names
must be unique.
• group_key is:
– tm for type/model
– sn for serial number
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
281
Table 61. pwrprofile command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
– by for bay number
• server_group is:
– Type/model or serial
number (maximum
31 characters). The
wildcard character
(*) is accepted.
– Bay designations
that meet the
following criteria:
– Maximum string
length of 127
characters.
– One or more baytype keywords
(blade and switch
are the only
keywords
supported at this
time), each
followed by a
comma delimited
list of bay
numbers or range
of bay numbers
(two bay numbers
separated by a
dash) surrounded
by parentheses.
– Bay-type
keywords can be
in any order
separated by a
comma.
– Individual bay
numbers and
ranges can be in
any order.
Overlapping
ranges and
whitespace are
allowed.
For example:
• blade (1, 3, 4-6, 8, 2-5,
12, 13-14)
• blade (3), blade (5-9, 2)
• switch (1-2), blade (1),
switch (4)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
282
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Table 61. pwrprofile command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Modify power schedule
Changes values for the specified
power schedule.
Notes:
• You can modify any valid subset
of values for the power schedule.
• If the frequency (-f) is set to once,
you must specify either a time
(-t), a date (-d), or both a time
and date. If only a date is
specified, the scheduled action
will take place when the system
switches to the date indicated.
• If the frequency (-f) is set to daily,
you must specify a time (-t).
• If the frequency (-f) is set to
weekly, you must specify both a
time (-t) and a day (-d).
pwrprofile -i index -s
status -a action -f freq -d
day -t time
where:
• where index is the
index number that
identifies the power
schedule to modify.
Index numbers are
assigned automatically
at schedule creation
and can be seen in the
“Display all power
groups and schedules”
list.
• status is a power
schedule status of
enabled or disabled.
• action is the power
action to perform: on,
off, cycle, or softoff.
• freq is how often the
schedule is applied:
once, daily, or weekly.
• day is:
– For frequency of
once, a date in
mmddyyyy format.
– For weekly
frequency: mon,
tues, wed, thur, fri,
sat, or sun.
• time is the time of day
in hhmm format.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
Chapter 3. Command reference
283
Table 61. pwrprofile command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Delete power group
Deletes the specified power group.
Important: The power group index
must be the first command option
specified (for example, pwrprofile -1
-clear ).
pwrprofile -group_index
-clear
where group_index is the
index number that
identifies the power
group. Index numbers are
assigned automatically at
group creation and can be
seen in the “Display all
power groups and
schedules” list.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
284
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 61. pwrprofile command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Delete power schedule
Deletes the specified power
schedule.
pwrprofile -clear -i index
Primary CMM:
where index is the index
number that identifies the
power schedule. Index
numbers are assigned
automatically at schedule
creation and can be seen
in the “Display all power
groups and schedules”
list.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To display information for all power profiles, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
pwrprofile
To add a power profile named g1 that is keyed by bay number and includes the compute nodes in node bays
1 and 2, and the I/O module in I/O-module bay 3, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
pwrprofile -add -n g1 -key by -servers blade(1,2),switch(3)
To add a power schedule to power group g1 (index 1) and enable this new power schedule that turns on the
compute nodes in power group 1 once on 11 November 2015 at 11:11 AM, while the primary CMM in bay 2
is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
pwrprofile -1 -add -s enabled -a on -f once -d 11202015 -t 1111
To delete power schedule 1, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment,
at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
pwrprofile -i 1 -clear
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[2]> pwrprofile
No group found
system:mm[2]> pwrprofile -add -n g1 -key by -servers blade(1,2),switch(3)
Chapter 3. Command reference
285
Group 1 added
system:mm[2]>
pwrprofile
1. g1
key: by
servers: blade(1,2),switch(3)
power schedules: Not Available
system:mm[2]> pwrprofile -1 -add -s enabled -a on -f once -d 11202015 -t 1111
Power schedule 1 added
system:mm[2]> pwrprofile
1. g1
key: by
servers: blade(1,2),switch(3)
power schedules:
-i
-s
-a
-f
-d
-t
1
enabled
on
once
11/20/2015
1111
system:mm[2]>
OK
system:mm[2]>
pwrprofile -i 1 -clear
pwrprofile
1. g1
key: by
servers: blade(1,2),switch(3)
power schedules: Not Available
system:mm[2]> pwrprofile -1 -clear
OK
system:mm[2]> pwrprofile
No group found
system:mm[2]>
read command
This command restores the CMM configuration, including users and permission groups, that was previously
saved to a file. It can also be used to unmanage the CMM after a failed or incomplete unmanage operation.
Configurations are saved to a file using the “write command” on page 412.
Notes:
• To successfully restore all settings using the read command, a user must have permission to modify any
settings controlled by individual commands in the configuration being restored.
• Restoring the CMM overwrites all existing user accounts and passwords on the CMM and the CMM IP
address with the values in the backup file.
• When a CMM is managed by an external management device, user management for CMM accounts is
performed by that management device. User accounts and certificates on the CMM are locked, and the
necessary certificates are not included in the CMM backup image, which will cause communications
between the management device and the CMM to fail. See "Re-managing a CMM after restoring its
configuration," in the Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Installation Guide, for information about remanaging a restored CMM.
286
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
• When the CMM is set to “Secure” security mode, only secure file transfer methods, such as HTTPS and
SFTP, can be used for tasks involving file transfer when the CMM is acting as a server. Unsecure file
transfer protocols, such as HTTP, FTP, and TFTP, are disabled when the CMM is acting as a server when
the security mode is set to “Secure”. Unsecure file transfer protocols remain available for a CMM acting as
a client for all commands when the security mode is set to “Secure”.
• For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer” on
page 29.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “read command
errors” on page 467 for a list of error messages that are specific to the read command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
287
Table 62. read command
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Restore CMM
configuration from file
Restores the CMM configuration
from an image that was previously
saved to a file.
Notes:
• This image includes CMM users
and permission groups.
• Password information stored in
the configuration file is
encrypted.
• Users must have permission to
modify any settings controlled by
individual commands in the
configuration being restored.
read -u URL -p
passphrase
Primary CMM:
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
configuration file is
located.
• "passphrase" is the
double-quote delimited
passphrase that was
used to save the
original configuration
file. Minimum
passphrase length is 6
characters. Maximum
passphrase length is 31
characters.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Restore CMM
configuration from file
(verbose)
288
Restores the CMM configuration
from an image that was previously
saved to a file, showing the log file
generated while doing the restore.
The log file is not shown until the
restore is complete, which might
take several minutes.
Notes:
• This image includes CMM users
and permission groups.
• Password information stored in
the configuration file is
encrypted.
• Users must have permission to
modify any settings controlled by
individual commands in the
configuration being restored.
read -u URL -p
passphrase -v
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
configuration file is
located.
• "passphrase" is the
double-quote delimited
passphrase that was
used to save the
original configuration
file. Minimum
passphrase length is 6
characters. Maximum
passphrase length is 31
characters.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 62. read command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Restore CMM
configuration from file
and reset CMM
Restores the CMM configuration
from an image that was previously
saved to a file and then reset the
CMM.
Notes:
• This image includes CMM users
and permission groups.
• Password information stored in
the configuration file is
encrypted.
• The CMM resets in all cases,
even if restoring the
configuration fails.
• Users must have permission to
modify any settings controlled by
individual commands in the
configuration being restored.
read -u URL -p
passphrase -r
Primary CMM:
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
configuration file is
located.
• "passphrase" is the
double-quote delimited
passphrase that was
used to save the
original configuration
file. Minimum
passphrase length is 6
characters. Maximum
passphrase length is 31
characters.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
289
Table 62. read command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Restore CMM
configuration from file
(verbose) and reset
CMM
Restores the CMM configuration
from an image that was previously
saved to a file, showing the log file
generated while doing the restore.
The log file is not shown until the
restore is complete, which might
take several minutes, and displays
for several seconds until the CMM
resets.
Notes:
• This image includes CMM users
and permission groups.
• Password information stored in
the configuration file is
encrypted.
• The CMM resets in all cases,
even if restoring the
configuration fails.
• Users must have permission to
modify any settings controlled by
individual commands in the
configuration being restored.
read -u URL -p
passphrase -v -r
Primary CMM:
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
configuration file is
located.
• "passphrase" is the
double-quote delimited
passphrase that was
used to save the
original configuration
file. Minimum
passphrase length is 6
characters. Maximum
passphrase length is 31
characters.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Unmanage CMM
(forced)
Unmanages the CMM after a failed
or incomplete unmanage operation.
read -f unmanage
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To restore the CMM configuration from an image previously saved to a file named cmm1.cfg in the temp
directory on a TFTP server with an IP address of 9.37.177.215 and a passphrase of backuplock, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
read -u tftp://9.37.177.215/temp/cmm1.cfg -p "backuplock" -T mm[p]
290
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> read -u tftp://9.37.177.215/temp/cmm1.cfg -p "backuplock" -T mm[p]
OK
Configuration restore was successful
Restart the MM for the new settings to take effect
system>
To restore the CMM configuration from an image previously saved to a file named cfg.bkp in the /tftpboot/
backup directory on a SFTP server with an IP address of 300.370.640.310, a user ID of userid, and a
passphrase of Passphaase, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
read -u sftp://userid:password@300.370.640.310/tftpboot/backup/cfg.bkp
-p "Passphaase" -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> read -u sftp://userid:password@300.370.640.310/tftpboot/backup/cfg.bkp
-p "Passphaase" -T mm[p]
OK
Configuration restore was successful
Restart the MM for the new settings to take effect
system>
remotechassis command
This command displays and manages the list of each Lenovo Flex System chassis that the CMM discovers
on the network.
Note: The CMM that runs the remotechassis command is also included in all lists.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “remotechassis
command errors” on page 468 for a list of error messages that are specific to the remotechassis command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
291
Table 63. remotechassis command
Function
What it does
Command
Display complete list
Displays a list of all Lenovo Flex
System chassis that the CMM
discovers on the network. The list
includes the following information
about each Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
• Name
• IP address
• Status
• Firmware level
• Type
• Serial number
• FRU number
• Chassis serial number
• Chassis FRU number
• Chassis machine-type model
(MTM)
• Chassis UUID
remotechassis
Displays a list of names for Lenovo
Flex System chassis that the CMM
discovers on the network. The list is
grouped by health status.
remotechassis -health
Displays a list of Lenovo Flex
System chassis that the CMM
discovers on the network, filtered
by the specified IP address. The list
includes the following information
about each Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
• Name
• IP address
• Status
• Firmware level
• Type
• Serial number
• FRU number
• Chassis serial number
• Chassis FRU number
• Chassis machine-type model
(MTM)
• Chassis UUID
remotechassis -ip ip_
address
Display list grouped by
health status
Display list filtered by
IP address
292
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
where ip_address is an IP
address pattern that uses
the asterisk (*) as a
wildcard (for example;
201.47.123.*).
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 63. remotechassis command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Display list filtered by
name
Displays a list of Lenovo Flex
System chassis that the CMM
discovers on the network, filtered
by the specified name. The list
includes the following information
about each Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
• Name
• IP address
• Status
• Firmware level
• Type
• Serial number
• FRU number
• Chassis serial number
• Chassis FRU number
• Chassis machine-type model
(MTM)
• Chassis UUID
remotechassis -name
name
Primary CMM:
Clears the list of Lenovo Flex
System chassis that the CMM
discovered on the network.
remotechassis -clear
Clear list
where name is a name
pattern that uses the
asterisk (*) as a wildcard
(for example;
WebServer*).
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To list all Lenovo Flex System chassis on the network with a name starting with "WebServer", while the
primary CMM in bay 1, that does not support IPv6, is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system : mm½1� > prompt, type
remotechassis -name WebServer*
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system:mm[1]> remotechassis -name WebServer*
Running chassis discovery...
-----------------------------------------------Name:
WebServer001
IP:
145.48.204.212
Status:
normal
Firmware:
BPET25L,CNETMNUS.PKT,01-08-07,37,1
Type:
CMM
Serial:
0J1M9E585630
FRU:
25R5777
Chassis Serial: 23A2343
Chassis FRU:
25R5780R5780
Chassis MTM:
885222Z
Chassis UUID:
4E349451FA8011D9B10C89E0183AD13D
-----------------------------------------------Name:
WebServer002
Chapter 3. Command reference
293
IP:
145.48.204.222
Status:
normal
Firmware:
BPET25L,CNETMNUS.PKT,01-08-07,37,1
Type:
CMM
Serial:
0J1M9E585656
FRU:
25R5777
Chassis Serial: 23A2356
Chassis FRU:
25R5780R5780
Chassis MTM:
885222Z
Chassis UUID:
4E325951FA8011D9B86C89E0183AD02D
-----------------------------------------------system:mm[1]>
To list all Lenovo Flex System chassis on the network with a name starting with "SYSTEM*", while the
primary CMM in bay 1, that supports IPv6, is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system : mm½1� > prompt, type
remotechassis -name SYSTEM*
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system:mm[1]> remotechassis -name SYSTEM*
Running chassis discovery...
-----------------------------------------------Name:
SYSTEM
IP:
10.13.1.190
IPv6:
2002:1013::211:25ff:fec3:227c
2001:1013::211:25ff:fec3:227c
2000:1013::211:25ff:fec3:227c
fe80::211:25ff:fec3:227c
2000:1013::a1be:a348:7672:2def
2000:1013::1:191
Status:
critical
Firmware:
BPET002,CNETMNUS.PKT,02-17-10,1
Type:
CMM
Serial:
YK118165A117
FRU:
39Y9661
Chassis Serial: KQWPLB9
Chassis FRU:
44X2302
Chassis MTM:
8852HC1
Chassis UUID:
E13112E1829448E29999DA2066681D89
-----------------------------------------------Name:
SYSTEM
IP:
10.13.1.30
IPv6:
2000:1013::fc58:325c:c8b4:9c4c
2000:1013::214:5eff:fed0:2e1c
2000:1013::1:30
fe80::5652:ff:fe69:d763
2002:1013::211:25ff:fec3:8cfa
2001:1013::211:25ff:fec3:8cfa
2000:1013::211:25ff:fec3:8cfa
fe80::211:25ff:fec3:8cfa
Status:
attention
Firmware:
BPET54A,CNETMNUS.PKT,02-17-10,84
Type:
CMM-telco
Serial:
YK118269Y115
FRU:
39Y9661
Chassis Serial: 23A0052
Chassis FRU:
42C3673
Chassis MTM:
87501RZ
Chassis UUID:
B5BAEC01A10B11DB9F3BC1BE8FFF3B3C
------------------------------------------------
294
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
system:mm[1]>
reset command
This command resets compute nodes, compute node system-management processors, I/O modules, or the
primary CMM. It also resets the multiplexer expansion module.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “reset command
errors” on page 469 for a list of error messages that are specific to the reset command.
Table 64. reset command
Function
What it does
Command
Reset
Performs an immediate reset and
restart of the specified device.
reset
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
(for compute node or
compute node ISMP)
• I/O module
administration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Reset primary CMM
Reset primary CMM
(with override)
Performs an immediate reset and
restart of the primary CMM. If the
current operating state of the
Lenovo Flex System chassis
indicates potential problems with
performing the reset, an error
message is returned and the reset is
cancelled.
Performs an immediate reset and
restart of the primary CMM,
overriding error messages and reset
cancellation due to the current
Lenovo Flex System chassis
operating state.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Compute node
system-management
processor:
sp
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
reset
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
reset -o
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
295
Table 64. reset command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Reset standby CMM
Performs an immediate reset of the
standby CMM.
reset -standby
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Reset compute node to
command console
Reset with failover
Opens a command console with an
SOL session when the specified
compute node is reset.
reset -c
Resets the specified command
target, enabling failover if a
redundant (standby) component for
the command target is present.
reset -f
An error message is displayed if you
try to failover from the primary CMM
when a standby CMM is not
installed or if the firmware in the one
of the CMMs is updating.
296
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: Even though
this command resets
the standby CMM, it
still must specify the
primary CMM as the
command target.
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
and blade remote
presence
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 64. reset command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Reset I/O module with
standard diagnostics
Performs an immediate reset and
restart of the specified device,
running standard diagnostics on the
I/O module after it restarts.
reset -std
Running the reset std command
gives the same result as running the
reset command on a I/O module.
Reset I/O module with
extended diagnostics
Reset I/O module with
full diagnostics
Restart compute node
with NMI
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
I/O module:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Performs an immediate reset and
restart of the specified device,
running extended diagnostics on
the I/O module after it restarts.
reset -exd
Performs an immediate reset and
restart of the specified device,
running full diagnostics on the I/O
module after it restarts.
reset -full
Performs an immediate reset and
restart of the specified compute
node, for compute nodes that
support the non-maskable interrupt
(NMI).
Note: A compute node must be
powered on to run the reset -sft
command.
reset -sft
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
I/O module:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
I/O module:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
and blade remote
presence
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
297
Example: To reset the system-management processor on the compute node in node bay 5, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
reset -T blade[5]:sp
The following example shows the information that is returned:
system> reset -T blade[5]:sp
OK
system>
scale command
This command displays the partition control and configuration settings for multiple compute nodes or nodes
in a scalable complex, for compute nodes installed in the Lenovo Flex System chassis that support this
feature.
Notes:
• The scale command will execute only on compute nodes that support scalable complexes.
• All compute nodes in a scalable complex must be at the same firmware level. When scripting firmware
updates for compute nodes in a scalable complex, make sure that the update commands are included for
each node in the complex.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “scale command
errors” on page 471 for a list of error messages that are specific to the scale command.
Table 65. scale command
Function
What it does
Command
Display all scalable
complex information
Displays all scalable complex
information for the Lenovo Flex
System chassis.
scale
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Display information for
specific scalable
complex
298
Displays information for the
specified scalable complex.
Notes:
• The complex_id is found by
running the scale command with
no options.
• The -compid command option is
required for only compute node
systems that can have multiple
scalable complexes defined in
the same Lenovo Flex System
chassis. This option does not
need to be specified for standalone systems.
scale -compid complex_id
where complex_id is a
unique complex identifier
(hexadecimal string of
four alphanumeric
characters), assigned by
the compute node
complex.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Table 65. scale command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display information for
specific node in a
scalable complex
Displays information for a specific
node in the scalable complex.
Notes:
• The complex_id and node_id are
found by running the scale
command with no options.
• The -compid command option is
required for only compute node
systems that can have multiple
scalable complexes defined in
the same Lenovo Flex System
chassis. This option does not
need to be specified for standalone systems.
scale -compid complex_id
-node node_id
Displays information for a specific
partition in the scalable complex.
Notes:
• The complex_id and partition_id
are found by running the scale
command with no options.
• The -compid command option is
required for only compute node
systems that can have multiple
scalable complexes defined in
the same Lenovo Flex System
chassis. This option does not
need to be specified for standalone systems.
scale -compid complex_id
-partid partition_id
Display information for
specific partition in a
scalable complex
where :
• complex_id is a unique
complex identifier
(hexadecimal string of
four alphanumeric
characters), assigned
by the compute node
complex.
• node_id is the compute
node bay number, of
the node.
where :
• complex_id is a unique
complex identifier
(hexadecimal string of
four alphanumeric
characters), assigned
by the compute node
complex.
• partition_id is a
partition identifier,
assigned by the
compute node
complex.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Example: To view all scalable complexes in the system, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
scale
To view information about the scalable complex with an ID of D787, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is
set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
scale -compid D787
To view information about the partition with an ID of 1 in the scalable complex with an ID of D787, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
scale -compid D787 -partid 1
To view information about the compute node with an ID of 7 in the scalable complex with an ID of D787,
while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system >
prompt, type
scale -compid D787 -node 7
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> scale
Chapter 3. Command reference
299
--- Complex ID: D787 --Partition ID: 1
Assigned Nodes:
--------------Bay: 1
Name: Node 01
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 0
Status: powered off
Mode: partition
Primary: Yes
Bay: 3
Name: Node 03
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 1
Status: powered on
Mode: partition
Primary: No
Bay: 5
Name: Node 05
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 2
Status: powered off
Mode: partition
Primary: No
Bay: 7
Name: Node 07
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 3
Status: powered off
Mode: partition
Primary: No
system> scale -compid D787
Partition ID: 1
Assigned Nodes:
--------------Bay: 1
Name: Node 01
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 0
Status: powered off
Mode: partition
Primary: Yes
Bay: 3
Name: Node 03
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 1
Status: powered on
Mode: partition
Primary: No
Bay: 5
300
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Name: Node 05
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 2
Status: powered off
Mode: partition
Primary: No
Bay: 7
Name: Node 07
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 3
Status: powered off
Mode: partition
Primary: No
system> scale -compid D787 -partid 1
Partition ID: 1
Assigned Nodes:
--------------Bay: 1
Name: Node 01
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 0
Status: powered off
Mode: partition
Primary: Yes
Bay: 3
Name: Node 03
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 1
Status: powered on
Mode: partition
Primary: No
Bay: 5
Name: Node 05
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 2
Status: powered off
Mode: partition
Primary: No
Bay: 7
Name: Node 07
Processors/Memory: 2 Intel Xeon/2 DIMMs 4GB
Logical Node ID: 3
Status: powered off
Mode: partition
Primary: No
system> scale -compid D787 -node 7
UUID: 0C5513A7 25274D0B 931EDEC6 95571364
Serial Number: NANW00R
Checksum: 3403
Number of Ports: 3
Ports:
------
Chapter 3. Command reference
301
Port ID: 0
Remote Checksum: A100
Remote Port ID: 2
Status: Enabled
Type: QPI
Port ID: 1
Remote Checksum: D401
Remote Port ID: 2
Status: Enabled
Type: QPI
Port ID: 2
Remote Checksum: 7402
Remote Port ID: 2
Status: Enabled
Type: QPI
system>
sddump command
This command initiates a dump of service data from compute nodes, and I/O modules that support this
function.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “sddump command
errors” on page 471 for a list of error messages that are specific to the sddump command.
302
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 66. sddump command
Function
What it does
Command
Dump service data
(compute node)
Dumps service data of the specified
type from the specified compute
node target.
• For compute nodes with an IMM,
data dumps are initiated and
collected from the CMM.
• For compute nodes that do not
have an IMM, data dumps can
be initiated, but are not
collected, from the CMM; these
data dumps remain on the
compute node.
sddump -init
Dump service data (I/O
module)
Get service data
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Dumps service data from the
specified I/O-module target.
Note: To successfully obtain a data
dump from an I/O module, the I/O
module must support data
collection.
sddump -init
Collects service data, from the last
generated service-data dump, of
the specified type from the
specified compute node target.
sddump -coll
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade administration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Example: To initiate a data dump from the system-management processor of the compute node in bay 2,
while this compute node is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : blade½2� > prompt, type
sddump -init
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system:blade[2]> sddump -init
OK
system:blade[2]>
sdemail command
This command sends an email with the service information to the specified recipients.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “sdemail command
errors” on page 471 for a list of error messages that are specific to the sdemail command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
303
Table 67. sdemail command
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Send service
information using email
to specified recipients
Send an email with service
information to the specified
recipients. You assign a subject and
an email address. When you run
this command, it attaches the
service log to the message.
sdemail -subj "subject"to address
Primary CMM:
where:
• "subject" is a quotedelimited text string up
to 119 characters in
length.
• address is the
recipients email
address. Multiple
addresses separated
with a comma can be
entered (119
characters maximum).
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
• Blade administration
• Blade configuration
• Blade remote presence
• I/O module
administration
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To send a service information email message, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system > prompt, type
sdemail -T mm[p] -to mail@lenovo.com -subj "Blade 8 Reboot"
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> sdemail -T mm[p] -to mail@lenovo.com -subj "Blade 8 Reboot"
OK
system>
304
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
security command
This command sets and displays the chassis security policy level for the CMM.
Notes:
• You cannot access the CMM CLI through Telnet while using the Secure chassis security policy setting.
• When the CMM is set to “Secure” security mode, only secure file transfer methods, such as HTTPS and
SFTP, can be used for tasks involving file transfer when the CMM is acting as a server. Unsecure file
transfer protocols, such as HTTP, FTP, and TFTP, are disabled when the CMM is acting as a server when
the security mode is set to “Secure”. Unsecure file transfer protocols remain available for a CMM acting as
a client for all commands when the security mode is set to “Secure”.
• The CMM HTTP and HTTPS ports are open at all times. Port behavior is determined by the CMM HTTPS
port setting, which can be affected by the CMM chassis security policy setting:
– When the CMM HTTPS port is enabled, the HTTP port (port 80) remains open and redirects to the
HTTPS port (port 443). When the chassis security policy is set to secure, the CMM HTTPS port is
automatically enabled and its setting cannot be changed.
– When the CMM HTTPS port is disabled, the HTTPS port (port 443) remains open and redirects to the
HTTP port (port 80).
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “security command
errors” on page 472 for a list of error messages that are specific to the security command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
305
Table 68. security command
Function
What it does
Command
Display CMM chassis
security policy
Displays the chassis security policy
information for the CMM:
• Security policy level (legacy or
secure).
• Security policy state:
– Active indicates that the
security policy is in force.
– Pending indicates that the
changes are needed, such as
disabling non-secure
protocols, before the policy
can become active.
• Version of the security policy rule
definitions being enforced.
security
Sets the chassis security policy
level for the CMM.
Notes:
• To set the chassis security
policy level to secure,
“accseccfg command” on page
39 options must be set as
follows:
– -cp (complex password): on
– -de (default account
password change at next
login): on
– -pc (password change on first
access): on
• The following interfaces must be
disabled, using the “ports
command” on page 254, before
setting the CMM chassis security
level to secure:
– HTTP
– FTP
– SNMPv1
– Telnet
– TFTP
– Non-secure TCP command
mode
security -p level
Set CMM chassis
security policy level
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where level is legacy or
secure .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To display the chassis security policy level setting for the CMM, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
security
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system:mm[2]> security
-p legacy
State: active
Version: 01.00
306
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
system:mm[2]>
service command
This command resets a compute node, compute node system-management processor, I/O module, or the
primary or standby CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “service command
errors” on page 472 for a list of error messages that are specific to the service command.
Attention: If you are managing your Lenovo Flex System chassis using a management device, such as the
optional Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex System Manager software, you must unmanage and
remanage the chassis when performing virtual reseat (service-level reset) of the primary CMM using the
service -vr command. See https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/LNVO-XCLARIT for information
about unmanaging and remanaging the chassis using the Lenovo XClarity Administrator application. See
"Unmanaging a chassis" and "Remanaging a chassis after unmanaging" for information about unmanaging
and remanaging the chassis using the Flex System Manager software.
Chapter 3. Command reference
307
Table 69. service command
Function
What it does
Command
Virtual reseat
Performs a virtual reseat (service-level reset) of
the specified command target.
service -vr
A virtual reseat simulates physical removal and
insertion of the command target. The virtual
reseat removes standby power from the
command target and then restores it. Each
command target type has unique behavior
when virtually reseated:
• A CMM or I/O module is automatically
powered on after the virtual reseat.
• A compute node or storage node remains off
after a virtual reseat and the user will need to
power it back on. The command forcibly
shuts down the compute node operating
system.
• If the -vr command option is run on the
primary CMM without specifying the -o
command option, warnings about the
standby CMM state are displayed.
Attention:
• Performing a virtual reseat on Lenovo Flex
System components might result in the loss
of data. Do not perform a virtual reseat
unless you are instructed by Lenovo
Support. Prior to executing a virtual reseat,
perform any needed operations to protect
user data.
• Performing a virtual reseat on a Flex System
V7000 storage node (or storage cluster)
might result in the loss of data. Do not
perform a virtual reseat on a Flex System
V7000 storage node (or storage cluster)
unless you are instructed by Lenovo
Support. Prior to executing a virtual reseat,
perform any needed operations to protect
user data.
Important:
• Instead of performing a virtual reseat on a
Flex System V7000 storage node, use the
"Powering on and powering off the clustered
system" procedure to power off a Flex
System V7000 storage node, if needed (see
"Powering on and powering off the clustered
system" in the Flex System V7000 Storage
Node library).
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• For the CMM target:
– Supervisor
– Chassis
Administration
– Chassis
Configuration
• For the compute node
or storage node target:
– Supervisor
– Blade
Administration
– Blade Configuration
• For the I/O Module
target:
– Supervisor
– I/O Module
Administration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
(continued on next page)
Virtual reseat
(continued)
308
• If you do perform a virtual reseat on a Flex
System V7000 storage node, one or more
nodes might cause a node error 578 and be
unavailable. Use the Flex System V7000
storage node troubleshooting information to
troubleshoot issues caused by the virtual
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary or standby
CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[s]
mm[S]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary or
standby CMM
bay number.
Compute node or
storage node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Table 69. service command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
reseat option (see "Troubleshooting" in the
Flex System V7000 Storage Node library).
For more information on Flex System V7000
storage node error 578, see "Error 578" in
the Flex System V7000 Storage Node library.
• During a virtual reseat, the component will
experience a temporary loss of
communication and its power state will
change.
• If you are managing your Lenovo Flex
System chassis using an optional
management device, you must unmanage
and remanage the chassis when performing
virtual reseat (service-level reset) of the
primary CMM. See the documentation for
your management device for information.
Note: Do not perform a virtual reseat on a
compute node that indicates it is in
maintenance mode. Indications of maintenance
mode are shown in the CMM or IMM event logs
and by management devices such as the
optional Lenovo XClarity Administrator.
Virtual reseat
of primary
CMM
(suppress
warnings for
standby
CMM)
Performs a virtual reseat (service-level reset) of
the specified command target.
A virtual reseat simulates physical removal and
insertion of the command target. The virtual
reseat removes standby power from the
command target and then restores it.
• A CMM is automatically powered on after
the virtual reseat.
• The -o command option suppresses
warnings about the standby CMM state.
Attention:
• During a virtual reseat, you will temporarily
lose communication with the command
target and its power state will change.
Before performing a virtual reseat, make
sure that you perform any actions necessary
to protect user data.
• If you are managing your Lenovo Flex
System chassis using an optional
management device, you must unmanage
and remanage the chassis when performing
virtual reseat (service-level reset) of the
primary CMM. See the documentation for
your management device for information.
service -vr -o
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis
Administration
• Chassis Configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Primary or standby
CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[s]
mm[S]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary or
standby CMM
bay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
309
Table 69. service command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Hard restart
Performs a hardware reset of the systemmanagement processor of the specified
command target. A hard restart directly resets
the system-management processor on the
command target. The power state of the
command target is not affected by this reset.
Notes:
• During a hard restart, you will temporarily
lose communication with the command
target. Communication between the
compute node and its management network
should automatically restore after the
system-management processor reset is
complete.
• Not all compute nodes support the hard
restart function.
• A system-management processor does not
need to be responsive in order to reset it.
service -hard
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Blade Administration
• Blade Configuration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node
system-management
processor:
sp
Example:
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system> service -T switch[1] -vr
OK
system> service -T blade[1]:sp -hard
OK
system>
smtp command
This command configures and displays the CMM SMTP settings.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “smtp command
errors” on page 473 for a list of error messages that are specific to the smtp command.
310
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 70. smtp command
Function
What it does
Command
Display SMTP server
host name or IP
address
Displays the SMTP server domain
name and host name or IP address.
smtp
Server host name or IP
address - set
Checks syntax and sets the server
host name or IP address.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
smtp -s hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the host name
or IP address of the
server. The value can be
cleared by setting it to an
empty, double-quote
delimited string ("").
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SMTP e-mail server
domain name - set
Checks syntax and sets the SMTP
e-mail server domain name.
smtp -d domainname
Primary CMM:
where domainname is a
valid domain name that
meets the following
criteria:
• Alphanumeric string up
to 63 characters in
length.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• Can contain dots (.),
dashes (-), or
underscores (_).
• Must contain at least
one dot.
• No consecutive dots
are allowed.
• Quotes are not
required.
• Value can be cleared
by setting it to an
empty, double-quote
delimited string ("").
Chapter 3. Command reference
311
Table 70. smtp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To set the SMTP server host name to lenovo.com, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
smtp -s lenovo.com
To display the SMTP configuration, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
smtp
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system:mm[1]> smtp -s lenovo.com
OK
system:mm[1]> smtp
-s lenovo.com
SMTP email domain name is not set
system:mm[1]>
snmp command
This command configures and displays the CMM SNMP settings.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “snmp command
errors” on page 473 for a list of error messages that are specific to the snmp command.
312
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 71. snmp command
Function
What it does
Command
Display SNMP
configuration of CMM
Displays the current SNMP
configuration of the CMM.
snmp
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
SNMPv1 agent enable/disable
SNMPv3 agent enable/disable
SNMP traps - enable/
disable
Enables or disables the CMM
SNMPv1 agent.
Notes:
• Before you can enable the
SNMPv1 agent, the following
must be specified (see “config
command” on page 102):
– CMM contact name
– CMM location
– at least one community name
– at least one valid IP address
for that community
• SNMPv1 can not be enabled if
the CMM chassis security level is
set to secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
Enables or disables the CMM
SNMPv3 agent.
Notes: Before you can enable the
SNMPv3 agent, the following must
be specified:
• CMM contact name
• CMM location
(see “config command” on page
102)
Enables or disables the CMM
SNMP traps.
Note: SNMPv1 ports will not be
available if the CMM chassis
security level is set to secure with
the “security command” on page
305.
snmp -a -state
where state is on or off .
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
snmp -a3 -state
where state is on or off .
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
snmp -t -state
where state is on or off .
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
313
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Sets the name of community 1.
snmp -c1 name
SNMP community 1
name - set
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
where name is a
descriptive name of
community 1.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP community 1
first host name or IP
address - set
Checks syntax and sets the first
host name or IP address of
community 1.
snmp -c1i1 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the first host
name or IP address of
community 1.
• The first IP address of
the first community can
be set to 0.0.0.0 if the
community access type
is set to GET (for all
CMM types) or SET.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
314
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Command
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP Community 1,
first host name - set
access to SET
(wildcard)
Sets the access type for community
1 to SET.
snmp –ca1 set -c1i1 0.0.0.0
• With the access type of
SET, anyone can query
the management
information base (MIB)
and set MIB values.
Using 0.0.0.0 IP address
with SET access allows
open access to the
CMM for write (SET)
operations. A 0.0.0.0
address cannot be a
trap receiver.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
315
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
SNMP Community 1,
first host name or IP
address - set access
to GET (wildcard)
Sets the access type for community
1 to GET.
snmp –ca1 get -c1i1 0.0.0.0
• With the access type of
GET, anyone can query
the MIB. Using 0.0.0.0 IP
address with GET
access allows open
access to the CMM for
read (GET). A 0.0.0.0
address cannot be a
trap receiver.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP community 1
second host name or
IP address - set
Checks syntax and sets the second
host name or IP address of
community 1.
snmp -c1i2 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the second host
name or IP address of
community 1.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
316
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Command
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP community 1
third host name or IP
address - set
Checks syntax and sets the third
host name or IP address of
community 1.
snmp -c1i3 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the third host
name or IP address of
community 1.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
317
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
SNMPv3 community 1
view type - set
Sets the SNMPv3 view type for
community 1.
snmp -ca1 type
Primary CMM:
where type is
• get
• set
• trap
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP community 2
name - set
Sets the name of community 2.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
snmp -c2 name
Primary CMM:
where name is a
descriptive name of
community 2.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
318
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
SNMP community 2
first host name or IP
address - set
Checks syntax and sets the first
host name or IP address of
community 2.
snmp -c2i1 hostname/ip_
address
Primary CMM:
where hostname/ip_
address is the first host
name or IP address of
community 2.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP community 2
second host name or
IP address - set
Checks syntax and sets the second
host name or IP address of
community 2.
snmp -c2i2 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the second host
name or IP address of
community 2.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
Chapter 3. Command reference
319
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP community 2
third host name or IP
address - set
Checks syntax and sets the third
host name or IP address of
community 2.
snmp -c2i3 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the third host
name or IP address of
community 2.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMPv3 community 2
view type - set
Sets the SNMPv3 view type for
community 2.
snmp -ca2 type
Primary CMM:
where type is
• get
• set
• trap
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
320
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
SNMP community 3
name - set
Sets the name of community 3.
snmp -c3 name
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
where name is a
descriptive name of
community 3.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP community 3
first host name or IP
address - set
Checks syntax and sets the first
host name or IP address of
community 3.
snmp -c3i1 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the first host
name or IP address of
community 3.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
Chapter 3. Command reference
321
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP community 3
second host name or
IP address - set
Checks syntax and sets the second
host name or IP address of
community 3.
snmp -c3i2 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the second host
name or IP address of
community 3.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
322
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
SNMP community 3
third host name or IP
address - set
Checks syntax and sets the third
host name or IP address of
community 3.
snmp -c3i3 hostname/ip_
address
Primary CMM:
where hostname/ip_
address is the third host
name or IP address of
community 3.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMPv3 community 3
view type - set
Sets the SNMPv3 view type for
community 3.
snmp -ca3 type
Primary CMM:
where type is
• get
• set
• trap
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
323
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
SNMP contact name set
Sets the contact name.
snmp -cn contact_name
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
where contact_name is the
name of the party to be
contacted when SNMP
traps an event.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SNMP location - set
Sets the location.
snmp -l hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address identifies the
website supporting SNMP
for this CMM.
• Arguments containing
spaces must be
enclosed in quotation
marks. No leading or
trailing spaces are
allowed in arguments.
• If this argument is not
specified, the snmp
command clears this
option.
• You can also clear this
option by assigning an
empty string as its value.
This command can only be
run by users who have one
or more of the following
command authorities:
• Supervisor
324
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 71. snmp command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Command
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To view the SNMP configuration, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
snmp
To enable the SNMP agent and SNMP traps, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
snmp -a -on -t -on
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system:mm[1]> snmp
-a Enabled
-a3 Enabled
-t Enabled
-l Raleigh,NC
-cn Mr. Smith
-c1 public
-c1i1 9.44.146.157
-c1i2 9.44.147.24
-c1i3 9.49.165.217
-ca1 set
-c2 private
-c2i1 9.42.226.4
-c2i2
-c2i3
-ca2 get
-c3 test
-c3i1 9.44.247.64
-c3i2
-c3i3
-ca3 getsystem:mm[1]> snmp -a -on -t -on
system:mm[1]>
sol command
This command configures SOL (serial over LAN) functions and indicates SOL status.
Note: You access the compute node Integrated Management Module (IMM) CLI using a CMM SOL session
(see “Starting an SOL session” on page 29). If no user accounts have been manually set up for the IMM of a
compute node, connection to that IMM must be done using the current CMM user ID and password. In order
for an IMM to communicate with the compute node Advanced Settings Utility (ASU) and UpdateXpress
System Pack Installer (UXSPI) programs, a local user account must be set up for the compute node IMM.
This local account is not included in an IMM configuration backup. For information about using the compute
node IMM interface, see the compute node or IMM documentation.
Chapter 3. Command reference
325
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “sol command
errors” on page 474 for a list of error messages that are specific to the sol command.
326
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 72. sol command
Function
What it does
Command
Display SOL status
Displays the SOL status for the
targeted device:
• When the command target is the
primary CMM, it displays the
following values:
– -status on/off (global SOL
status)
– -c retry_count
– -e CLI_key_sequence
– -i retry_interval
– -r reset_blade_key_seq
– -s send_threshold
– -t accumulate_timeout
• When the command target is a
compute node, it displays the
following:
– -status enabled/disabled (SOL
status for the compute node)
– Status of any SOL sessions
for that compute node:
– Not ready
– Ready
– Active
– SOL retry interval
– SOL retry count
– SOL bytes sent
– SOL bytes received
– SOL destination IP address
(IPv6 format)
– SOL destination MAC address
– SOL console user ID
– SOL console login IP address
– SOL console session start
time
– SOL console session stop
time
– Compute node power state
sol
Sets the SOL retry interval to the
input value.
sol -i value
SOL retry interval - set
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Primary CMM:
where value is from 10 ms
to 2550 ms, inclusive, in
10 ms increments. If you
enter a value less than 10
ms, the retry interval will
be set to 10 ms. If you
enter a value greater than
2550 ms, the retry interval
will be set to 2550 ms.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
Chapter 3. Command reference
327
Table 72. sol command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SOL retry count - set
Sets the SOL retry count to the
input value.
sol -c value
Primary CMM:
where value is from 0 to 7,
inclusive. If you enter a
value of 0, no retries will
be attempted. If you enter
a value greater than 7, an
error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SOL send threshold set
Sets the SOL send threshold to the
input value. Setting the threshold
value to 1 causes the compute
node system-management
processor to send an SOL packet
as soon as the first character is
received.
sol -s value
Primary CMM:
where value is from 1 to
251, inclusive. If you enter
a value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
328
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 72. sol command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
SOL accumulate
timeout - set
Sets the SOL accumulate timeout to
the input value.
sol -t value
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where value is from 5 ms
to 1275 ms, inclusive. If
you enter a value less than
5 ms, the accumulate
timeout will be set to 5
ms. If you enter a value
greater than 1275 ms, an
error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
SOL enable - global
SOL enable - compute
node
Enables SOL globally for the
Lenovo Flex System chassis. The
global SOL enable command does
not affect the SOL session status
for each compute node.
Enables SOL for the specified
compute node.
sol -status enabled
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
sol -status enabled
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
329
Table 72. sol command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
SOL disable - global
Disables SOL globally for the
Lenovo Flex System chassis. The
global SOL disable command does
not affect the SOL session status
for each compute node.
sol -status disabled
Disables SOL for the specified
compute node.
sol -status disabled
SOL disable - compute
node
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Compute node:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
330
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Table 72. sol command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
CLI key sequence - set
Sets the key sequence that is used
to enter the CLI while a Telnet
session in SOL mode.
sol -e value
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where value is the key
sequence. In this
sequence, a ^ (the carat
symbol) indicates a Ctrl
that maps to control-key
sequences; for example:
• ^[ (the carat symbol
followed by a left
bracket) means Esc
• ^M (the carat symbol
followed by a capitol
M) means carriage
return.
Refer to an ASCII-to-key
conversion table for a
complete listing of
control-key sequences.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Reset compute node
key sequence - set
Sets the key sequence that will
reset a compute node while a Telnet
session in SOL mode.
sol -r value
Primary CMM:
where value is the key
sequence. In this
sequence, a ^ (the carat
symbol) indicates a Ctrl
that maps to control-key
sequences; for example:
• ^[ (the carat symbol
followed by a left
bracket) means Esc
• ^M (the carat symbol
followed by a capitol
M) means carriage
return.
Refer to an ASCII-to-key
conversion table for a
complete listing of
control-key sequences.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
Chapter 3. Command reference
331
Table 72. sol command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
• Blade configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To set the SOL accumulate timeout to 25 ms, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
sol -t 25
To set the reset compute node key sequence to Esc R Esc r Esc R, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
sol -r ^[R^[r^[R
To display the SOL settings for the CMM, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
sol
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[1]> sol -t 25
OK
system:mm[1]> sol -r ^[R^[r^[R
OK
system:mm[1]> sol
-status enabled
-c 3
-e ^[(
-i 250
-r ^[R^[r^[R
-s 250
-t 25
system:mm[1]>
To display the SOL settings for the compute node in the third bay, while compute node 3 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : blade½3� > prompt, type
sol
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system:blade[3]> sol
-status enabled
SOL Session: Ready
SOL retry interval: 64000 ms
SOL retry count: 7
SOL bytes sent: 0
SOL bytes received: 0
SOL destination IP address: FE80::3BA7:94FF:FE07:CBD0
332
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
SOL destination MAC: unknown
SOL console user ID:
SOL console login from:
SOL console session started:
SOL console session stopped:
Blade power state: On
system:blade[3]>
sshcfg command
This command sets and displays the SSH and SFTP status of the CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “sshcfg command
errors” on page 475 for a list of error messages that are specific to the sshcfg command.
Table 73. sshcfg command
Function
What it does
Command
Display SSH status
Displays the SSH status of the
CMM. Returned values are:
sshcfg
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• -cstatus: state of CLI SSH server
(enabled, disabled)
• -sftpstatus: state of secure FTP
server (enabled, disabled)
• CLI SSH port number
• ssh-dss fingerprint
• ssh-rsa fingerprint
• number of SSH public keys
installed
• number of locations available to
store SSH keys
Note: For scripting purposes, the
"-v1 off" state is always displayed.
Display RSA host key
information
Displays RSA host key information
for the CMM.
sshcfg -hk rsa
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Display DSA host key
information
Displays DSA host key information
for the CMM.
sshcfg -hk dsa
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
333
Table 73. sshcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Generate host key
Generates a host key for the CMM.
sshcfg -hk gen
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set state of CLI SSH
server
Sets the state of the CLI SSH server
for the CMM.
sshcfg -cstatus state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set state of CLI SFTP
server
Sets the state of the CLI secure FTP
(SFTP) server for the CMM.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
sshcfg -sftpstatus state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To display SSH status, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system : mm½1� > prompt, type
sshcfg
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system:mm[1]> sshcfg
-v1 off
334
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
-cstatus enabled
-sftpstatus enabled
CLI SSH port 22
ssh-dss 1024 bit fingerprint: ac:8b:1d:65:7a:1a:99:66:17:11:13:7e:ee:5c:4b:4e
ssh-rsa 2048 bit fingerprint: ef:28:85:ae:4f:0d:a7:5f:17:44:01:44:9e:ff:4b:4b
0 SSH public keys installed
32 locations available to store SSH public keys
system:mm[1]>
sslcfg command
This command sets and displays the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) status of the CMM.
Notes:
• When the CMM is set to “Secure” security mode, only secure file transfer methods, such as HTTPS and
SFTP, can be used for tasks involving file transfer when the CMM is acting as a server. Unsecure file
transfer protocols, such as HTTP, FTP, and TFTP, are disabled when the CMM is acting as a server when
the security mode is set to “Secure”. Unsecure file transfer protocols remain available for a CMM acting as
a client for all commands when the security mode is set to “Secure”.
• For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer” on
page 29 in the Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “sslcfg command
errors” on page 476 for a list of error messages that are specific to the sslcfg command.
Table 74. sslcfg command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Display CMM SSL
status
Displays the SSL status of the
specified CMM. This status includes
information about SSL certificates.
sslcfg
Enables or disables SSL (secure
LDAP) or starts transport layer
security for the LDAP client.
Notes:
• By default, the LDAP client uses
the same SSL certificate as the
LDAP server.
• The LDAP client can be enabled
if a certificate is in place.
sslcfg -client state
Set SSL (secure LDAP)
state for LDAP client
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled ,
disabled , or starttls .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
335
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set SSL state for
HTTPS server
Enables or disables the HTTPS
server.
Note: The HTTPS server can be
enabled if a certificate is in place.
sslcfg -server state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
View internally signed
certificate
Displays internally signed server
certificate.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
sslcfg -view intsrv
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
View self-signed
certificate
Displays a certificate authority selfsigned root certificate for the CMM.
sslcfg -view ca
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
336
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Generate self-signed
certificate
Generates a self-signed certificate
for the chassis certificate authority.
Notes:
• If a user executes this command,
it will cause all certificates in the
chassis to be re-signed. This
means that any applications
configured to trust certificates in
the chassis will no longer trust
those certificates. The user
should export the new CA
certificate and import it into the
companion applications so that
these applications can continue
to manage the chassis. If users
had imported the previous CA
certificate into a web browser or
any other application, they would
want to replace it with the new
certificate. Additionally, some
security configuration artifacts
that are signed by the CA
certificate might be
reprovisioned to the compute
nodes.
• If the crypto -m option is set to
comp, for compatibility with all
NIST cipher suites (see the
“crypto command” on page 110
for more information), the sslcfg
-gen ca -csa certificate type
option must be specified when
generating a CA certificate.
• If the crypto -m option is set to
nist800-131a (see the “crypto
command” on page 110 for more
information), the sslcfg -gen ca
-csa option is optional; if it is
specified, the certificate type
must be set to rsa2048sha256.
sslcfg -gen ca -csa type
View externally signed
server certificate
Displays externally signed
certificate information for the server.
Primary CMM:
where the optional
certificate type is:
• rsa2048sha1
• rsa2048sha256
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
sslcfg -view extsrv
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
337
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Import (upload)
externally signed LDAP
client certificate and
CA bundle
Import (upload) externally signed
LDAP certificate and CA bundle for
the LDAP client.
sslcfg -upld -t client -u
URL -cabu CA_URL
Primary CMM:
The upload locations of the
externally signed certificate file and
CA bundle are set separately using
the u and cabu command
options.
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
certificate file is
located.
• CA_URL is fully
qualified uniform
resource locator,
including file name, of
the tftp, ftp, http, https,
or sftp server where the
certificate bundle is
located.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Delete externally
signed LDAP client
certificate and CA
bundle
Remove an externally signed LDAP
certificate and CA bundle from the
LDAP client.
sslcfg -remove -t client
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
338
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
View CA bundle for
externally signed
server certificate
Displays certificate authority bundle
information for the externally signed
certificate of the server.
sslcfg -view extcab
Import (upload)
externally signed
server certificate and
CA bundle
Import (upload) externally signed
certificate and CA bundle for the
server.
sslcfg -upld -t server -u
URL -cabu CA_URL
The upload locations of the
externally signed certificate file and
CA bundle are set separately using
the u and cabu command
options.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
certificate file is
located.
• CA_URL is fully
qualified uniform
resource locator,
including file name, of
the tftp, ftp, http, https,
or sftp server where the
certificate bundle is
located.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Reapply externally
signed server
certificate
Reapply an externally signed server
certificate to the LDAP server.
Unsuccessful certificate application
lists any compute nodes that are
unable to use externally signed
certificates: the CMM uses a selfsigned certificate for the LDAP
server in this case.
sslcfg -reapply
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
339
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Generate self-signed
certificate (for failed
externally signed
server certificate)
Generates a self-signed certificate
for use with an LDAP server that
does not support externally signed
server certificates.
sslcfg -gen ldapsrv -csa
type
Primary CMM:
The CMM LDAP server receives an
SSL certificate internally signed by
the CMM root certificate authority
(CA) certificate. The IMM in each
compute node then uses the root
certificate in the LDAP client to trust
the CMM LDAP server.
Notes:
• If a user executes this command,
it will cause all certificates in the
chassis to be re-signed. This
means that any applications
configured to trust certificates in
the chassis will no longer trust
those certificates. The user
should export the new CA
certificate and import it into the
companion applications so that
these applications can continue
to manage the chassis. If users
had imported the previous CA
certificate into a web browser or
any other application, they would
want to replace it with the new
certificate. Additionally, some
security configuration artifacts
that are signed by the CA
certificate might be
reprovisioned to the compute
nodes.
• If the crypto -m option is set to
comp, for compatibility with all
NIST cipher suites (see the
“crypto command” on page 110
for more information), the sslcfg
-gen ca -csa certificate type
option must be specified when
generating a CA certificate.
• If the crypto -m option is set to
nist800-131a (see the “crypto
command” on page 110 for more
information), the sslcfg -gen ca
-csa option is optional; if it is
specified, the certificate type
must be set to rsa2048sha256.
View externally signed
LDAP client certificate
340
Displays externally signed LDAP
client certificate information.
where the optional
certificate type is:
• rsa2048sha1
• rsa2048sha256
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
sslcfg -view extclnt
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Generate CSR
Generates a certificate signing
request (CSR) for the CMM HTTPS
server or LDAP client.
sslcfg -gen csr -c country
-sp "state"-cl "city"-on
"org"-hn hostname -cp
"name"-ea email-ou "org_
unit"-s "surname" -gn
"given_name"-in "initial"dq "dn_qualifier"-cpwd
password-un "un_name"
-t target
The following values must be set
when generating a CSR:
• Country using the c command
option.
• State or province using the sp
command option.
• City or locality using the cl
command option.
• Organization name using the
on command option.
• CMM host name using the hn
command option.
Note: This host name must
match the host name that is used
by a web browser to connect to
the CMM.
The following optional values can
be set when generating a CSR:
• Contact person using the cp
command option.
• Email address of the contact
person using the ea command
option.
• Unit within a company or
organization using the ou
command option.
• Additional information such as a
surname using the s command
option.
• Additional information such as a
given name using the gn
command option.
• Additional information such as a
initials using the in command
option.
• Additional information such as a
distinguished name qualifier
using the dq command option.
• Additional information such as a
CSR password using the cpwd
command option.
• Additional information such as an
unstructured name qualifier
using the un command option.
Generate CSR
(continued)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
where the following
required options are:
• country is twocharacter alphabetic
code for the country.
• "state" is a state or
province name of up to
60 characters in length.
• "city" is a city or locality
name of up to 50
characters in length.
• "org" is an organization
name of up to 60
characters in length.
• hostname is a valid
host name of up to 60
characters in length.
• target is server or
client
where the following
optional options are:
• "name" is up to 60
characters in length.
• email is a valid email
address of up to 60
characters.
• "org_unit" is up to 60
characters.
• "surname" is up to 60
characters.
(continued on next page)
• "given_name" is up to
60 characters.
• "initial" is up to 20
characters.
Chapter 3. Command reference
341
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
• "dn_qualifier" is up to
60 characters.
• password is between 6
and 30 characters.
• "un_name" is up to 60
characters.
Note: Arguments that
must be quote-delimited
are shown in quotation
marks.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Download CA selfsigned root certificate
file
Downloads the specified CA selfsigned root certificate file.
The location of the CA self-signed
root certificate file, including IP
address of the server for
downloading and filename, and
must be set using the u
command option.
Note: To successfully download
and import a CA certificate into an
external LDAP server trust store,
make sure that secure LDAP is
enabled using the sslcfg -server
enabled or the sslcfg -client
enabled command.
342
sslcfg -dnld ca -u URL
Primary CMM:
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the certificate file is
located.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Download certificate or
CSR file of specified
format
Downloads the specified certificate
file, specifying the certificate file
format.
sslcfg -dnld cert_type-f
format-u URL -t target
Primary CMM:
The location of the certificate or
CSR file, including IP address of the
server for downloading and
filename, and must be set using the
u command option.
Note: If the certificate or CSR file
format is not specified using the f
command option, the format
defaults to DER.
where:
• cert_type is
– cert for a certificate
– csr for a CSR (for the
CMM LDAP client
certificate)
• format is
– der for binary DER
encoded certificates
– pem for X.509v3 files
that contain ASCII
(Base64) armored
data prefixed with a
BEGIN line
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
certificate file is
located.
• target is server or
client
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
View trusted certificate
1
Displays trusted certificate 1
information for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc1 view
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
343
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
View trusted certificate
2
Displays trusted certificate 2
information for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc2 view
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
View trusted certificate
3
Displays trusted certificate 3
information for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc3 view
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Import (upload) trusted
certificate 1
Import (upload) trusted certificate 1
for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc1 import -u URL
-t client
The upload location of the trusted
certificate file, including IP address
of the server and filename, an must
be set using the u command
option.
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the certificate file is
located.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
344
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Import (upload) trusted
certificate 2
Import (upload) trusted certificate 2
for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc2 import -u URL
-t client
Primary CMM:
The upload location of the trusted
certificate file, including IP address
of the server and filename, an must
be set using the u command
option.
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the certificate file is
located.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Import (upload) trusted
certificate 3
Import (upload) trusted certificate 3
for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc3 import -u URL
-t client
The upload location of the trusted
certificate file, including IP address
of the server and filename, an must
be set using the u command
option.
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the certificate file is
located.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
345
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Export (download)
trusted certificate 1
Downloads (exports) trusted
certificate 1 for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc1 download -u
URL -t client
Primary CMM:
The location of the trusted
certificate 1 file, including IP
address of the server for
downloading and filename, and
must be set using the -u command
option.
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the certificate file is
located.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Export (download)
trusted certificate 2
Downloads (exports) trusted
certificate 2 for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc2 download -u
URL -t client
The location of the trusted
certificate 2 file, including IP
address of the server for
downloading and filename, and
must be set using the -u command
option.
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the certificate file is
located.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
346
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Export (download)
trusted certificate 3
Downloads (exports) trusted
certificate 3 for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc3 download -u
URL -t client
Primary CMM:
The location of the trusted
certificate 3 file, including IP
address of the server for
downloading and filename, and
must be set using the -u command
option.
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the certificate file is
located.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Remove trusted
certificate 1
Removes trusted certificate 1 from
the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc1 remove -t
client
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
347
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Remove trusted
certificate 2
Removes trusted certificate 2 from
the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc2 remove -t
client
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Remove trusted
certificate 3
Removes trusted certificate 3 from
the LDAP client.
sslcfg -tc3 remove -t
client
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
348
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Import (upload)
certificate
Import (upload) certificate for the
CMM HTTPS server or LDAP client.
sslcfg -upld -u URL -t
target
Primary CMM:
The upload location of the
certificate file, including IP address
and filename, an must be set using
the u command option.
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
certificate file is
located.
• target is server or
client
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
View CRL 1
Displays certificate revocation list 1
for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl1 view
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
View CRL 2
Displays certificate revocation list 2
for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl2 view
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
View CRL 3
Displays certificate revocation list 3
for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl3 view
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
349
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set CRL checking state
for LDAP client
Enables or disables certificate
revocation list checking for the
LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Import (upload) CRL 1
Import (upload) certificate
revocation list 1 for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl1 import -u
URL -t client
The upload location of the CRL,
including IP address of the server
and filename, an must be set using
the u command option.
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the CRL is located.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
350
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Import (upload) CRL 2
Import (upload) certificate
revocation list 2 for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl2 import -u
URL -t client
Primary CMM:
The upload location of the CRL,
including IP address of the server
and filename, an must be set using
the u command option.
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the CRL is located.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Import (upload) CRL 3
Import (upload) certificate
revocation list 3 for the LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl3 import -u
URL -t client
The upload location of the CRL,
including IP address of the server
and filename, an must be set using
the u command option.
where URL is fully
qualified uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp, http,
https, or sftp server where
the CRL is located.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
351
Table 74. sslcfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Remove CRL 1
Removes certificate revocation list 1
from the LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl1 remove -t
client
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Remove CRL 2
Removes certificate revocation list 2
from the LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl2 remove -t
client
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Remove CRL 3
Removes certificate revocation list 3
from the LDAP client.
sslcfg -crl3 remove -t
client
Note: The -t client
option is optional. If it is
not specified, the
command defaults to the
client target.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
352
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example: To view SSL information for the primary CMM in bay 1, while this CMM is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
sslcfg
To generate a new key and CSR for the server in the primary CMM in bay 1, with a country of US, a state of
NC, a city of Cary, an organization of Lenovo, and a host name of hostname, while this CMM is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
sslcfg -gen csr -c us -sp "nc"
-cl "cary"
-on "lenovo" -hn hostname -t server
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[1]> sslcfg
-server enabled
-client disabled
Certificate Authority certificate status:
A Root certificate is installed (rsa2048sha1)
SSL Server Certificate status:
A self-signed certificate is installed
SSL Client Certificate status:
No certificate has been generated
SSL Client Trusted Certificate status:
Trusted Certificate 1: Not available
Trusted Certificate 2: Not available
Trusted Certificate 3: Not available
SSL Client CRL status:
CRL 1: Not available
CRL 2: Not available
CRL 3: Not available
-crl disabled
system:mm[1]>
system:mm[1]> sslcfg -gen csr -c us -sp "nc" -cl "cary" -on "lenovo" -hn hostname -t server
Certificate Signing Request (CSR) is ready for downloading.
To get the CSR, use the download CSR command. You can then send
it to a CA for signing.
OK
system:mm[1]>
syslog command
This command manages how the CMM handles transmission of event log messages to networked syslog
event collectors.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “syslog command
errors” on page 481 for a list of error messages that are specific to the syslog command.
Notes:
• When using the syslog command to send CMM system event logs over a network, the data is sent
unencrypted and can be read by any user that is connected to the network.
• The messages a CMM sends to the syslog server are facility 1 user-level messages. Each message is
assigned a priority that is based on the severity of the event being converted.
Chapter 3. Command reference
353
Table 75. syslog command
Function
What it does
Command
Display syslog
configuration
Displays the syslog event log
transmission configuration of the
CMM.
syslog
Set severity filtering levels for syslog
event log transmission.
syslog -sev level
Set syslog filter level
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where level is:
• i selects error, warning,
and informational logs
• w selects error and
warning logs
• e selects error logs
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set syslog event log
transmission state for
collector 1
Enables or disables syslog event
log transmission to collector 1.
syslog -coll1 state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
354
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 75. syslog command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set syslog event log
transmission state for
collector 2
Enables or disables syslog event
log transmission to collector 2.
syslog -coll2 state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Syslog event log
collector 1 host name
or IP address - set
Sets the host name or IP address
for syslog event collector 1.
syslog -i1 hostname/ip_
address
where hostname/ip_
address is the collector 1
host name or IP address.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
355
Table 75. syslog command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Syslog event log
collector 2 host name
or IP address - set
Sets the host name or IP address
for syslog event collector 2.
syslog -i2 hostname/ip_
address
Primary CMM:
where hostname/ip_
address is the collector 2
host name or IP address.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Syslog event log
collector 1 port number
- set
Sets the port number for syslog
event collector 1.
syslog -p1 port
Primary CMM:
where port is the collector
1 port number from 1 to
65535, inclusive. If you
enter a value outside this
range, an error will be
displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
356
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 75. syslog command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Syslog event log
collector 2 port number
- set
Sets the port number for syslog
event collector 2.
syslog -p2 port
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where port is the collector
2 port number from 1 to
65535, inclusive. If you
enter a value outside this
range, an error will be
displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Generate test message
Generates a test syslog message to
test the configuration.
Note: The -test command options
must be run exclusive of other
command options.
syslog -test
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
• Chassis log
management
• Chassis administration
• Chassis configuration
• Blade administration
• Blade configuration
• Blade remote presence
• I/O module
administration
• I/O module
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example: To view the syslog event log transmission configuration of the primary CMM in bay 1, while this
CMM is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
syslog
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
Chapter 3. Command reference
357
system:mm[1]> syslog
-sev 1
-coll1 enabled
-coll2 disabled
-i1 253.245.45.1
-i2
-p1 514
-p2 514
system:mm[1]>
tcpcmdmode command
This command displays and changes the timeout of the TCP command-mode sessions that are used by
optional management devices, such as the Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex System Manager software,
for out-of-band communication with the CMM. This command is also used to enable or disable the TCP
command-mode sessions.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “tcpcmdmode
command errors” on page 481 for a list of error messages that are specific to the tcpcmdmode command.
Table 76. tcpcmdmode command
Function
What it does
Command
Display TCP commandmode session status
and timeout
Displays the secure and non-secure
TCP command-mode session
status (maximum number of
sessions) and timeout.
tcpcmdmode
Set TCP commandmode session timeout
Sets the secure and non-secure
TCP command-mode session
timeout value.
tcpcmdmode -t timeout
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where timeout is from 0
seconds (no timeout) to
4294967295 seconds,
inclusive. If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
358
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 76. tcpcmdmode command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Disable TCP
command-mode
sessions
Disables TCP command-mode
sessions that are used by optional
management devices for out-ofband communication with the
CMM. This applies to both read and
write operations.
tcpcmdmode -status 0
Enable and set number
of TCP commandmode sessions
Enables TCP command-mode and
sets the maximum number of
sessions that can be used by
optional management devices for
out-of-band communication with
the CMM. For read operations, all of
the values from 1 to 20, inclusive,
mean enabled.
Notes:
• The CMM supports a combined
total of up to 20 secure and nonsecure TCP command-mode
sessions.
• Non-secure TCP commandmode can not be enabled if the
CMM chassis security level is set
to secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
tcpcmdmode -status
number_sessions
where number_sessions is
from 1 to 20, inclusive. (A
value of 0 disables TCP
command-mode
sessions.) If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
359
Table 76. tcpcmdmode command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Disable secure TCP
command-mode
sessions
Disables secure TCP commandmode sessions that are used by
optional management devices for
out-of-band communication with
the CMM. This applies to both read
and write operations.
tcpcmdmode -sstatus 0
Enable and set number
of secure TCP
command-mode
sessions
Enables secure TCP commandmode and sets the maximum
number of sessions that can be
used by optional management
devices for out-of-band
communication with the CMM. For
read operations, all of the values
from 1 to 20, inclusive, mean
enabled.
Note: The CMM supports a
combined total of up to 20 secure
and non-secure TCP commandmode sessions.
tcpcmdmode -sstatus
number_sessions
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
where number_sessions is
from 1 to 20, inclusive. (A
value of 0 disables secure
TCP command-mode
sessions.) If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To enable a maximum of five secure TCP command-mode sessions for the primary CMM, while
the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
tcpcmdmode -sstatus 5
To set the TCP command-mode session timeout for the primary CMM to 6 minutes, while the primary CMM
in bay 1 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
tcpcmdmode -t 360
To display the TCP command-mode session status and timeout for the primary CMM, while the primary
CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
tcpcmdmode
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[1]> tcpcmdmode -sstatus 5
OK
system:mm[1]> tcpcmdmode -t 360
OK
system:mm[1]> tcpcmdmode
360
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
-sstatus 5 connections
-status 1 connection
-t 360 seconds
system:mm[1]>
temps command
This command displays actual temperatures and temperature threshold values for Lenovo Flex System
components.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “temps command
errors” on page 482 for a list of error messages that are specific to the temps command.
Table 77. temps command
Function
What it does
Command
Display temperature
values
Displays the current temperature
and temperature threshold settings
for the specified component:
• The compute node target
displays the temperature values
for components in the specified
compute node, such as
microprocessors and expansion
modules.
• The rear LED card target displays
values for the temperature
sensor in the rear LED card.
temps
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Rear LED card:
mt[x]
where x is the rear
LED card.
Example: To view the current temperature and temperature thresholds for the first compute node in the
storage expansion enclosure in bay 11, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system > prompt, type
temps -T bladeenclosure[11]:blade[1]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> temps -T bladeenclosure[11]:blade[1]
Component
------------------------------Inlet Temp
PIB Left Temp
PIB Right Temp
PCH Temp
CPU Temp
Battery Temp
DIMM 1 Temp
DIMM 2 Temp
system>
Value
------28.00
28.00
27.00
59.00
46.00
25.00
33.00
33.00
Hard
Warning
Warning Shutdown
Reset
------- -------- ------43.00
46.00
39.00
70.00
89.00
66.00
65.00
75.00
61.00
100.00
110.00
96.00
76.00
90.00
72.00
60.00
65.00
56.00
97.00
105.00
93.00
97.00
105.00
93.00
trespass command
This command sets and displays the status and message for the CMM trespass feature that can display a
warning message to users when they log in.
Chapter 3. Command reference
361
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “trespass
command errors” on page 483 for a list of error messages that are specific to the trespass command.
Table 78. trespass command
Function
What it does
Command
Display status of CMM
trespass feature
Displays status of the trespass
feature for the CMM. Possible
return values are:
trespass
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• -twe (on or off)
• -tw warning_message
Note: The warning_message is
shown only when the trespass
feature is enabled (-twe on).
Enable / disable CMM
trespass feature
Enables or disables trespass
feature for CMM.
trespass -twe state
where state is on or off .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
362
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 78. trespass command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set CMM trespass
message
Sets message that is displayed to
users who log in to the CMM when
the trespass feature is enabled.
Note: Setting a new warning_
message permanently replaces the
default warning message.
trespass -tw "warning_
message"
Primary CMM:
where "warning_
message" is up to 1600
characters in length and
enclosed in doublequotation marks.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set CMM trespass
feature to default
values
Sets trespass feature to default
values:
• -twe: off
• -tw (warning message):
WARNING! This computer
system and network is PRIVATE
AND PROPRIETARY and may
only be accessed by authorized
users. Unauthorized use of this
computer system or network is
strictly prohibited and may be
subject to criminal prosecution,
employee discipline up to and
including discharge, or the
termination of vendor/service
contracts. The owner, or its
agents , may monitor any activity
or communication on the
computer system or network.
The owner, or its agents, may
retrieve any information stored
within the computer system or
network. By accessing and using
this computer system or
network, you are consenting to
such monitoring and information
retrieval for law enforcement and
other purposes. Users should
have no expectation of privacy
as to any communication on or
information stored within the
computer system or network,
including information stored
locally or remotely on a hard
drive or other media in use with
trespass -twd
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
363
Table 78. trespass command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
this computer system or
network.
Example:
To enable the CMM trespass feature, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
trespass -twe on
To set the trespass feature message to 'Authorized Access only', while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
trespass -tw "Authorized Access only"
To display the CMM trespass feature status, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
trespass
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[1]> trespass -twe on
OK
system:mm[1]> trespass -tw "Authorized Access only"
-tw OK
system:mm[1]> trespass
-twe on
-tw Authorized Access only
system:mm[1]>
uicfg command
This command displays and configures the CMM user interface settings.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “uicfg command
errors” on page 483 for a list of error messages that are specific to the uicfg command.
364
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 79. uicfg command
Function
What it does
Command
Display CMM user
interface settings
Displays the user interface settings
for the CMM. Returned values
indicate enabled or disabled status
for the following interfaces:
• -cim (common information model
used by the optional Lenovo
XClarity Administrator or Flex
System Manager software)
• -cli (command line)
• -snmp
• -tcm (TCP command mode)
• -stcm (secure TCP command
mode)
• -web (web interface)
uicfg
Enables or disables the CMM
command-line interface (using
Telnet or SSH).
Note: The Telnet interface will not
be available if the CMM chassis
security level is set to secure with
the “security command” on page
305.
uicfg -cli state
Enable / disable
command-line
interface
Enable / disable CIM
Enables or disables the CMM
common information model (CIM)
interface used by the optional
Lenovo XClarity Administrator or
Flex System Manager software.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
uicfg -cim state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
365
Table 79. uicfg command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Enable / disable
SNMPv1 and SNMPv3
Enables or disables SNMPv1 and
SNMPv3 connections to the CMM.
Note: SNMPv1 connections will not
be available if the CMM chassis
security level is set to secure with
the “security command” on page
305.
uicfg -snmp state
Disable the TCP command mode
(used by the optional Lenovo
XClarity Administrator or Flex
System Manager software) for the
CMM, or explicitly set the maximum
number of TCP command mode
connections.
Notes:
• Any number of connections (1
through 20) displays a status of
enabled. Zero connections
displays a status of disabled.
• Non-secure TCM command
mode will not be available if the
CMM chassis security level is set
to secure with the “security
command” on page 305.
uicfg -tcm port_mode
Disable or set number
of TCP command mode
connections
366
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where port_mode is:
• disabled (no
connections)
• enabled (1 connection)
• a number between 0
and 20, inclusive, that
indicates the maximum
number of non-secure
TCP session
connections
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 79. uicfg command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Disable or set number
of secure TCP
command mode
connections
Disable the secure TCP command
mode (used by the optional Flex
System Manager software) for the
CMM, or explicitly set the maximum
number of secure TCP command
mode connections.
Notes:
uicfg -stcm port_mode
• On a write operation, the
maximum number of
connections can be set explicitly
(0-20), or it can be enabled (1
connection) or disabled (0
connections).
• On a read operation, disabled
means 0 connections, and
enabled means 1 or more
connections.
• The total session count of TCM
and STCM is limited to 20.
Enable / disable web
interface
Enables or disables the CMM web
interface.
Primary CMM:
where port_mode is:
• disabled (no
connections)
• enabled (1 connection)
• a number between 0
and 20, inclusive, that
indicates the maximum
number of secure TCP
session connections
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
uicfg -web state
Primary CMM:
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example: To disable the common information model for the CMM, while the primary CMM in bay 1 is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
uicfg -cim disabled
To display the user interface configuration for the CMM, while CMM 1 is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : mm½1� > prompt, type
uicfg
The following example shows the information that is returned from these two commands:
system:mm[1]> uicfg -cim disabled
Warning: Communication using the common information model
has been disabled.
OK
Chapter 3. Command reference
367
system:mm[1]> uicfg
-cim disabled
-cli enabled
-stcm disabled
system:mm[1]>
update command
This command updates firmware using the uniform resource locator (URL) of a TFTP, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, or
SFTP server and displays information about firmware installed in Lenovo Flex System components.
Attention: Installing the wrong firmware update might cause the CMM to malfunction. Before you install a
firmware update, read any readme and change history files that are provided with the downloaded update.
These files contain important information about the update and the procedure for installing the update,
including any special procedure for updating from an early firmware version to the latest version.
Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is
part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.
Notes:
• When the CMM is set to “Secure” security mode, only secure file transfer methods, such as HTTPS and
SFTP, can be used for tasks involving file transfer when the CMM is acting as a server. Unsecure file
transfer protocols, such as HTTP, FTP, and TFTP, are disabled when the CMM is acting as a server when
the security mode is set to “Secure”. Unsecure file transfer protocols remain available for a CMM acting as
a client for all commands when the security mode is set to “Secure”.
• For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer” on
page 29.
• The CMM update command does not support updating compute node firmware. If an optional
management device, such as the Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex System Manager management
server is installed in the Lenovo Flex System chassis, you can update compute node firmware using the
management device program (see http://www.ibm.com/support/entry/ portal/docdisplay?lndocid=MIGR5091991). Depending on your compute node type, other methods are available for updating compute
node firmware. See the documentation for your compute node for information.
• For additional information about updating firmware for Lenovo Flex System, see the Firmware Update
Best Practices Guide athttp://www.ibm.com/support/entry/ portal/docdisplay?lndocid=MIGR-5091991
(you might need to register to access this content).
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “update command
errors” on page 484 for a list of error messages that are specific to the update command.
368
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 80. update command
Function
What it does
Command
Display firmware
attributes
Displays attributes of the firmware
installed in the command target.
Return values are:
• Firmware type
• Build ID
• Filename
• Release date
• Revision level
Notes:
• When the command target is the
primary CMM, this command will
return the values for the currently
active firmware and for the
pending firmware, that will
become active after the next
CMM reboot.
• For a standby CMM, the returned
value will also indicate if a
firmware update is in progress
and the percentage that is
complete.
• For I/O modules that support it,
this command will also display
firmware image information.
update -a
Update firmware for the command
target using a uniform resource
locator (URL).
Attention:
update -u URL
Update firmware using
URL
• Installing the wrong firmware
update might cause the CMM to
malfunction.
Important: Command authority
definitions might change between
firmware versions. Make sure that
the command authority level set for
each user is correct after updating
CMM firmware (see “Commands
and user authority” on page 10).
Notes:
• Updating to older firmware levels
may cause loss of certain
functionality.
• When the primary CMM firmware
image is updated, the “old”
primary image becomes the
“new” backup image. These
changes do not take effect until
the CMM is rebooted.
• Some I/O modules support only
RSA fingerprinting when updating
through SFTP. See the
documentation that comes with
your I/O module for information.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary or standby
CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[s]
mm[S]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary or standby
CMM bay number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Primary CMM:
where URL is fully
qualified uniform
resource locator,
including file name, of the
tftp, ftp, http, https, or
sftp server where the
firmware update image is
located.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
(for CMM)
• I/O module
administration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
369
Table 80. update command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Update firmware and
reboot
Update firmware and reboot the
CMM to use new firmware if the
update succeeds.
Attention:
update -u URL-r
• Installing the wrong firmware
update might cause the CMM to
malfunction.
Important: Command authority
definitions might change between
firmware versions. Make sure that
the command authority level set for
each user is correct after updating
CMM firmware.
Note: When the primary CMM
firmware image is updated, the “old”
primary image becomes the “new”
backup image. These changes do
not take effect until the CMM is
rebooted.
Update firmware
(verbose)
Update firmware for the command
target, showing details of the
firmware download and flash
operations. The detailed information
is not shown until the update is
complete, which might take several
minutes.
Attention:
• Installing the wrong firmware
update might cause the CMM to
malfunction.
Important: Command authority
definitions might change between
firmware versions. Make sure that
the command authority level set for
each user is correct after updating
CMM firmware.
Notes:
• Updating to older firmware levels
may cause loss of certain
functionality.
• When the primary CMM firmware
image is updated, the “old”
primary image becomes the
“new” backup image. These
changes do not take effect until
the CMM is rebooted.
• Some I/O modules support only
RSA fingerprinting when updating
through SFTP. See the
documentation that comes with
your I/O module for information.
370
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Primary CMM:
where URL is fully
qualified uniform
resource locator,
including file name, of the
tftp, ftp, http, https, or
sftp server where the
firmware update image is
located.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
update -u URL-v
Primary CMM:
where URL is fully
qualified uniform
resource locator,
including file name, of the
tftp, ftp, http, https, or
sftp server where the
firmware update image is
located.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis administration
(for CMM)
• I/O module
administration (for I/O
module)
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Table 80. update command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Update I/O module
firmware
Directly update I/O module firmware
image.
Attention: Installing the wrong
firmware update might cause the I/O
module to malfunction. Before you
install a firmware update, read any
readme and change history files that
are provided with the downloaded
update. These files contain
important information about the
update and the procedure for
installing the update, including any
special procedure for updating from
an early firmware version to the
latest version.
Notes:
• Only some I/O modules have this
capability.
• Some I/O modules support only
RSA fingerprinting when updating
through SFTP. See the
documentation that comes with
your I/O module for information.
update -u URL -img img_
index
I/O module:
Directly update I/O module firmware
image, showing details of the
firmware download and flash
operations. The detailed information
is not shown until the update is
complete, which might take several
minutes.
Attention: Installing the wrong
firmware update might cause the I/O
module to malfunction. Before you
install a firmware update, read any
readme and change history files that
are provided with the downloaded
update. These files contain
important information about the
update and the procedure for
installing the update, including any
special procedure for updating from
an early firmware version to the
latest version.
Notes:
• Only some I/O modules have this
capability.
update -u URL-img img_
index -v
Update I/O module
firmware (verbose)
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
firmware update image
is located.
• img_index is the image
index you are
updating. Use the
update -a command to
list available images
and their index
numbers.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
firmware update image
is located.
• img_index is the image
index to the I/O
module firmware you
are updating. Use the
update -a command to
list available images
and their index
numbers.
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
Chapter 3. Command reference
371
Table 80. update command (continued)
Function
Activate I/O module
firmware
What it does
Command
• Some I/O modules support only
RSA fingerprinting when updating
through SFTP. See the
documentation that comes with
your I/O module for information.
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Directly activate I/O module firmware
image.
Note: Only some I/O modules have
this capability.
update -activate img_
index
where img_index is the
image index you are
activating. Use the
update -a command to
list available images and
their index numbers.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
372
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
I/O module:
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
Table 80. update command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets” on
page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Update and activate I/
O module firmware
Directly update I/O module and
activate the firmware image.
Attention: Installing the wrong
firmware update might cause the I/O
module to malfunction. Before you
install a firmware update, read any
readme and change history files that
are provided with the downloaded
update. These files contain
important information about the
update and the procedure for
installing the update, including any
special procedure for updating from
an early firmware version to the
latest version.
Notes:
• Only some I/O modules have this
capability.
• The activate option can be used
with the other options. You can
flash first, then activate the
specified index.
• The image index you activate can
be different from the one you
update.
• Some I/O modules support only
RSA fingerprinting when updating
through SFTP. See the
documentation that comes with
your I/O module for information.
update -u URL-img img_
index-activate img_
index
I/O module:
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
firmware update image
is located.
• img_index is the image
index you are
activating. Use the
update -a command to
list available images
and their index
numbers.
switch[x]
where x is the I/Obay number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• I/O module
administration
See “Commands and
user authority” on page
10 for additional
information.
Example: To update the CMM firmware from a HTTP server and reboot the primary CMM in bay 2 after a
successful update, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment,
type the following command at the system :> prompt. For this example, the IP address of the HTTP server is
10.12.100.109 and the firmware file containing the update is named cmefs.uxp that is in the flash subdirectory on the server. The verbose mode and reboot flag are also specified.
update -u http://10.12.100.109/flash/cmefs.uxp -T mm[p] -v -r
The following example shows the information that is returned from the update command:
system> update -u http://10.12.100.109/flash/cmefs.uxp -T mm[p] -v -r
Flashing firmware to target device
Starting flash packet preparation.
Flash operation phase starting.
Flashing - packet percent complete 0.
Flashing - packet percent complete 0.
Flashing - packet percent complete 25.
Flashing - packet percent complete 25.
Flashing - packet percent complete 25.
Flashing - packet percent complete 25.
Flashing - packet percent complete 25.
Chapter 3. Command reference
373
Flashing - packet percent complete 70.
Flashing - packet percent complete 70.
Flashing - packet percent complete 70.
Flashing - packet percent complete 70.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
Flashing - packet percent complete 90.
successful
The new firmware will become active after the next reset of the MM.
Rebooting MM...
system>
uplink command
This command displays and configures the CMM uplink failover feature. If the external network interface of
the primary CMM fails, this feature forces a failover to the standby CMM, if one is installed.
Note: If a Lenovo Flex System chassis is set up for redundant CMM operation and both CMMs experience
an unrecoverable failure, the chassis will attempt to switch control between the CMMs indefinitely. If this
condition occurs, replace one CMM to return the chassis to operation or replace both CMMs to return the
chassis to redundant operation. Depending on how each CMM failed, you might need to configure the
replacement CMM or restore its configuration from a backup, if one is available. A failure of both CMMs
might be an indication of other problems with the Lenovo Flex System chassis; make sure that the chassis is
operating properly before replacing either CMM. See Troubleshooting the chassis for information about
diagnosing problems with a Lenovo Flex System chassis.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “uplink command
errors” on page 488 for a list of error messages that are specific to the uplink command.
374
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 81. uplink command
Function
What it does
Command
Display uplink failover
status
Displays the CMM uplink failover
status (enabled or disabled) and the
failover delay.
uplink
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Set physical network
uplink failover delay
Sets the amount of time between
detection of a CMM physical uplink
failure and failover to the standby
CMM.
uplink -dps delay
where delay is from 10 to
172800 seconds,
inclusive. If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable
physical uplink failover
Enables or disables failover to the
standby CMM if the external
physical network interface of the
primary CMM fails.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
uplink -ep state
where state is enabled or
disabled .
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
375
Table 81. uplink command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set logical network
uplink failover delay
Sets the amount of time between
detection of a CMM logical uplink
failure and failover to the standby
CMM.
uplink -dls delay
where delay is from 60 to
172800 seconds,
inclusive. If you enter a
value outside this range,
an error will be displayed.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable / disable logical
uplink failover
Enables or disables failover to the
standby CMM if the external logical
network interface of the primary
CMM fails.
uplink -el state
Failure is indicated when all of the
following conditions occur:
• Loss of CMM eth0 input and
output packets
• Network noise
• Failures when pinging the CMM
gateway and a designated
station
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
You must enter a non-zero IPv4 IP
address (-ip command option) and
a non-zero IPv6 IP address (-ip6
command option) for a device that
the CMM can access to check its
logical network link before you can
enable logical uplink failover.
376
where state is enabled or
disabled .
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 81. uplink command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set IP address to check
logical network uplink
Sets the IPv4 IP address of the
device that the CMM accesses to
check its logical network link.
uplink -ip ip_address
where ip_address is a
valid IPv4 IP address. You
must enter a non-zero
IPv4 IP address, in dotted
decimal IP address
format, before you can
enable logical uplink
failover.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set IPv6 IP address to
check logical network
uplink
Sets the IPv6 IP address of the
device that the CMM accesses to
check its logical network link.
Sets the alert and failover policy for
logical link loss to check either the
IPv4 IP address, the IPv6 IP
address, or both of these IP
addresses.
Notes: The -alert command option
applies only when:
• Both the -ip and -ip6 command
options are set.
• Both IP addresses are non-zero.
• IPv6 is enabled using the
ifconfig command.
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
uplink -ip6 ip_address
where ip_address is a
valid, non-zero, IPv6 IP
address. You must enter a
non-zero IPv6 IP address
before you can enable
logical uplink failover.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set logical link loss
alert and failover policy
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
uplink -alert setting
where setting is:
• either to check either
the IPv4 IP address or
the IPv6 IP address.
• both to check both the
IPv4 IP address and
the IPv6 IP address.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
377
Table 81. uplink command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example: To set the IPv4 IP address of the device that the CMM accesses to check its logical network link to
9.72.220.180 and the IPv6 IP address of this device to 1111::2222, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
uplink -ip 9.72.220.180 -ip6 1111::2222
To set the alert and failover policy for logical link loss to check for failures of both the IPv4 IP address and the
IPv6 IP address, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system : mm½2� > prompt, type
uplink -alert both
To enable logical link loss failover to the standby CMM if the external logical network interface of the primary
CMM fails, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system : mm½2� > prompt, type
uplink -el enabled
To display the uplink failover configuration, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
uplink
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[2]> uplink -ip 9.72.220.180 -ip6 1111::2222
OK
system:mm[2]> uplink -alert both
OK
system:mm[2]> uplink -el enabled
OK
system:mm[2]> uplink
Failover on network uplink loss is disabled for physical detection
Uplink delay for physical detection: 60 seconds
Failover on network uplink loss is enabled for logical detection
Uplink delay for logical detection: 1800 seconds
Destination IP for MM to check its logical link: 9.72.220.180
Destination IPv6 IP for MM to check its logical link: 1111::2222
Alert and failover if both IPv4 and IPv6 link checks fail
system:mm[2]>
users command
This command displays and configures user accounts, also called user profiles, of the primary CMM.
Important: Users and permission groups for the Lenovo Flex System chassis are controlled by the CMM in
each Lenovo Flex System chassis, using the CMM CLI “users command” on page 378 and the “permgroups
378
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
command” on page 242 or the CMM web interface. If your Lenovo Flex System configuration includes an
optional management device, such as the Lenovo XClarity Administrator or Flex System Manager hardware,
users and permission groups for each optional management device installation are controlled by the
management device software (see https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/LNVO-XCLARIT for
information about using the Lenovo XClarity Administrator or http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/flexsys/
information/topic/com.ibm.acc.8731.doc/using_centralized_ user_management.html for information about
user and permission group management using the Flex System Manager).
Notes:
• Permission groups are viewed and modified using the “permgroups command” on page 242.
• Users can be backed up as part of the CMM configuration using the “write command” on page 412.
• Users are restored as part of a backed up CMM configuration using the “read command” on page 286.
• When the CMM is set to “Secure” security mode, only secure file transfer methods, such as HTTPS and
SFTP, can be used for tasks involving file transfer when the CMM is acting as a server. Unsecure file
transfer protocols, such as HTTP, FTP, and TFTP, are disabled when the CMM is acting as a server when
the security mode is set to “Secure”. Unsecure file transfer protocols remain available for a CMM acting as
a client for all commands when the security mode is set to “Secure”.
• For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer” on
page 29.
• Before you update the firmware for Power Systems compute nodes using an optional management
device, make sure that the passwords for the Power Systems compute node accounts on the CMM will
not expire before the update is complete. If the passwords expire during a code update, the compute
nodes might not reconnect to the management software, and each Power Systems compute node might
have to be updated with a new password.
• The user accounts set up in the CMM are used to log in to the service processor interfaces of the compute
nodes.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “users command
errors” on page 489 for a list of error messages that are specific to the users command.
Chapter 3. Command reference
379
Table 82. users (CMM users) command
Function
What it does
Command
Display all user profiles
Displays all 84 (maximum) CMM
user profiles. Returned user values
are:
• User name
• Permission groups
• Current number of active
sessions
• Maximum sessions allowed
• State of account (active or
inactive)
• Password state (expired or not
expired)
users
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
A list of current user permission
groups displays after the list of user
profiles.
Display active users
Terminate user session
Displays all users that are currently
logged in to the CMM. Returned
values include:
• User name
• Session ID
• Inactive time for each connection
• User IP address
• Connection type
users -curr
Terminates the specified user login
session.
Note: The session ID is found by
running the users -curr command.
users -ts sessionID
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
where sessionID is a
number that corresponds
to the user session ID.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Display single user
profile
380
Displays the specified CMM user
profile. Returned values are:
• Permission groups
• Current number of active
sessions
• Maximum sessions allowed
• State of account (active or
inactive)
• Password state (expired or not
expired)
Note: User names are not case
sensitive.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
users -n user_name
Primary CMM:
where user_name is a
user name assigned in the
"Display all user profiles"
list.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Disable user profile
Disables the specified CMM user
profile.
Note: User names are not case
sensitive.
users -disable -n user_
name
Primary CMM:
where user_name is a
user name assigned in the
"Display all user profiles"
list.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable user profile
Enables a specified CMM user
profile that is disabled.
Note: User names are not case
sensitive.
users -enable -n user_
name
where user_name is a
user name assigned in the
"Display all user profiles"
list.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
381
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Unlock user profile
Unlocks a specified CMM user
profile that is locked.
Note: User names are not case
sensitive.
users -unlock -n user_
name
Primary CMM:
where user_name is a
user name assigned in the
"Display all user profiles"
list.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Delete user profile
Delete the specified CMM user
profile.
Note: User names are not case
sensitive.
users -clear -n user_
name
where user_name is a
user name assigned in the
"Display all user profiles"
list.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
382
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Add user
Create the specified CMM user.
users -add -n user_name
-p user_password -g
permission_group -ms
max_sessions
The following user-profile fields are
required:
• -n user_name
• -p user_password
• -g permission_group
• -ms max_sessions
Notes:
• User names and group names
are not case sensitive.
• Passwords are case sensitive.
where:
• user_name is an
alphanumeric string up
to 32 characters in
length that can include
periods ( . ),
underscores ( _ ), and
hyphens ( - ). Each of
the 84 (maximum) user
names must be unique.
User names are not
case sensitive.
• user_password is an
alphanumeric string
between 5 and 32
characters in length
that can include special
characters and must
include at least one
alphabetic and one
numeric character, but
no white space.
Passwords are case
sensitive.
• permission_group are
one or more of the user
permission groups
listed in the "Display all
user profiles" list,
separated by a vertical
bar ( | ). One default
permission group
(supervisor or
operator), or one or
more custom
permission groups can
be specified. Group
names are not case
sensitive.
• max-session is a
number from 0 to 20
that sets the maximum
number of
simultaneous sessions
for the user. A value of
0 means that there is
no session limit for the
user.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3. Command reference
383
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Change user password
(own password)
Allows a user to change the user
password in their own CMM user
profile.
Notes:
• Users can change their own
password even if they do not
have authority to manage
accounts. The -op option is only
used when changing your own
password.
• User names are not case
sensitive.
• Passwords are case sensitive.
users -n user_name -op
old_password -p new_
password
where:
• user_name is your own
user name assigned in
the "Display all user
profiles" list.
• old_password is your
current user password.
Passwords are case
sensitive.
• new_password is an
alphanumeric string
between 5 and 32
characters in length
that can include special
characters and must
include at least one
alphabetic and one
numeric character, but
no white space.
Passwords are case
sensitive.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Users who do not have
authority to manage
accounts can change
their own password using
the -op option.
Change user password
(other user)
Forces a password change in the
specified CMM user profile.
Notes:
• User names are not case
sensitive.
• Passwords are case sensitive.
• Users can change their own
password, even if they do not
have authority to manage
accounts, by specifying the -op
384
users -n user_name -p
new_password
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• new_password is an
alphanumeric string
between 5 and 32
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
option (see the users -op
command description for
information.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
characters in length
that can include special
characters and must
include at least one
alphabetic and one
numeric character, but
no white space.
Passwords are case
sensitive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set user permission
groups
Sets the user permission groups in
the specified CMM user profile.
Note: User names and group
names are not case sensitive.
users -n user_name -g
permission_group
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• permission_group are
one or more of the user
permission groups
listed in the "Display all
user profiles" list,
separated by a vertical
bar ( | ). One default
permission group
(supervisor or
operator), or one or
more custom
permission groups can
be specified. Group
names are not case
sensitive.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
Chapter 3. Command reference
385
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
additional information.
Set maximum number
of simultaneous
sessions for user
Sets the maximum number of
simultaneous login sessions for the
specified user.
Note: User names are not case
sensitive.
users -n user_name-ms
max-session
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• max-session is a
number from 0 to 20
that sets the maximum
number of
simultaneous sessions
for the user. A value of
0 means that there is
no session limit for the
user.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
386
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Add SSH public key to
user
Adds an SSH public key to the
specified user.
users -add -n user_name
-kf key_format -key "
key"
The following user-profile fields are
required:
• -n user_name
• -kf key_format
• -key key
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• key_format is openssh
• key is an SSH public
key, up to 6000
characters in length,
enclosed in doublequotes.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Remove SSH public
key from user
Removes one or all SSH public keys
associated with the specified user.
users -remove -n user_
name -ki key_index
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• key_index is
– an integer between
1 and 20 that
identifies a key for
the specified user.
– all to remove all
keys associated
with the specified
user
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
Chapter 3. Command reference
387
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
additional information.
Import (upload) and
add new SSH public
key
Import (upload) and add a new SSH
public key for user.
users -upld -n user_name
-kf key_format -u URL
The upload location of the key file,
including IP address and filename,
an must be set using the -u
command option.
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• key_format is openssh
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the key
file is located.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
388
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Import (upload) and
update existing SSH
public key
Import (upload) and update existing
SSH public key for user.
users -upld -n user_name
-ki key_index -kf key_
format -u URL
The upload location of the key file,
including IP address and filename,
an must be set using the -u
command option.
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• key_index is an integer
between 1 and 20 that
identifies a key for the
specified user.
• key_format is openssh
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the key
file is located.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Export (download) SSH
public key
Export (download) the specified
SSH public key.
The download location of the key
file, including IP address and
filename, and must be set using the
-u command option.
users -dnld -n user_name
-ki key_index -kf key_
format -u URL
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• key_index is an integer
between 1 and 20 that
identifies a key for the
specified user.
• key_format is openssh
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the key
file is located.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
389
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Display SSH public key
information (summary)
Displays SSH public key information
summary for the specified user.
users -u user_name -ki
key_index
Primary CMM:
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• key_index is
– an integer between
1 and 20 that
identifies a key for
the specified user.
– all to display all
keys associated
with the specified
user
Display complete SSH
public key information
390
Displays complete SSH public key
information for the specified user.
Note: When displaying complete
key information, you can only
specify one key index each time you
run the command.
users -u user_name -ki
key_index -kf key_format
-e
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• key_index is
– an integer between
1 and 20 that
identifies a key for
the specified user.
• key_format is openssh
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Update SSH public key
Updates the information for the
specified SSH public key for the
specified user. Information that can
be updated includes:
• The list of hosts from which the
specified user will accept
connections.
• Comments.
users -n user_name -ki
key_index -kf key_format
-key " key" -af " host_
list" -cm " comment"
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• key_index is an integer
between 1 and 20 that
identifies a key for the
specified user.
• key_format is openssh
• key is an SSH public
key, up to 6000
characters in length,
enclosed in doublequotes.
• host_list a list of hosts
that the specified user
will accept connections
from, in the format:
from="list" where list is
a comma-separated
list, enclosed in
double-quotes, of
hostnames and IP
addresses. The list is
limited to 511
characters, with valid
characters including:
letters, numbers,
commas ( , ), asterisks (
* ), question marks ( ? ),
exclamation points ( ! ),
periods ( . ), hyphens ( ), colon ( : ), and
percent signs ( % ).
• comment is a string of
up to 255 characters in
length, enclosed in
double-quotes.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
(continued on next page)
Update SSH public key
(continued)
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
Chapter 3. Command reference
391
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Update user SNMPv3
information
Updates the SNMPv3 information
for the specified user. Information
that can be updated includes:
• Context name
• Authentication protocol
• Privacy protocol
• Privacy password
• Access type
• IP address of the SNMPv3 server
Note: SNMPv3 related command
options can also be modified singly
for each specified user.
users -n user_name -cn
"context_name" -ap
authentication_protocol
-pp privacy_proto -ppw
privacy_pwd -at access_
type -i hostname/ip_
address
where:
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
• context_name is a
unique string up to 32
characters in length,
enclosed in doublequotes.
• authentication_
protocol is md5 or sha .
• privacy_proto is des ,
aes , or none .
• privacy_pwd is an
alphanumeric string
between 5 and 32
characters in length
that can include special
characters and must
include at least one
alphabetic and one
numeric character, but
no white space. The
privacy_pwd can be
cleared by setting its
value to null.
• access_type is get ,
set , or trap .
• hostname/ip_address
is the host name or IP
address of the
SNMPv3 server. The
hostname/ip_address
can be cleared by
setting its value to null.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
392
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Command
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Enable compute node
account management
by CMM
Enables management of compute
node IPMI and SNMPv3 user
accounts by the CMM.
This command option allows the
CMM user accounts to be used for
managing most compute nodes in
the chassis instead of having
management device user accounts
manage the compute nodes.
Important: Management of
compute node IPMI and SNMPv3
user accounts is not supported by
POWER-based compute nodes.
Notes:
• Enabling CMM management of
IPMI/SNMPv3 user accounts
causes all existing IPMI/SNMPv3
user accounts on compute nodes
to be overwritten. Save existing
compute node IPMI/SNMPv3
user account information before
enabling compute node account
management by the CMM.
• Once enabled, the only way to
disable the users -am enabled
command option is to reset the
CMM to manufacturing defaults
using the “clear command” on
page 98 or using the fsmcm -off
command (see “fsmcm
command” on page 145).
users -am enabled
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
393
Table 82. users (CMM users) command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Enable / disable IPMI
and SNMPv3
centralized
management
Enables or disables centralized
management of IPMI and SNMPv3
user accounts, including user
provisioning.
users -ipmisnmpv3 state
-n user_name
Primary CMM:
This command enables you to
control whether or not specific
CMM user accounts can be used to
manage chassis components
(including provisioning). Remember
that enabling a user account will not
actually allow local management of
chassis components unless you
have enabled compute node
management by the CMM using the
users -am enabled command option.
Note: Disabling centralized IPMI
and SNMPv3 management
(provisioning) of a user account
deletes the centrally managed user
account. If there is a corresponding
local account for this user on the
CMM, it will remain functional.
Change new user
creation method
where:
• state is enabled or
disabled .
• user_name is a user
name assigned in the
"Display all user
profiles" list.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis account
management
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
users -nucm state
Changes new user creation method.
There are two available:
• username&password" (default)
Primary CMM:
where state is
username&password or
username&email:
• username&email
See “User Authority Management”
in Lenovo Chassis Management
Module 2 User's Guide for more
information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Note: An email server must be
configured in network settings
before“username&email” method
can be selected (see “CMM
management options” in Lenovo
Chassis Management Module 2
User's Guide).
Example: To create a user with a user name of user3, with a password of passw0rd, who is a member of the
super permission group (supervisor rights to all Lenovo Flex System components, as defined by the
“permgroups command” on page 242), and a maximum number of user sessions of 10, while the primary
CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
users -add -n user3 -p passw0rd -g super -ms 10
To display all users, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system : mm½2� > prompt, type
users
394
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
To display information for the user named test, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
users -n test
To add a public key of the type openssh to the user named test, with a key value of ssh-rsa
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEAvfnTUzRF7pdBuaBy4dO/ aIFasa/Gtc+o/
wlZnuC4aDHMA1UmnMyLOCiIaNOy4OOICEKCqjKEhrYymtAo VtfKApvY39GpnSGRC/
qcLGWLM4cmirKL5kxHNOqIcwbT1NPceoKHj46X7E+ mqlfWnAhhjDpcVFjagM3Ek2y7w/
tBGrwGgN7DPHJU1tzcJy68mEAnIrzjUoR98Q3/
B9cJD77ydGKe8rPdI2hIEpXR5dNUiupA1Yd8PSSMgdukASKEd3eRRZTBl3SAt MucUsTkYjlXcqex1OQz4
+N50R6MbNcwlsx+mTEAvvcpJhuga70UNPGhLJMl6k7 jeJiQ8Xd2pXbOZQ==, while the primary CMM in
bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
users -n test -add -kf openssh -key "ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAA
BIwAAAQEAvfnTUzRF7pdBuaBy4dO/aIFasa/Gtc+o/wlZnuC4aDHMA1UmnMyLOCiIaNOy4OOICEKCq
jKEhrYymtAoVtfKApvY39GpnSGRC/qcLGWLM4cmirKL5kxHNOqIcwbT1NPceoKHj46X7E+mqlfWnAh
hjDpcVFjagM3Ek2y7w/tBGrwGgN7DPHJU1tzcJy68mEAnIrzjUoR98Q3/B9cJD77ydGKe8rPdI2hIE
pXR5dNUiupA1Yd8PSSMgdukASKEd3eRRZTBl3SAtMucUsTkYjlXcqex1OQz4+N50R6MbNcwlsx+mTE
AvvcpJhuga70UNPGhLJMl6k7jeJiQ8Xd2pXbOZQ=="
To display the key with an index of 1 for the user named test, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
users -n test -ki 1
To display all keys for the user named test, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
users -n test -ki all
To display full key information for the key with an index of 1, of type openssh, for the user named test, while
the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
users -n test -ki 1 -kf openssh -e
To download a key with an index of 1, of type openssh, for the user named test, from tftp://9.72.216.40/file.
key, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� >
prompt, type
users -n test -dnld -ki 1 -kf openssh -u tftp://9.72.216.40/file.key
To upload a key with an index of 1, of type openssh, for the user named test, from tftp://9.72.216.40/file.key,
while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt,
type
users -n test -upld -ki 1 -kf openssh -u tftp://9.72.216.40/file.key
To remove a key with an index of 1 for the user named test, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
users -n test -ki 1 -remove
To remove all keys for the user named test, while the primary CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
users -n test -ki all -remove
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
system:mm[2]> users -add -n user3 -p passw0rd -g super -ms 10
OK
system:mm[2]> users
-am enabled
Chapter 3. Command reference
395
Users
=====
USERID
Group(s): supervisor
1 active session(s)
Max 0 session(s) allowed
Account is active
Password is not expired
Password is compliant
There is no SSH public key installed for this user
IPMI and SNMPv3 user provisioning is disabled
user3
Group(s): super
0 active session(s)
Max 10 session(s) allowed
Account is active
Password is not expired
Password is compliant
There is no SSH public key installed for this user
IPMI and SNMPv3 user provisioning is disabled
test
Group(s): opmin
0 active session(s)
Max 2 session(s) allowed
Account is active
Password is not expired
Password is compliant
Number of SSH public keys installed for this user: 2
IPMI and SNMPv3 user provisioning is disabled
User Permission Groups
======================
supervisor
Role:supervisor
Blades:1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14
Chassis:1
Modules:1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10
operator
Role:operator
Blades:1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14
Chassis:1
Modules:1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10
opmin
Role:operator
Blades:n/a
Chassis:n/a
Modules:n/a
system:mm[2]> users -n test
-g opmin
-ms 5
-cn admin
-ap sha
396
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
-pp des
-at set
-i 0.0.0.0
-ipmisnmpv3 disabled
0 active session(s)
Max 2 session(s) allowed
Account is active
Password is not expired
Password is compliant
Number of SSH public keys installed for this user: 2
Last login: Never
system:mm[2]> users -n test -add -kf openssh -key "ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAA
BIwAAAQEAvfnTUzRF7pdBuaBy4dO/aIFasa/Gtc+o/wlZnuC4aDHMA1UmnMyLOCiIaNOy4OOICEKCq
jKEhrYymtAoVtfKApvY39GpnSGRC/qcLGWLM4cmirKL5kxHNOqIcwbT1NPceoKHj46X7E+mqlfWnAh
hjDpcVFjagM3Ek2y7w/tBGrwGgN7DPHJU1tzcJy68mEAnIrzjUoR98Q3/B9cJD77ydGKe8rPdI2hIE
pXR5dNUiupA1Yd8PSSMgdukASKEd3eRRZTBl3SAtMucUsTkYjlXcqex1OQz4+N50R6MbNcwlsx+mTE
AvvcpJhuga70UNPGhLJMl6k7jeJiQ8Xd2pXbOZQ=="
OK
system:mm[2]> users -n test
-g opmin
-ms 5
-cn admin
-ap sha
-pp des
-at set
-i 0.0.0.0
-ipmisnmpv3 disabled
0 active session(s)
Max 2 session(s) allowed
Account is active
Password is not expired
Password is compliant
Number of SSH public keys installed for this user: 3
Last login: Never
system:mm[2]> users -n test -ki 1
ssh-rsa 2048 bits 69:d0:2d:4e:72:09:88:0d:ff:63:87:2c:26:5d:f6:f2
-af
-cm
system:mm[2]> users -n test -ki all
Key 1
ssh-rsa 2048 bits 69:d0:2d:4e:72:09:88:0d:ff:63:87:2c:26:5d:f6:f2
-af
-cm
Key 2
ssh-rsa 2048 bits 69:d0:2d:4e:72:09:88:0d:ff:63:87:2c:26:5d:f6:f2
-af
-cm
Key 3
ssh-rsa 2048 bits 69:d0:2d:4e:72:09:88:0d:ff:63:87:2c:26:5d:f6:f2
-af
-cm
Chapter 3. Command reference
397
system:mm[2]> users -n test -ki 1 -kf openssh -e
ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEAvfnTUzRF7pdBuaBy4dO/aIFasa/Gtc+o/wlZnuC4aD
HMA1UmnMyLOCiIaNOy4OOICEKCqjKEhrYymtAoVtfKApvY39GpnSGRC/qcLGWLM4cmirKL5kxHNOqI
cwbT1NPceoKHj46X7E+mqlfWnAhhjDpcVFjagM3Ek2y7w/tBGrwGgN7DPHJU1tzcJy68mEAnIrzjUo
R98Q3/B9cJD77ydGKe8rPdI2hIEpXR5dNUiupA1Yd8PSSMgdukASKEd3eRRZTBl3SAtMucUsTkYjlX
cqex1OQz4+N50R6MbNcwlsx+mTEAvvcpJhuga70UNPGhLJMl6k7jeJiQ8Xd2pXbOZQ==
system:mm[2]> users -n test -dnld -ki 1 -kf openssh -u tftp://9.72.216.40/file.key
OK
system:mm[2]> users -n test -upld -ki 1 -kf openssh -u tftp://9.72.216.40/file.key
OK
system:mm[2]> users -n test -ki 1 -remove
OK
system:mm[2]> users -n test -ki all -remove
OK
vlan command
This command configures and displays the VLAN (virtual local area network) settings for the CMM.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “vlan command
errors” on page 494 for a list of error messages that are specific to the vlan command.
Note: When viewing the vlan entries, settings preceded by an option (for example, -i) can be modified and
settings preceded by a label (for example, IPv4 address:) are fixed.
398
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 83. vlan command
Function
What it does
Command
Display all VLAN
settings
Displays all VLAN settings for
specified command target.
Note: The command issued by itself
will display all entries, the global
state, the commit timeout, and
whether the current configuration
has been committed.
vlan
Displays VLAN settings for the
specified VLAN ID of the command
target.
vlan -vi index
Display VLAN settings
for specific VLAN ID
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
where index is the VLAN
entry index number.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Apply CMM VLAN
settings
CMM commit timeout
Applies changes made to the CMM
VLAN configuration.
Note: You must commit CMM
VLAN configuration changes before
the commit timeout expires or the
previous configuration is restored.
Sets a custom timeout value for
applying CMM VLAN configuration
changes. If CMM VLAN
configuration changes are not
committed before the commit
timeout expires, the previous
configuration is restored.
vlan -commit
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
vlan -cto timeout
Primary CMM:
where timeout is from 1 to
255 minutes, inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
399
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set global VLAN state
Enables or disables the global
VLAN state.
Notes:
• The value of the global VLAN
state does not change individual
VLAN settings.
• All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied
using the vlan -commit
command option, before the
commit timeout expires.
vlan -state state
Sets the VLAN state of the specified
non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index -state
state
Set VLAN state for nonfixed entry
Primary CMM:
where state is
• enabled
• disabled
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• state is
– enabled
– disabled
– restart
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities.
• For the Lenovo Flex
System chassis target:
– Supervisor
– Blade configuration
• For the primary CMM
target:
– Supervisor
– Chassis
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
400
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Delete all non-fixed
VLAN entries
Deletes all non-fixed VLAN entries.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -delete
Delete specific VLAN
entry
Deletes the specified VLAN entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
vlan -vi index-delete
Primary CMM:
where index is the VLAN
entry index number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Create VLAN entry
Creates the specified VLAN entry.
Notes:
vlan -vi index-vid vlan_id
• -vi and -vid must both be set to
create an entry.
where
• The -state and -n (name) are set
as optional parameters.
• A default entry name is used if -n
is not specified.
• All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied
using the vlan -commit
command option, before the
commit timeout expires.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
• index is an unused
VLAN entry index
number.
• vlan_id is the number
from 1 to 4,094,
inclusive.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities.
• For the Lenovo Flex
System chassis target:
– Supervisor
– Blade configuration
• For the primary CMM
target:
– Supervisor
– Chassis
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
system
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
401
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set VLAN ID
Sets a new ID for the specified
VLAN entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-vid id
where
402
Enables or disables SOL access for
the specified VLAN entry.
Notes:
• Before enabling SOL access, you
must first to disable it on the
VLAN where it is enabled.
• If only one VLAN is in use, you
cannot disable SOL access.
• If both VLANs are in use,
disabling or enabling SOL
access on one VLAN enables or
disables -SOL access on the
other VLAN, so that SOL is
always enabled on at least one
VLAN.
• All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied
using the vlan -commit
command option, before the
commit timeout expires.
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
system
• id is the number from 1
to 4,094, inclusive.
Primary CMM:
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities.
• For the Lenovo Flex
System chassis target:
– Supervisor
– Blade configuration
• For the primary CMM
target:
– Supervisor
– Chassis
configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set SOL access state
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
vlan -vi index-sol state
Primary CMM:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• state is enabled or
disabled.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set VLAN tagging state
(fixed entry)
Enables or disabled VLAN tagging
for the default (fixed) entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-tag state
Primary CMM:
where
• index is 1 (the fixed
VLAN entry index
number).
• state is enabled or
disabled.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set VLAN entry name
Sets a name for the specified VLAN
entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-n name
Lenovo Flex System
chassis:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
system
• name is the quotedelimited VLAN entry
name, of 1 to 31
characters in length.
• For the Lenovo Flex
System chassis target:
– Supervisor
– Blade configuration
• For the primary CMM
target:
– Supervisor
– Chassis
configuration
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Chapter 3. Command reference
403
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Set VLAN IPv4
configuration method
to static
Sets the IPv4 configuration method
for the specified VLAN non-fixed
entry to static.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-c method
Primary CMM:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• method is static.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set VLAN IP address
(IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 address for the
specified VLAN non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-i ip_
address
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• ip_address is a valid
IPv4 IP address.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
404
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set VLAN subnet (IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 subnet for the
specified VLAN non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-s subnet
Primary CMM:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• subnet is the IPv4
subnet.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set VLAN gateway
(IPv4)
Sets the IPv4 gateway for the
specified VLAN non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-g gateway
Primary CMM:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• gateway is the IPv4
gateway.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
405
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set VLAN IPv4 subnet
route
Sets a custom value for the
specified IPv4 subnet route of the
specified VLAN non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-sr xsubnet_
route
Primary CMM:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• x is the subnet route
number 1, 2, or 3.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• subnet_route is the
IPv4 subnet route.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set VLAN IPv4 subnet
mask
Sets a custom value for the
specified IPv4 subnet mask for the
specified VLAN non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-sm
xsubnet_mask
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• x is the subnet route
number 1, 2, or 3.
• subnet_mask is the
IPv4 subnet mask.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
406
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Function
What it does
Command
Set VLAN IPv6
configuration method
to static
Sets the IPv6 configuration method
for the specified VLAN non-fixed
entry to static.
vlan -vi index-c6 method
Primary CMM:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• method is static.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set VLAN IP address
(IPv6)
Sets the IPv6 address for the
specified VLAN non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-i6 ip_
address
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• ip_address is a valid
IPv6 IP address.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Chapter 3. Command reference
407
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set VLAN IPv6 prefix
length
Sets the IPv6 prefix length for the
specified VLAN non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-p6 prefix_
length
Primary CMM:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• prefix_length is the
IPv6 prefix length,
between 1 and 128
(inclusive).
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set VLAN gateway
(IPv6)
Sets the IPv6 gateway for the
specified VLAN non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-g6 gateway
Primary CMM:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• gateway is the IPv6
gateway.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
408
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Table 83. vlan command (continued)
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Set VLAN IPv6 subnet
route
Sets a custom value for the
specified IPv6 subnet route of the
specified VLAN non-fixed entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-sr6
xsubnet_route
Primary CMM:
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• x is the subnet route
number 1, 2, or 3.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• subnet_route is the
IPv6 subnet route.
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Set VLAN IPv6 subnet
prefix length
Sets a custom value for the
specified IPv6 subnet prefix length
for the specified VLAN non-fixed
entry.
Note: All changes to the CMM
configuration must be applied using
the vlan -commit command option,
before the commit timeout expires.
vlan -vi index-sp6
xprefix_length
where
• index is the VLAN entry
index number.
• x is the subnet route
number 1, 2, or 3.
Primary CMM:
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
• prefix_length is the
IPv6 subnet prefix
length, between 1 and
128 (inclusive).
This command can only
be run by users who have
one or more of the
following command
authorities:
• Supervisor
• Chassis configuration
See “Commands and user
authority” on page 10 for
additional information.
Example:
To display all VLAN settings, while the CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at the
system : mm½2� > prompt, type
vlan
Chapter 3. Command reference
409
To disable the global VLAN state, while the CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent command environment, at
the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
vlan -state disabled
To delete the VLAN entry with an index number of 2, while the CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
vlan -delete -vi 2
To apply (commit) all changes made to VLAN settings, while the CMM in bay 2 is set as the persistent
command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
vlan -commit
To display the VLAN settings for the compute node with a VLAN ID of 1, while the CMM in bay 2 is set as the
persistent command environment, at the system : mm½2� > prompt, type
vlan -vi 1
The following example shows the information that is returned from these commands:
view all CMM VLAN entries:
system:mm[2]> vlan
-state enabled
-cto 2
-vi 1
-n VLAN-1
-state enabled
-vid 1
-sol enabled
-tag disabled
IPv4 config method: static
IPv4 address: 9.37.64.201
IPv4 subnet: 255.255.252.0
IPv4 gateway: 9.37.64.1
IPv6 config method: static
IPv6 address: ::
IPv6 prefix length: 0
IPv6 gateway: ::
-vi 2
-n temp vlan
-state disabled
-vid 2000
-sol disabled
-c static
-i 192.168.70.125
-s 255.255.255.255
-g 0.0.0.0
-sr1 0.0.0.0
-sm1 255.255.255.255
-sr2 0.0.0.0
-sm2 255.255.255.255
-sr3 0.0.0.0
-sm3 255.255.255.255
-c6 static
-i6 1122::3344
-p6 0
-g6 ::
-sr61 ::
410
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
-sp61
-sr62
-sp62
-sr63
-sp63
0
::
0
::
0
The current configuration has been committed.
system:mm[2]> vlan -state disabled
All changes must be committed using -commit before the commit timeout expires.
OK
system:mm[2]> vlan -delete -vi 2
All changes must be committed within 20 minutes using -commit.
OK
system:mm[2]> vlan -commit
OK
system:mm[2]> vlan -vi 1
-vi 1
-n VLAN-1
-state disabled
-vid 10
system:mm[2]
volts command
This command displays actual voltages and voltage threshold values for Lenovo Flex System components.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “volts command
errors” on page 496 for a list of error messages that are specific to the volts command.
Table 84. volts command
Function
What it does
Command
Display voltage values
Displays the current voltage and
voltage threshold settings for the
specified compute node.
Note: The voltage values that
display will vary based on chassis
and compute node type.
volts
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Compute node:
blade[x]
where x is the
node bay number.
Example: To view the current voltage and voltage thresholds for the first compute node in the storage
expansion enclosure in bay 11, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command
environment, at the system > prompt, type
volts -T bladeenclosure[11]:blade[1]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> volts -T bladeenclosure[11]:blade[1]
Source
Value
Critical
--------------- ------- ---------------Planar 3.3V
+3.35
(+2.96,+3.62)
Planar 5V
+5.10
(+4.48,+5.49)
Planar 12V
+12.37
(+10.78,+13.20)
Planar VBAT
+2.92
(+2.70,+3.18)
system>
Chapter 3. Command reference
411
write command
This command saves the CMM configuration, including user accounts and permission groups, to a file.
Saved configurations are restored using the “read command” on page 286.
Notes:
• When the CMM is set to “Secure” security mode, only secure file transfer methods, such as HTTPS and
SFTP, can be used for tasks involving file transfer when the CMM is acting as a server. Unsecure file
transfer protocols, such as HTTP, FTP, and TFTP, are disabled when the CMM is acting as a server when
the security mode is set to “Secure”. Unsecure file transfer protocols remain available for a CMM acting as
a client for all commands when the security mode is set to “Secure”.
• For information about how to specify a URL for file transfer, see “Specifying a URL for file transfer” on
page 29.
If command syntax is not correctly entered, or if a command fails to run, an error message is returned. See
“Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands or “write command
errors” on page 497 for a list of error messages that are specific to the write command.
Table 85. write command
Function
What it does
Command
Target (see paths in
“Command targets”
on page 6)
Save CMM
configuration to file
Saves an image of the CMM
configuration to a file. This image
includes CMM users and
permission groups.
write -u URL -p
passphrase
Primary CMM:
where:
• URL is fully qualified
uniform resource
locator, including file
name, of the tftp, ftp,
http, https, or sftp
server where the
configuration file will be
saved.
• "passphrase" is a
double-quote delimited
passphrase that will be
needed to restore the
configuration file.
Minimum passphrase
length is 6 characters.
Maximum passphrase
length is 31 characters.
mm[p]
mm[P]
mm[x]
where x is the
primary CMM bay
number.
Example:
To save the CMM configuration to a file named cmm1.cfg in the temp directory on a TFTP server with an IP
address of 9.37.177.215 and a passphrase of backuplock, while the Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as
the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
write -u tftp://9.37.177.215/temp/cmm1.cfg -p "backuplock" -T mm[p]
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
412
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
system> write -u tftp://9.37.177.215/temp/cmm1.cfg -p "backuplock" -T mm[p]
OK
To save the CMM configuration to a file named cfg.bkp in the /tftpboot/backup directory on a SFTP server
with an IP address of 300.370.640.310, a user ID of userid, and a passphrase of Passphaase, while the
Lenovo Flex System chassis is set as the persistent command environment, at the system > prompt, type
write -T mm[p] -p "Passphaase" -u sftp://userid:password@300.370.640.310/tftpboot/
backup/cfg.bkp
The following example shows the information that is returned from this command:
system> write -T mm[p] -p "Passphaase" -u sftp://userid:password@300.370.640.310/
tftpboot/backup/cfg.bkp
OK
Chapter 3. Command reference
413
414
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Chapter 4. Error messages
The Lenovo Flex SystemChassis Management Module 2 command-line interface provides both common
error messages that apply to all commands and command-specific error messages.
The following topics list error messages and their definitions. Common messages appear first, with error
messages for each command following in alphabetic order.
Common errors
This topic lists error messages that apply to all commands.
Each command that has unique errors will also have a list of command-specific error messages.
Table 86. Common errors
Error message
Definition
Command cannot be issued to this target. Type env -h for
help on changing targets.
A user tries to issue a command to a target that does not
support that command.
Command line contains extraneous arguments.
A user tries to enter a command with extra command
arguments.
Duplicate option: option
A user tries to enter the same command option in a single
command multiple times. For example,
where option identifies the command option that was
entered more than once.
dns
i192:168:70:29
i
Each option can only be used once per command.
A user tries to enter the same command option in a single
command multiple times. For example,
env Tsystem : blade½4� Tsystem : blade½5� .
Error: Command not recognized. Type 'help' to get a list
of supported commands.
A user tries to enter a command that does not exist.
Error creating data buffer for read
An error occurs while creating a read data buffer.
Error creating data buffer for write
An error occurs while creating a write data buffer.
Error parsing data
There is an error in the data that was received.
Error reading data for the option - option
An error occurs while the CMM is reading data of a
option.
where option identifies the command option that is
returning an error.
Error writing data for the option option
An error occurs while the CMM is writing a command
option value.
where option identifies the command option that is
returning an error.
Firmware update is in progress. Try again later.
Firmware update is in progress.
Illegal option option for the target.
A user tries to issue a command with an invalid option for
the target.
where option identifies the option that is invalid.
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 2016
415
Table 86. Common errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Illegal option: option
A user tries to enter an illegal short command option.
where option identifies the illegal short command option
that was entered.
Integer argument out of range (range - range) for -option:
argument
A user tries to enter an integer argument that is out of
range.
where:
• range identifies the range limits
• option identifies the command option
• argument identifies the integer that is out of range
Internal error.
An internal error occurs.
Invalid integer argument for -option: argument
A user tries to enter an invalid integer argument for the
specified command option.
where:
• option identifies the command option
• argument identifies the invalid argument
Invalid option.
A user tries to enter an invalid command option.
Invalid option argument for option: argument
A user tries to enter an invalid argument for the specified
command option.
where:
• option identifies the command option
• argument identifies the invalid argument
Invalid option argument for option: arguments containing
spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter an argument containing spaces for
the specified command option, without enclosing the
argument in double-quotation marks.
where option identifies the command option
Invalid option for this target: option
A user tries to issue a command with an invalid option for
the target.
where option identifies the option that is invalid.
Invalid parameter. Input must be numeric.
A user tries to enter a non-numeric argument.
Invalid syntax. Type command - h for help.
A user tries to enter a command that is not syntactically
correct.
where command identifies the command that is returning
an error.
Invalid target path.
A user tries to issue a command to a target that is not
valid.
Long option option requires an argument
A user tries to enter a long command option without a
required argument.
where option identifies the short command option that is
missing an argument.
Missing option name
416
A user tries to enter a dash (-) without a command option
name.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 86. Common errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Option argument for option exceeds max length (max
characters): argument
A user tried to enter an option argument that exceeds the
maximum allowed length.
where:
• option identifies the option that has an argument of
excessive length.
• max is the maximum allowed argument length.
• argument is the argument that was entered.
Read/write command error.
An error occurs while the CMM is executing the
command.
Short option option requires an argument
A short command option is entered without a required
argument.
where option identifies the short command option that is
missing an argument.
Syntax error. Type command -h for help.
A user tries to enter a command improperly.
where command identifies the command that is returning
an error.
The argument for option option is outside the valid range.
A user tries to enter an argument that is outside of the
valid range for the option.
where option identifies the command option that has an
out of range argument.
The argument for option option is outside the valid range
of minimum - maximum
A user tries to enter an argument that is outside of the
valid range for the option.
where:
• option identifies the command option that has an out
of range argument.
• minimum is the smallest allowed value
• maximum is the largest allowed value
The argument for option option must be numeric.
A user tries to enter an argument that is not numeric,
when the option requires a numeric argument.
where option identifies the command option that has a
non-numeric argument.
The target bay is empty.
A user tries to issue a command to an empty compute
node bay, fan module bay, I/O bay, CMM bay, or power
bay.
The target bay is out of range.
A user tries to issue a command to a target that is out of
range for that target. For example, the
env Tsystem : blade½15� command is out of range
because the Lenovo Flex System chassis has only 14
node bays.
The target slot is out of range.
A user tries to issue a command to a target which is out of
range for that target.
There was a problem retrieving the file.
An error occurred when transferring the file.
Unable to validate target.
An error occurred when validating a command target.
Unable to verify target presence.
An error occurred when verifying that a command target
is present.
Chapter 4. Error messages
417
Table 86. Common errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Unknown long option: option
A user tries to enter a long option that is not valid for the
command.
where option identifies the command option that is
unknown.
Unknown option: option
A user tries to enter an unknown command option.
where option identifies the command option that is
unknown.
Unrecognized long option: option
A user tries to enter an illegal long command option.
where option identifies the illegal long command option
that was entered.
Unsupported target type.
A user tries to issue a command to an unsupported
target.
User does not have the authority to issue this command.
A user lacks the authority level necessary to execute a
command.
Validating target slot failed
An error occurred when validating the target.
accseccfg command errors
This topic lists error messages for the accseccfg command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “accseccfg
command” on page 39 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 87. accseccfg command errors
Error message
Definition
-dc can not be enabled when -rc or/and -cp is/are
disabled or being disabled.
A user tries to set a minimum number of different
password characters that conflicts with password reuse
cycle (-rc) and complex password (-cp) settings.
-dc is being disabled as -cp or/and -rc is/are disabled or
being disabled.
A user tries to disable the minimum number of different
password characters when it conflicts with password
reuse cycle (-rc) and complex password (-cp) settings.
-dc is being set to 2 as -cp or/and -rc is/are enabled or
being enabled
A user tries to set a minimum number of different
password characters value that conflicts with password
reuse cycle (-rc) and complex password (-cp) settings.
CMM security policy disallows -cp disable right now.
A user attempts to disable the complex password (-cp)
when the current security level setting does not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -de disable right now.
A user attempts to disable mandatory USERID password
change at first login (-de) when the current security level
setting does not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -pc disable right now.
A user attempts to disable mandatory password change
at first login (-pc) when the current security level setting
does not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows high level right now.
A user attempts to set the security level to high when the
current security level setting does not allow it.
418
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 87. accseccfg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
CMM security policy disallows legacy level right now.
A user attempts to set the security level to legacy when
the current security level setting does not allow it.
Getting policy state failed
An error occurs while the CMM is getting the security
policy state.
Reading account security level failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the account
security level.
Setting account defaults to high level failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is setting the account
security level to -high.
Setting account defaults to legacy level failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is setting the account
security level to -legacy.
The -high option cannot be used with other options.
A user tries to set the account security to high settings
while changing individual option values.
The -legacy option cannot be used with other options.
A user tries to set the account security to legacy settings
while changing individual option values.
The account inactivity disable time period must be greater
than the account inactivity alert time period.
A user tries to set the account inactivity disable time
period to be less than the account inactivity alert time
period.
The minimum password change interval must be less
than the password expiration period (number days or
number hours).
A user tries to set the -pc option to a value greater than
the -pe option.
where number identifies the minimum password change
interval
The password expiration period (number days or number
hours) must be greater than the minimum password
change interval.
A user tries to set the -pe option to a value less than the
-pc option.
where number identifies the password expiration period
advfailover command errors
This topic lists error messages for the advfailover command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “advfailover
command” on page 49 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 88. advfailover command errors
Error message
Definition
Operation failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is processing the
command.
Operation not allowed, since the standby MM is not
present.
The user tries to enable advanced failover when there is
no standby CMM installed in the Lenovo Flex System
chassis.
Chapter 4. Error messages
419
airfilter command errors
This topic lists errors for the airfilter command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “airfilter
command” on page 51 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 89. airfilter command errors
Error message
Definition
Error reading air filter settings
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the air filter
settings.
alarm command errors
This topic lists error messages for the alarm command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “alarm
command” on page 53 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 90. alarm command errors
Error message
Definition
-clear, -ack, -unack, and -create must be used exclusive
of each other
A user tries to issue the alarm command with multiple
options that must be used separately.
-clear, -ack, -unack, or -create request must be used with
this command
A user tries to issue the alarm command without
specifying a command option.
-i (alarm id) is required when using -option option
A user tries to issue an alarm command option that
requires an alarm ID without specifying an alarm ID.
where option identifies the command option.
Alarm Description must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to specify an alarm description without
enclosing it in double-quotation marks.
Invalid input. -i should have exactly 8 hex digits
A user tries to specify an alarm ID that is not eight hex
digits in length.
Invalid input -i: There must be all hexadecimal characters
A user tries to specify an alarm ID that contains nonhexadecimal characters.
alertcfg command errors
This topic lists errors for the alertcfg command.
There are no unique errors for the alertcfg command. See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error
messages that apply to all commands. See “alertcfg command” on page 56 for information about command
syntax and examples of command use.
alertentries command errors
This topic lists error messages for the alertentries command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “alertentries
command” on page 58 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
420
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 91. alertentries command errors
Error message
Definition
-test must be used exclusive of other options.
The user tries to issue a command with the -test option at
the same time as the other options.
An entry cannot be modified and deleted in the same
command.
A user tries to modify an entry and delete it in the same
command.
Enabling the application alert failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is enabling the application
alert.
Generating test alert failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is generating a test alert.
Invalid input. Angle brackets are not allowed in the name
field.
A user tries to enter a string parameter containing < or >
for the -n (name) command option.
Restoring previous configured value for the application
alert failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is restoring previous
configured value for the application alert.
Syntax error. -e can only be used in conjunction with the
email argument.
A user tries to enter an invalid email address for the -e
command option.
The E-mail addresses can not be separated by colon
A user tries to enter email addresses using the wrong
syntax.
The name must be less than 32 characters long.
A user tries to enter too many characters in an input field.
When creating a new entry, all options are required.
A required command option is missing when creating a
user.
autoftp command errors
This topic lists errors for the autoftp command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “autoftp
command” on page 64 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 92. autoftp command errors
Error message
Definition
Autoftp is disabled, -i, -p, -u and -pw options are invalid.
A user tries to enter -i, -p, -u, or -pw options when the
FTP/TFTP/SFTP mode is set to disabled.
Error reading data for Terms and Conditions
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the terms and
conditions.
Invalid input. Address must be less than 64 characters.
A user tries to enter an address that is 64 or more
characters long.
Invalid input. Password must be less than 64 characters.
A user tries to enter a password that is 64 or more
characters long.
Invalid input. Userid must be less than 64 characters.
A user tries to enter a user id that is 64 or more characters
long.
Invalid server address
A user tries to issue the command to a server address
that is not valid.
Password must be enclosed in quotation marks.
Displayed when the argument of option -pw is not quote_
delimited.
A user tries to enter a password without quotation marks.
Chapter 4. Error messages
421
Table 92. autoftp command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Port number out of range
A user tries to issue the command to a port number that is
not in the valid range.
Read autoftp configuration failed.
The CMM was unable to read the autoftp configuration.
Read autoftp mode failed.
The CMM was unable to read the autoftp mode status.
The mode is tftp, -u and -pw options are invalid.
A user tries to enter a user name or password when the
mode is set to TFTP.
The Terms and Conditions should be accepted first
before using this command
A user tries to issue a command before accepting the
terms and conditions.
User Name must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter a user name without quotation marks.
When disabling autoftp, the -i, -p, -u and -pw options are
invalid.
A user tries to enter -i, -p, -u, or -pw options when setting
the FTP/TFTP/SFTP mode to disabled in the same
command.
When setting -m to tftp, the -u and -pw options are
invalid.
A user tries to enter a user name or password when
setting the FTP/TFTP/SFTP mode to TFTP in the same
command.
baydata command errors
This topic lists error messages for the baydata command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “baydata
command” on page 66 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 93. baydata command errors
Error message
Definition
Error writing bay data to blade bay bay
An error occurs while writing to the identified compute
node.
where bay is the node bay number.
Error writing bay data to blade bay bay:slot
An error occurs while writing to the identified compute
node.
where bay is the node bay number and slot is the subslot.
Failed to read bay data
An error occurs while reading from a compute node.
Invalid bay data
A user attempts to enter bay data that is not valid.
Invalid blade bay number
A user attempts to enter a bay number that is 0 or greater
than the maximum number of bays in the chassis.
Invalid input. The bay data string must be less than 61
characters.
A user attempts to enter a -data option argument for a
compute node that exceeds the maximum length of 60
characters.
Invalid subslot number
A user attempts to enter a subslot number that is 0 or
greater than 2.
No blade is present in bay number
A user attempts to direct a command to a bay that does
not contain a compute node.
where number is the node bay number.
422
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 93. baydata command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
No blade is present in bay bay:slot
A user attempts to direct a command to a bay subslot
that does not contain a component.
where bay is the node bay number and slot is the subslot.
The -clear and -data options cannot be used in the same
command.
A user attempts to issue a command with both the -clear
and -data options specified.
The bay data must be quote-delimited.
User enters bay data with -data option for a compute
node without double quotation marks.
User not authorized to change bay data for bay bay
A user attempts to change bay data for a compute node
bay that they are not authorized to edit.
where bay is the node bay number.
bootmode command errors
This topic lists errors for the bootmode command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “bootmode
command” on page 71 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 94. bootmode command errors
Error message
Definition
Boot mode not supported on blade[x]
The command is directed to a compute node that does
not support the bootmode feature.
where x is the number of the node bay.
Error retrieving the boot mode of this blade.
The CMM is unable read the boot mode of the compute
node.
Set the blade bay boot mode to permanent failed
The CMM is unable to set the compute node boot mode
to the specified value.
where bay is the number of the node bay.
Set the blade bay boot mode to temporary failed
The CMM is unable to set the compute node boot mode
to the specified value.
where bay is the number of the node bay.
bootseq command errors
This topic lists error messages for the bootseq command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “bootseq
command” on page 73 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 95. bootseq command errors
Error message
Definition
-i, -g and -s must be configured together
The user tries to set IP address information without
specifying all required IP address options.
-id must be provided when configuring IP settings
The user tries to set an IP address without specifying a
device ID.
Chapter 4. Error messages
423
Table 95. bootseq command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
-seq must be used exclusively with other options
The user attempts to enter multiple command options
together that must be used alone.
Boot sequence not supported on blade[x]
The user tries to enter a boot sequence that is not valid
for the compute node target.
where x identifies the compute node.
Boot sequences exceeds max of max_boot_seqs
The user tries to specify a number of devices in a boot
sequence that is more than the maximum allowed.
where max_boot_seqs is the maximum number of boot
devices.
Configuring boot device IP settings of blade[x] failed
An error occurs while the CMM is processing the
command.
where x identifies the compute node.
Device not found for id
The user tries to specify a device ID that does not exist.
where id is the device ID that identifies the device.
Getting boot device list of blade[x] failed
An error occurs while the CMM is processing the
command.
where x identifies the compute node.
Getting boot sequence of blade[x] failed
An error occurs while the CMM is processing the
command.
where x identifies the compute node.
No boot device list
The user tries to set the boot sequence without specifying
any devices.
No duplicate device are allowed
The user tries to set the same device twice in the boot
sequence.
Setting boot sequence for blade[x] failed
An error occurs while the CMM is processing the
command.
where x identifies the compute node.
The argument of -id must be numeric
The user tries to enter a parameter value containing nonnumeric characters for a command option requiring
numeric input.
chconfig command errors
This topic lists errors for the chconfig command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “chconfig
command” on page 76 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 96. chconfig command errors
Error message
Definition
-li view must be used exclusive of other options
A user tries to view or accept the service advisor terms
and conditions when running another command option.
All the required information fields must be set before
enabling -sa
A user tries to enable the service advisor before
configuring all required information.
424
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 96. chconfig command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Alternate Contact Email: invalid input. Please make sure
your input is not empty and within 128 characters
complying with the format in help.
A user tries to enter an incorrectly formatted email
address.
Alternate Contact Name must be enclosed in quotation
marks.
A user tries to enter an alternate contact name that is not
enclosed in double quotation marks.
Alternate Contact Phone Number Extension: invalid input.
Please make sure your input is not empty and 1-30
characters
A user tries to enter an incorrectly formatted phone
number extension.
Alternate Contact Phonenumber Extension must be
enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter a phone number extension that is not
enclosed in double quotation marks.
Alternate Contact Phone number: invalid input. Please
make sure your input is not empty and 5-30 characters.
A user tries to enter an incorrectly formatted phone
number.
Alternate Contact Phonenumber must be enclosed in
quotation marks
A user tries to enter a phone number that is not enclosed
in double quotation marks.
Address must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter an address that is not enclosed in
double quotation marks
City must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter a city name that is not enclosed in
double quotation marks
IBM Support Center: invalid input. Please input 2
characters ISO country code for the IBM Support Center.
A user tries to enter a country code that is not valid.
Contact Company must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter a company name that is not enclosed
in double quotation marks.
Contact Name must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter a contact name that is not enclosed
in double quotation marks.
Contact Phone Number Extension: invalid input. Please
make sure your input is not empty and 1-30 characters
A user tries to enter an incorrectly formatted phone
number extension.
Contact Phonenumber Extension must be enclosed in
quotation marks
A user tries to enter a phone number extension that is not
enclosed in double quotation marks.
Email must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter an email that is not enclosed in
double quotation marks.
Email: invalid input. Please make sure your input is not
empty and within 128 characters complying with the
format in help.
A user tries to enter an incorrectly formatted email
address.
Error setting -sa
An error occurs while configuring service advisor.
Error to enable Service Agent. You have not set all of the
required contact Information fields yet.
A user tries to issue a command to enable a service agent
that does not have the required contact information set.
Fail to get HTTP Proxy settings
A failure occurs while reading the HTTP proxy settings.
Fail to read Contact Information
A failure occurs while reading the contact information.
Fail to read IBM Support Center
A failure occurs while reading the Lenovo Support Center
information.
HTTP Proxy is disabled now, you can not change proxy
settings, please enable http proxy first.
A user tries to change proxy settings when the HTTP
proxy is disabled.
Chapter 4. Error messages
425
Table 96. chconfig command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Invalid HTTP Proxy location.
A user tries to enter a proxy address that is not a valid IP
address or hostname.
Invalid input. -loc should be less than 64 characters.
A user tries to enter a proxy address that is 64 or more
characters long.
Invalid input. -pw should be less than 16 characters.
A user tries to enter a proxy password that is 16 or more
characters long.
Invalid input. Password should not contain spaces
A user tries to enter a password that contains spaces.
Invalid input. User Name must be less than 30 characters.
A user tries to enter a user name that is 30 or more
characters long.
Invalid input. User Name should not contain spaces.
A user tries to enter a user name that contains spaces.
Machine Location Phone number: invalid input. Please
make sure your input is not empty and 5-30 characters.
A user tries to enter an incorrectly formatted phone
number.
Machine Location Phonenumber must be enclosed in
quotation marks
A user tries to enter a phone number that is not enclosed
in double quotation marks.
Postalcode: invalid input. Please make sure your input is
1-9 characters and only contains letters, numbers
A user tries to enter an incorrectly formatted postal code.
Read Terms and Conditions failed
An error occurs while reading the terms and conditions.
State: invalid input. Please make sure your input is 2-3
characters
A user tired to enter an invalid state code.
Terms and conditions is not accepted yet, please view
and accept the terms and conditions first.
A user attempts to change the service advisor settings
before accepting the terms and conditions.
The Terms and Conditions should be accepted first
before using this command.
A user attempts to change the service manager settings
before accepting the license agreement.
Password must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter a password that is not enclosed in
double quotation marks.
Phone number must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter a phone number that is not enclosed
in double quotation marks.
Phone number: invalid input. Please make sure your input
is not empty and 5-30 characters.
A user tries to enter a phone number that is not valid.
Postalcode must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter a postal code that is not enclosed in
double quotation marks.
User Name must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to enter a user name that is not enclosed in
double quotation marks.
chlog command errors
This topic lists errors for the chlog command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “chlog
command ” on page 83 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
426
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 97. chlog command errors
Error message
Definition
-f must be used exclusive of other options.
The user tries to use the -f option at the same time as
other options.
-s must be used exclusive of other options.
The user tries to use the -s option at the same time as
other options.
A call home event with index number was not found.
The CMM was unable to find a specified call-home event
activity log entry.
where number is the decimal number that specifies the
serviceable activity log entry that the user is attempting to
acknowledge or unacknowledge.
Error reading data for Terms and Conditions.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the terms and
conditions information.
Fail to read Activity Log next entries
The CMM was unable to read the next set of entries in the
activity log.
Fail to read Service Advisor Activity Log
The CMM was unable to read the call-home event activity
log.
The Terms and Conditions should be accepted first
before using this command
The user attempts to use the command without accepting
the terms and conditions.
chmanual command errors
This topic lists errors for the chmanual command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “chmanual
command” on page 86 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 98. chmanual command errors
Error message
Definition
-test must be used exclusive of other options
The user attempts to run this command with other options
in addition to -test.
Error generating a manual Call Home
This command fails when the user attempts the manual
call home operation.
Error generating a test Call Home
This command fails when the user attempts the test call
home operation.
Error reading data for Terms and Conditions
An error occurs while reading terms and conditions data.
Problem description must be enclosed in quotation marks
The user attempts to run this command when the
problem description is not enclosed in quotation marks.
Test Call Home should be operated on SYSTEM target
The user attempts to use this command when the
command is not targeted on system' for test call home.
The Service Advisor is disabled now, please enable it
before calling 'chmanual'
The user attempts to use this command before the
service advisor is enabled.
The Terms and Conditions should be accepted first
before using this command
The user attempts to use the command without accepting
the terms and conditions.
Chapter 4. Error messages
427
cimsub command errors
This topic lists error messages for the cimsub command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “cimsub
command ” on page 88 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 99. cimsub command errors
Error message
Definition
Error reading CIM subscription info
An error occurs during data collection.
cin command errors
This topic lists error messages for the cin command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “cin
command ” on page 91 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 100. cin command errors
Error message
Definition
-id cannot be the same as the blade management VLAN
ID. Please try again.
A user tries to enter a command with a VLAN ID which is
the same as the VLAN ID of the compute node
management.
-ip cannot be multicast. Please try again.
A user issues a command with an IP address which is the
same as the IP address of the multicast.
-ip cannot be the same as the CMM IP address. Please
try again
A user tries to enter a command with an IP address which
is the same as the IP address of the CMM.
An error occurred while changing CIN global status
setting
An error occurs while user is changing CIN global status
setting.
An error occurred while clearing CIN entry
An error occurs while the user is clearing a CIN entry.
An error occurred while enabling/disabling CIN entry.
An error occurs while the user is enabling/disabling a CIN
entry.
An error occurred while setting CIN entry.
An error occurs while configuring a CIN entry.
Both -id and -ip are required for adding a CIN entry.
A user tries to enter a command to add an entry without
both -id and -ip options.
CIN blade pair TLV get failed
An error occurs while the CMM is getting CIN compute
node configuration parameters.
CIN global TLV get failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is getting a CIN global
configuration parameter.
CIN command failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is executing a CIN
command.
cin -index -en state cannot be used with other options.
The user tries to enter a command with the -en option
with along with other options.
where
• index identifies the cin index entry
• state is on or off
428
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 100. cin command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Duplicate CIN (-id, 0.0.0.0) pairs are not allowed. Please
try again.
A user tries to enter a command with a duplicated -id/
0.0.0.0 pair.
Duplicate -ip is not allowed. Please try again.
A user tries to enter a command with a duplicated IP
address.
Getting CMM failed
System is unable to locate a CMM.
Internal error checking CIN entry.
An error occurs while the system checks user input for the
CIN entry configuration.
Internal error getting CIN entry
An error occurs while the CMM is getting CIN entry
configuration parameters.
Invalid index parameter. Input must be numeric.
A user tries to enter a command with a non-numeric
index.
Invalid index parameter. Input out of range.
A user tries to enter a command with an index which is
out of range.
Invalid IP argument for an option. Enter 4 bytes separated
by 3 dots.
A user tries to enter a command argument for IP address
option which is invalid because it is too long, too short, or
not numeric.
Invalid IP argument for an option. Too many bytes.
A user tries to enter a command with an invalid argument
for IP address option which has more than four parts.
Invalid IP argument for an option. Too few bytes
A user tries to enter a command with an invalid argument
for IP address option which has fewer than four parts.
Invalid IP argument for an option. Each byte has to be in
the range (0-255).
A user tries to enter a command with an invalid argument
for IP address option, each part of which is not in the
range of 0-255.
Invalid option argument for -global -en:
A user issues a command with an invalid argument for
-global -en option.
No CMM found
System is unable to locate a CMM.
No primary CMM found
System is unable to locate the primary CMM.
cinstatus command errors
This topic lists error messages for the cinstatus command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “cinstatus
command ” on page 97 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 101. cinstatus command errors
Error message
Definition
Getting CMM failed
System is unable to locate a CMM.
No CMM found
System is unable to locate a CMM.
No primary CMM found
System is unable to locate the primary CMM.
Chapter 4. Error messages
429
clear command errors
This topic lists error messages for the clear command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “clear
command” on page 98 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 102. clear command errors
Error message
Definition
Disabling failover failed
An error occurs while disabling failover.
Firmware update is in progress. Try again later.
The user tries to reset the CMM to its default
configuration during a firmware update. The error
message displays and the CMM configuration does not
reset.
Internal error resetting to defaults.
An error occurs while the CMM is resetting the CMM to its
default configuration. The error message displays and the
CMM configuration does not reset.
Not supported by this type of I/O module. Type env -h for
help on changing targets
A user tries to run a command option on an I/O module
that does not support it.
This command cannot be issued right now. If you still
want to clear the primary CMM, please use 'clear -cnfg
-o' to override this warning.
A condition exists that is preventing the CMM from being
cleared. You can either wait and try the command again
or force the CMM to clear immediately using the clear
-cnfg -o override option.
This command cannot be issued right now. The standby
CMM is in an unknown state, and a reset might result in a
failover. If you still want to clear the primary CMM, please
use 'clear -cnfg -o' to override this warning.
A condition exists that is preventing the CMM from being
cleared. You can either wait and try the command again
or force the CMM to clear immediately using the clear
-cnfg -o override option.
This command cannot be issued right now. The primary
CMM is verifying the code level on the standby CMM.
Please try again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the CMM when it is
unavailable.
This command cannot be issued right now. The standby
CMM is flashing, and resetting the primary CMM to
defaults might result in a failover. Please try again later.
A user tries to reset the primary CMM to defaults while the
standby CMM is unable to support failover.
This command cannot be issued right now. The standby
CMM is in a post-flash initialization state, and resetting
the primary CMM to defaults might result in a failover. If
you still want to reset the primary CMM, please use 'clear
-cnfg -o' to override this warning.
A user tries to reset the primary CMM to defaults while the
standby CMM is unable to support failover.
This command cannot be issued right now. The primary
CMM is initializing, and a reset might result in a failover. If
you still want to clear the primary CMM, please use 'clear
-cnfg -o' to override this warning.
A condition exists that is preventing the CMM from being
cleared. You can either wait and try the command again
or force the CMM to clear immediately using the clear
-cnfg -o override option.
clearlog command errors
This topic lists error messages for the clearlog command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “clearlog
command” on page 100 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
430
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 103. clearlog command errors
Error message
Definition
Error clearing the event log.
An error occurs while the CMM is clearing the event log.
config command errors
This topic lists error messages for the config command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “config
command” on page 102 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 104. config command errors
Error message
Definition
Contact must be enclosed in quotation marks.
The user tries to enter a CMM Contact without enclosing
it in double quotes.
Invalid input. Contact may not contain angle brackets.
The user tries to enter a CMM contact containing angle
brackets ("<" and ">").
Invalid input. Location may not contain angle brackets.
The user tries to enter a CMM location containing angle
brackets ("<" and ">").
Invalid input. Lowest U must be 2 digit number
The user tries to enter a U number that is not two digits in
length.
Invalid input. Lowest U must be numeric
The user tries to enter a U number that is non-numeric.
Invalid input. Name contains invalid characters
The user tries to enter a name containing characters that
are not valid.
Invalid input. Name must be less than 16 characters.
The user tries to enter a name that is more than 15
characters in length.
Invalid input. Name may not contain angle brackets.
The user tries to enter a compute node name that
contains angle brackets: "<" or ">".
Invalid input. Name can only contain alphanumeric
characters, underscores, hyphens, pound signs, and
periods.
The user tries to enter a name for the CMM that is not
valid.
Invalid input. Rack contains invalid characters
The user tries to enter a rack identifier containing
characters that are not valid.
Invalid input. Room contains invalid characters
The user tries to enter a room identifier containing
characters that are not valid.
Location must be enclosed in quotation marks.
The user tries to enter a CMM Location without enclosing
it in double quotes.
Rack must be enclosed in quotation marks
The user tries to enter a rack identifier without beginning
and ending double quotes.
Reading SNMPv1/SNMPv3 status failed.
An internal errors occurs while the CMM is reading the
SNMPv1/v3status.
Room must be enclosed in quotation marks
The user tries to enter a room identifier without beginning
and ending double quotes.
System location and contact must be defined when
SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 agent is enabled.
The user tries to undefine the system location or contact
information while an SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 agent is
enabled.
Chapter 4. Error messages
431
console command errors
This topic lists error messages for the console command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “console
command” on page 107 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 105. console command errors
Error message
Definition
Error entering console mode.
An error occurs while the CMM is trying to establish an
SOL connection.
Global SOL is not enabled
SOL is not enabled globally.
SOL is not ready
The compute node is not available, or when a socket
needed to establish a connection to the compute node is
not available.
SOL on blade is not enabled
SOL is not enabled on the compute node where the user
is trying to start an SOL session.
SOL not supported on blade[node_number]
The user tries to initiate an SOL session with a compute
node that does not support this feature.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
SOL session is already active
The user cannot start an SOL session with a compute
node because an SOL session with that compute node is
already in progress.
The current VLAN configuration prohibits user access to
SOL
The user tries to initiate an SOL session via a VLAN that
does not allow SOL access.
The maximum number of sessions to this blade has been
reached.
The compute node has no available sessions for a user to
connect to.
There is no blade present in that bay
The user tries to direct a command option to a compute
node bay that does not contain a compute node.
coolingzones command errors
This topic lists error messages for the coolingzones command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See
“coolingzones command” on page 108 for information about command syntax and examples of command
use.
Table 106. coolingzones command errors
Error message
Definition
Getting max slots of target failed
An error occurs while getting the maximum number of
slots in the command target.
Invalid zone option. It must be two alphanumeric
characters
The user attempts to issue the command for a cooling
zone that is invalid.
Invalid zone option. The first character must be 'z'
The user attempts to issue the command without
specifying the letter “z” as the first character of the
cooling zone.
432
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 106. coolingzones command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
The second character must be a digit in range of 1 to max
where max defines the highest cooling zone number that
is allowed.
The user attempts to issue the command without
specifying the a number between 1 and the maximum
allowed value, inclusive, as the second character of the
cooling zone.
Getting cooling zone information failed
An error occurs while getting cooling zone information.
Getting cooling zones status failed
An error occurs while getting cooling zone status.
No cooling zone information available
An error occurs while getting cooling zone information.
crypto command errors
This topic lists errors for the crypto command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “crypto
command” on page 110 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 107. crypto command errors
Error message
Definition
-cs cannot be changed from tls1.2 to tls1.2srv when -m is
set to nist800-131a
A user attempts to change the cipher suite to tls1.2srv
that is not compatible with the current cipher mode of
nist800-131a.
When the CMM is configured for NIST Strict operation
(mode is nist800-131aand cipher suite is tls1.2), users
can not change to NIST Custom operation (mode is
nist800-131a and cipher suite is tls1.2svr).
-cs cannot be set to legacy while -m is set to nist800131a
A user attempts to set -cs to legacy while either -m is set
to nist800-131a, or -m is being set to nist800-131a.
-m cannot be set to nist800-131a while -cs is set to
legacy
A user attempts to set -m to nist800-131a while -cs is set
to legacy.
A cryptographic mode change is disallowed at this time.
Firmware update is in progress. Try again later.
A user attempts to make a cryptographic mode change
while the CMM is unable to modify settings.
A cryptographic mode change is disallowed at this time.
The standby CMM is in an unknown state, and a reset
might result in a failover.
A user attempts to make a cryptographic mode change
while the CMM is unable to modify settings.
A cryptographic mode change is disallowed at this time.
The primary CMM is verifying the code level on the
standby CMM.
A user attempts to make a cryptographic mode change
while the CMM is unable to modify settings.
A cryptographic mode change is disallowed at this time.
The standby CMM is flashing.
A user attempts to make a cryptographic mode change
while the CMM is unable to modify settings.
A cryptographic mode change is disallowed at this time.
The primary CMM is initializing.
A user attempts to make a cryptographic mode change
while the CMM is unable to modify settings.
A cryptographic mode change is disallowed at this time.
The standby CMM is in a post-flash initialization state.
A user attempts to make a cryptographic mode change
while the CMM is unable to modify settings.
Configurations options blocking transition to NIST Strict
Other settings prevent the CMM from transitioning to
nist800-131a cryptographic mode.
Chapter 4. Error messages
433
Table 107. crypto command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Crypto mode change not permitted. The following nodes
require an update to the latest blade firmware: node
A user attempts to change cryptographic settings when
compute node firmware requires an update to support the
change.
where node identifies the compute nodes requiring a
firmware update.
Disabling failover failed.
Disabling CMM failover fails while the CMM attempts to
restart.
External LDAP certificate for profiles has invalid params
Other settings prevent the CMM from transitioning to
nist800-131a cryptographic mode.
External LDAP certificate in slot number has invalid
params
Other settings prevent the CMM from transitioning to
nist800-131a cryptographic mode.
where number identifies the slot with invalid parameters.
FSM User number has non-compliant SNMP properties
Other settings prevent the CMM from transitioning to
nist800-131a cryptographic mode.
where number identifies the user with properties that are
not compliant.
Restarting CMM failed.
The CMM failed to restart.
Restarting the CMM now for changes to -m to take effect.
Advisory message indicating that the CMM is restarting.
SSH key key for user user has invalid length
Other settings prevent the CMM from transitioning to
nist800-131a cryptographic mode.
where key identifies the invalid length key and user
identifies the user assigned this key.
SSL clients cipher suites legacy compatibility
Other settings prevent the CMM from transitioning to
nist800-131a cryptographic mode.
TLS minimum version change not permitted. The
following nodes require an update to the latest blade
firmware: node
A user attempts to change cryptographic settings when
compute node firmware requires an update to support the
change.
where node identifies the compute nodes requiring a
firmware update.
User number has non-compliant SNMP properties
Other settings prevent the CMM from transitioning to
nist800-131a cryptographic mode.
where number identifies the user with properties that are
not compliant.
date command errors
This topic lists error messages for the date command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “date
command” on page 113 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
434
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 108. date command errors
Error message
Definition
'-v' must be used with 'date -tz all' only
A user tries to issue a command with the -v option with an
option other than -tz.
'date -tz all' must be used exclusive of other options
except '-v'
A user tries to issue a command with the -tz option at the
same time as other options (other than -v).
Getting current date and time failed
An error occurred while the system was retrieving current
date and time information.
Getting time zones failed
An error occurred while the system was retrieving time
zone information.
Invalid value for day
A user tries to enter an invalid argument for day in the
date (-d) option.
Invalid value for hours
A user tries to enter an invalid argument for hours in the
time (-t) option.
Invalid value for minutes
A user tries to enter an invalid argument for minutes in the
time (-t) option.
Invalid value for month
A user tries to enter an invalid argument for month in the
date (-d) option.
Invalid value for seconds
A user tries to enter an invalid argument for seconds in
the time (-t) option.
Invalid value for year
A user tries to enter an invalid argument for year in the
date (-d) option.
No time zone found
An error occurred while the system was retrieving time
zone information.
NTP is enabled. Please use 'ntp' command to disable
NTP before configuring date or time
A user tries to configure date or time setting while the
system is configured to use Network Time Protocol (NTP).
The year has to be between min and max
A user tries to enter a year that is outside of the allowed
range.
where min and max define the range of years that is
allowed.
dhcpinfo command errors
This topic lists errors for the dhcpinfo command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “dhcpinfo
command” on page 115 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 109. dhcpinfo command errors
Error message
Definition
Advanced failover must be enabled before viewing the
standby MM's DHCPv6 config.
A user tries to view the configuration of the standby CMM
when advanced failover is disabled.
DHCP is disabled
The DHCP assigned configuration can not be retrieved
because DHCP is disabled.
DHCPv6 information is not available.
DHCPv6 is enabled, but the command target is not
receiving any DHCPv6 settings.
Chapter 4. Error messages
435
Table 109. dhcpinfo command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
DHCPv6 is disabled
The DHCPv6 assigned configuration can not be retrieved
because DHCPv6 is disabled.
Error reading network configuration
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the network
configuration.
IPv6 is disabled
The DHCPv6 assigned config can not be retrieved
because IPv6 is disabled.
This management network interface is not installed.
A user issues the dhcpinfo command to a compute node
that does not support a management network interface.
Unknown interface
A user tries to direct a command to an invalid network
interface.
displaylog command errors
This topic lists error messages for the displaylog command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “displaylog
command” on page 119 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 110. displaylog command errors
Error message
Definition
(There are no more entries in the event log.)
There are no more event log entries to display.
-f and -a cannot be used at the same time.
The user tries to use the -f and -a options in the same
command.
-filters must be used exclusive of the other options
The user tries to set the -filters option at the same time as
other options.
-lse option must be used exclusive of the other options
The user tries to set the -lse option at the same time as
other options.
-u option must be used exclusive of the other options.
The user tries to set the -u option at the same time as
other options.
Cannot open file: filename
An error occurs while the CMM is trying to open a file.
where filename is the name of the file that was entered
when the error occurred.
Couldn't resolve or connect to the host
An error occurs while trying to establish a connection with
the host.
Downloading to URL failed
An error occurs when downloading to the specified URL.
where URL is the location that was entered when the error
occurred.
Duplicate date filter: filter
The user tries to use duplicate date filters.
where filter is the duplicate date filter that was entered.
Duplicate call home filter: filter
The user tries to use duplicate call-home filters.
where filter is N, C, or S.
436
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 110. displaylog command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Duplicate severity filter: filter
The user tries to use duplicate severity filters.
where filter is the duplicate severity filter that was entered.
Duplicate source filter: filter
The user tries to use duplicate source filters.
where filter is the duplicate source filter that was entered.
Error parsing event log.
An error occurs while the CMM is parsing the event log.
Error reading event log.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the event log.
File already exists
A user tries to create a file that already exists.
File transfer already in progress
A user tries to initiate a file transfer while one is already in
process.
File transfer failed abnormally.
An error occurs during a file transfer.
File transfer failed. error_info
An error occurs during a file transfer.
where error_info provides specific information about the
error.
Incomplete or malformed URL.
The user tries to use an invalid URL.
Invalid date filter: filter
The user tries to use an invalid date filter.
where filter is the invalid date filter that was entered.
Invalid call home filter: filter
The user tries to use an invalid call-home filter.
where filter is the invalid filter that was entered.
Invalid severity filter: filter
The user tries to use an invalid severity filter.
where filter is the invalid severity filter that was entered.
Invalid source filter: filter
The user tries to use an invalid source filter.
where filter is the invalid source filter that was entered.
Invalid username or password
The user tries to enter an invalid user name or password.
Log not found.
An error occurs when the CMM attempts to locate the
log.
Please provide a file name at the end of the URL
The user tries to enter a URL without the required file
name.
Protocol string length exceeds max of 8
The user tries to enter a protocol string that is too long.
Reading log entries failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading log entries.
The connection was terminated or timed out
A user tries to initiate a command after the connection
has timed out.
The file does not exist on the server
A user tries to access a file that does not exist.
There is not enough space to save the file
A user tries to save a file larger than the free space that is
available.
The Server responded in an unexpected way
An error occurs during command processing.
Chapter 4. Error messages
437
Table 110. displaylog command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
The Server sent a file that was not the same size as it's
header described
An error occurs during file transfer.
There was a problem downloading the file
The user does not have the authority for downloading or
an error occurs when downloading.
Transfer failed due to transfer library error
An error occurs during file transfer.
Unknown error occurred
An error occurs while processing the command.
Unsupported protocol
The user tries to issue a command using a protocol that is
not supported.
URL is not properly formatted
The user tries to enter a URL that is not of the correct
format.
URL syntax checking failed
The user tries to enter a command that has a syntax error.
User does not have permission to access the requested
file
The user tries to access a file without being assigned the
necessary permissions.
displaysd command errors
This topic lists error messages for the displaysd command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “displaysd
command” on page 125 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 111. displaysd command errors
Error message
Definition
-mmstat can not be used with other options
A user tries to use the -mmstat command option at the
same time as other command options.
-o must be used with -u
A user tries to override warnings without saving service
data.
Couldn't resolve or connect to the host
An error occurs while trying to establish a connection with
the host.
Downloading to URL failed.
An error occurs when the user tries to download to a
specified URL.
where URL is the URL specified as a download location.
Error retrieving blade type.
The CMM fails to read the compute node type.
Error transferring file.
An unspecified error occurs.
File already exists
A user tries to create a file that already exists.
File transfer already in progress
A user tries to initiate a file transfer while one is already in
process.
Generating service data file failed
An error occurs while generating service data.
Incomplete or malformed URL.
The user tries to use an invalid URL.
Invalid username or password
The user tries to enter an invalid user name or password.
Please provide a file name at the end of the URL
The user tries to enter a URL without the required file
name.
438
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 111. displaysd command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Protocol string length exceeds max of 8
The user tries to enter a protocol string that is too long.
Read/write command error.
An error occurs while the CMM is processing the
command.
Service data generation failed
An error occurs while generating service data.
Service data generation was successful but an error was
encountered packaging the results
An error occurs while generating service data.
The connection was terminated or timed out
A user tries to initiate a command after the connection
has timed out.
The file does not exist on the server
A user tries to access a file that does not exist.
The format of the received data is wrong.
The CMM receives wrongly formatted data.
The Server responded in an unexpected way
An error occurs during command processing.
The Server sent a file that was not the same size as it's
header described
An error occurs during file transfer.
The standby CMM is not fully initialized at this moment
and is unable to transfer its service data to the primary
CMM. Please try again later, or use the -o flag to override
this warning.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
There is not enough space to save the file
A user tries to save a file larger than the free space that is
available.
There was a problem downloading the file
The user does not have the authority for downloading or
an error occurs when downloading.
Transfer failed due to transfer library error
An error occurs during file transfer.
Unknown error occurred
An error occurs while processing the command.
Unsupported protocol
The user tries to issue a command using a protocol that is
not supported.
URL is not properly formatted
The user tries to enter a URL that is not of the correct
format.
URL syntax checking failed
The user tries to enter a command that has a syntax error.
User does not have permission to access the requested
file
The user tries to access a file without being assigned the
necessary permissions.
dns command errors
This topic lists error messages for the dns command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “dns
command” on page 127 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Chapter 4. Error messages
439
Table 112. dns command errors
Error message
Definition
-on and -off cannot both be used in the same command.
A user tries to enable and disable DNS in the same
command.
At least one address is required to enable DNS.
A user tries to enable DNS without configuring at least
one address.
Configuring DNS failed
An error occurs while configuring DNS.
Disabling DNS failed
An error occurs while disabling DNS.
Enabling DNS failed
An error occurs while enabling DNS.
Getting DNS configuration failed
An error occurs while retrieving DNS information.
IPv6 configuration changes will not take effect until IPv6 is
enabled.
A user attempts to configure the IPv6 DNS settings while
IPv6 is disabled.
Reading status of DNS failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the DNS state.
env command errors
This topic lists errors for the env command.
There are no unique errors for the env command. See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error
messages that apply to all commands. See “env command” on page 131 for information about command
syntax and examples of command use.
ethoverusb command errors
This topic lists errors for the ethoverusb command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “ethoverusb
command” on page 136 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 113. ethoverusb command errors
Error message
Definition
Blade SP's command interface on Ethernet-over-USB is
not supported on blade node_number
The command is directed to a compute node that does
not support Ethernet-over-USB.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
Notice: This operation may take a short while to
complete. Please view the status to determine when the
operation has completed.
Confirmation message indicating that the command is
processing and might take a short time to complete.
events command errors
This topic lists errors for the events command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “events
command” on page 138 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
440
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 114. events command errors
Error message
Definition
-add and -rm should be used exclusively of each other.
A user attempts to issue a command with both options
-add and -rm.
Call Home Exclusion List has reached its maximum size
of max entries. No more events can be added to the list.
A user attempts to add an entry while Call Home
Exclusion List has reached its maximum size.
where max is a decimal number.
Error reading ftp/tftp of Service Data configuration.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the FTP/TFTP
service data configuration.
Error reading data for Terms and Conditions.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the terms and
conditions data.
Event id already exists in Call Home Exclusion List.
A user attempts to add an entry which already exists in
Call Home Exclusion List.
where id is a hexadecimal number that identifies a callhome event.
Event id does not exist in the Call Home Exclusion List.
A user attempts to remove an entry which does not exist
in Call Home Exclusion List.
where id is a hexadecimal number that identifies a callhome event.
Event id is invalid to be added into Call Home Exclusion
List.
A user attempts to add an entry with an invalid event id.
where id is a hexadecimal number that identifies a callhome event.
ftp/tftp of Service Data must be enabled before using this
command.
A user attempts to issue an events command while the
FTP/TFTP Report of Service Data is disabled
Read Call Home Exclusion List failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the Call Home
Exclusion List.
The terms and conditions should be accepted first before
using this command.
A user attempts to issue an events command before the
terms and conditions have been accepted.
exit command errors
This topic lists errors for the exit command.
There are no unique errors for the exit command. See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error
messages that apply to all commands. See “exit command” on page 141 for information about command
syntax and examples of command use.
files command errors
This topic lists error messages for the files command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “files
command” on page 141 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Chapter 4. Error messages
441
Table 115. files command errors
Error message
Definition
Directory does not exist.
The user tries to enter a directory that does not exist.
Error deleting file filename
An error occurs while the CMM is trying to delete a file.
where filename is the name of the file that was entered for
deletion.
Error reading file list.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the directory file
list.
Error reading file system space.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the file system
space.
Error reading first file in dir directory.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the first file in
the directory.
where directory is the name of the directory that was
entered.
File index out of sequence.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the index.
File list exhausted.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the file list.
File not found.
The specified file is not found.
Filename must be less than 256 characters
The user tries to enter a filename that is longer than 256
characters.
General, unknown error.
A command is rejected for unknown reasons.
Invalid command sent.
The user tries to enter an invalid command.
Invalid directory, filename.
The user tries to enter an invalid directory and filename.
Invalid file or directory name.
The user tries to enter an invalid directory or filename.
The directory name must be less than 256 characters.
A user tries to enter a directory name that is more than
256 characters in length.
Unknown caller id.
The caller ID is not recognized.
Unknown command.
The user tries to enter a command that is not recognized.
Unknown directory path.
The user tries to enter a directory path that is not
recognized.
fod command errors
This topic lists errors for the fod command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “fod
command” on page 143 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 116. fod command errors
Error message
Definition
Error getting license key information
An error occurs while reading features on demand license
key information.
Error getting licenses
An error occurs while reading features on demand license
information.
442
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 116. fod command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Error reading data
An error occurs while reading features on demand
information.
Getting switch[x] licenses failed
An error occurs while reading the license information for
an I/O module.
where x is the I/O-bay that identifies the I/O module.
Not supported by this type of I/O module. Type env -h for
help on changing targets
A user tries to initiate features on demand for an I/O
module that does not support it.
fruactlog command errors
This topic lists errors for the fruactlog command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “fruactlog
command” on page 144 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 117. fruactlog command errors
Error message
Definition
Getting FRU activity log failed
An error occurs while trying to access the FRU activity
log.
No FRU activity log found
No module activity log is found in the FRU activity log.
fsmcm command errors
This topic lists errors for the fsmcm command.
There are no unique errors for the fsmcm command. See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error
messages that apply to all commands. See “fsmcm command” on page 145 for information about command
syntax and examples of command use.
fuelg command errors
This topic lists error messages for the fuelg command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “fuelg
command” on page 147 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 118. fuelg command errors
Error message
Definition
-pme can not be 'none' when configuring -spl
The user attempts set the chassis power management
and capping to none when a static power limit value is
specified.
-pme must be other than 'none' when configuring -spl
The user attempts set the chassis power management
and capping to none when a static power limit value is
specified.
Chapter 4. Error messages
443
Table 118. fuelg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
-pme must be provided when configuring -spl
The user attempts to specify a static power limit value
without setting the chassis power management and
capping value to static.
-ps and -dps cannot be enabled at the same time.
The user attempts to enable -ps and -dps at the same
time.
-spl must be numeric if a percentage, or numeric with a
'W' appended if a wattage
The user attempts to enter a value that is in the wrong
format for the -spl command option.
-spl must be provided when configuring -pme other than
'none'
The user attempts set the chassis power management
and capping to static without specifying a static power
limit value.
A power module failure in domain domain_number can
result in an immediate shutdown.
A power supply fails and the domain in which it is installed
loses redundancy. The Lenovo Flex System chassis might
turn itself off, based on the power management
configuration.
where domain_number identifies the power domain.
Blade must be powered on to enable/disable dps.
The user attempts to enable or disable dynamic power
server mode for a compute node while its power is off.
Blade must be powered on to enable/disable fpop
The user attempts to enable or disable favoring
performance over power for a compute node while its
power is off.
Blade must be powered on to enable/disable pme
The user attempts to enable or disable power
management and capping for a compute node while its
power is off.
Blade must be powered on to enable/disable ps
The user attempts to enable or disable static low power
saver mode for a compute node while its power is off.
Blade must be powered on to set pcap
The user attempts to set the power capping value for a
compute node while its power is off.
Checking if power is preallocated to switch[number]
failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is checking if power is
preallocated for the specified I/O module.
where number identifies the I/O-bay number.
Effective CPU Speed not available.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the effective
CPU Speed.
Error reading blade power management capability.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the compute
node power management capability.
Error reading hot air recirculation data
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the hot air
recirculation data.
Error reading runtime blade capability
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the runtime
capability for a compute node.
Error reading soft minimum.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the soft
minimum value.
Error reading soft minimum, using guaranteed minimum
instead.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the soft
minimum value.
Error writing data for the option -pme
The user attempts to enable power management and
capping for a compute node that is turned off.
Please make sure the blade is powered on
444
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 118. fuelg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Getting blade health state parameters failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the compute
node health state parameters.
Getting blade pcap maximum value failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the compute
node power cap maximum value.
Getting blade pcap minimum value failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the compute
node power cap minimum value.
Getting blade power cap level failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the compute
nodepower cap level.
Getting Chassis Power Cap Range failed
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the chassis
power cap level.
Getting domain latest power sample failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the latest power
domain sample.
Getting duty cycle numbers failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the duty cycle
numbers.
Getting duty cycle numbers of blade[node_number] failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the duty cycle
numbers of specified compute node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
Getting dynamic power management capability of blade
[node_number] failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the dynamic
power management capability of specified compute
node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
Getting information of power[number] failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading data of
specified power supply.
where the number identifies the specified power supply.
Getting name of mm[number] failed
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the CMM name.
where the number identifies the specified CMM bay
number.
Getting power allocation for blade[node_number] failed
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power
allocation information of the specified compute node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
Getting power cap level for blade[node_number] failed
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power cap
level of the specified compute node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
Getting power management policy for domain domain_
number failed
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power
management policy of the specified domain.
where domain_number is the number of the domain that
was entered.
Getting power state of blade[node_number] failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power state
of specified compute node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
Getting power values for blower[number] failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power
values of specified chassis cooling unit.
where the number identifies the location of the
component.
Chapter 4. Error messages
445
Table 118. fuelg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Getting power values of Fanmux slot failed
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power
values of a fan logic module.
Getting power values for MM[number] failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power
values of specified CMM.
where the number identifies the location of the
component.
Getting power values for switch[number] failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power
values of specified I/O module.
where the number represents the specified I/O module.
Getting power values of midplane within domain failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power
values of midplane within domain.
Getting power values of mt[number] within domain failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power
values within domain of specified rear LED card.
where the number represents the specified mt.
Getting power values of PM Cooling Device number failed
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power
values of specified power supply cooling device.
where the number represents the specified PM cooling
device.
Getting status of domain domain_number failed
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the status of
specified domain.
where domain_number identifies the power domain.
Invalid option for this blade: option
The user attempts to issue a command with an option
which is invalid for the targeted compute node.
where option identifies the unacceptable option.
Maximum CPU Speed not available.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading maximum CPU
Speed.
pcap must be between min and max Watts.
The user input for power cap is out of the range.
where min and max represent the minimum and maximum
wattage values permitted.
Power value is not in the guaranteed capping range.
The user attempts to set a power value that is out of
range.
The -spl wattage value must be in the range of lower_limit
and upper_limit
The user attempts to set a static power limit wattage
value that is out of range.
where lower_limit and upper_limit indicate the upper and
lower wattage range limits.
The -spl percentage value must convert to a wattage
value in the range of lower_limit and upper_limit
The user attempts to set a static power limit percentage
value that is outside of the wattage range.
where lower_limit and upper_limit indicate the upper and
lower wattage range limits.
The acoustic attenuation setting could not be set because
compute nodes in the chassis require more cooling than
the selected policy would provide.
446
The user attempts to set an acoustic attenuation setting
that conflicts with chassis cooling requirements.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 118. fuelg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
The nebs mode setting could not be set because
compute nodes in the chassis require more cooling than
the selected policy would provide.
Note: This error message applies only to CMMs installed
in a Lenovo Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis.
The user attempts to select a NEBS mode that exceed the
chassis cooling capacity.
The Power Management Policy is not applicable when a
1200W or 1400W power module is installed.
The user attempts to select a power management policy
that is not compatible with power modules installed in the
chassis.
There is no air flow trending data to display.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading air flow trending
data.
There is no thermal trending data to display.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading thermal
trending data.
There is no trending data to display.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading power trending
data.
This blade does not support power capping
A user tries to enable power capping for a compute node
that does not support this feature.
Unable to change power management settings, domain
may be oversubscribed.
An error occurs while the CMM is configuring the power
management policy.
groups command errors
This topic lists errors for the groups command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “groups
command” on page 159 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 119. groups command errors
Error message
Definition
-add and -clear can not be issued together
A user tries to use the -add and -clear options at the same
time.
-n and -a must be provided for adding/modifying a group
A user tries to add or modify a group without specifying
the group name (-n) or role-based security level (-a).
-n must be provided for deleting a group
A user tries to delete a group without specifying the group
name (-n).
Adding/Deleting/Modifying group group_name failed
An error occurs while the CMM is adding, deleting, or
modifying a group.
where group_name is the group name that was entered.
Error: the RBS permissions capability is not enabled
A user tries to specify RBS permissions when role-based
security is not enabled.
Getting group group_name failed
An error occurs while the CMM is retrieving the group
name.
where group_name is the group name that was entered.
Getting groups failed
An error occurs while the CMM is executing the
command.
Chapter 4. Error messages
447
Table 119. groups command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Group group_name not found
A user tries to perform an operation on a group name that
does not exist.
where group_name is the group name that was entered.
Group name group_name already existed
A user tries to enter a group name that already exists.
where group_name is the group name that was entered.
Groups are full, max of max_num_groups groups reached
A user tries to enter more groups than the system
supports.
where max_num_groups is the maximum name number of
groups that are allowed.
Invalid authority level
A user tries to specify an RBS authority level that is not
valid.
Invalid device number (first number must be smaller):
number
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels using a range
of devices that is not valid.
where number is the device number that is not valid.
Invalid device number: number
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels without
specifying a valid device scope.
where number is the device number that is not valid.
Invalid rbs device (must be same device): device
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels without
specifying a valid device scope.
where device is the device that is not valid.
Invalid rbs device: device
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels without
specifying a valid device scope.
where device is the device that is not valid.
Invalid rbs device: Must specify device number
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels without
specifying a valid device scope.
Invalid rbs role list
A user tries to specify a list of RBS authority levels that is
not valid.
Invalid rbs role: role
A user tries to specify an RBS authority level that is not
valid.
where role is the authority level that is not valid.
Must be set at least one rbs role for this user.
A user tries to set up a group without specifying a role.
The group name cannot be longer than max_length
characters.
A user tries to enter a group name that is longer than the
maximum length.
where max_length is the maximum number of characters
allowed in a group name.
health command errors
This topic lists errors for the health command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “health
command” on page 164 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
448
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 120. health command errors
Error message
Definition
-f and -k must be used exclusive of each other.
Note: This error message applies only to CMMs installed
in a Lenovo Flex System Carrier-Grade chassis.
A user tries to issue the -f and -k command options at the
same time.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The primary CMM is initializing. Please try again
later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The primary CMM is verifying the code level on the
standby CMM. Please try again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The standby CMM is flashing. Please try again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The standby CMM is in an unknown state. Please try
again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The standby CMM is in post-flash initialization.
Please try again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The standby CMM is not present. Please try again
later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. Please try again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Error checking standby CMM status. Commands cannot
be issued to the standby CMM right now.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Getting system health summary failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the system
health summary.
help command errors
This topic lists errors for the help command.
There are no unique errors for the help command. See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error
messages that apply to all commands. See “help command” on page 171 for information about command
syntax and examples of command use.
history command errors
This topic lists errors for the history command.
There are no unique errors for the history command. See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error
messages that apply to all commands. See “history command” on page 174 for information about command
syntax and examples of command use.
ifconfig command errors
This topic lists error messages for the ifconfig command.
Chapter 4. Error messages
449
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “ifconfig
command” on page 175 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 121. ifconfig command errors
Error message
Definition
-d must be set to 'full' when -r is set to '1000auto'
A user tries to set the -r command option to 1000auto
while the -d option is set to other than full.
-em can't be allowed in this passthru module
The user tries to issue a command with the -em option for
an I/O-passthru module that does not support this option.
-em cannot be reconfigured while Stacking Mode is
enabled on the CMM.
The user tries to issue a command with the -em option
while Stacking Mode is enabled on the CMM.
-em not supported on switch[bay]
The user tries to issue a command with the -em option to
an I/O module that does not support it.
where bay identifies the I/O-bay number.
-ep cannot be reconfigured while Stacking Mode is
enabled on the CMM.
The user tries to issue a command with the -ep option
while Stacking Mode is enabled on the CMM.
-ipv6static, -dhcp6, and -sa6 can't all be disabled.
A user tries to issue a command that disables -ipv6static,
-dhcp6, and -sa6 at the same time.
-pip can't be allowed in this passthru module
The user tries to issue a command with the -pip option to
a I/O-passthru module that does not support this option.
-pip cannot be reconfigured while Stacking Mode is
enabled on the CMM.
The user tries to issue a command with the -pip option
while Stacking Mode is enabled on the CMM.
-pip not supported on switch[bay]
The user tries to issue a command with the -pip option to
an I/O module that does not support it.
where bay identifies the I/O-bay number.
-up and -down can not be both used in same command.
The user tries to issue a command with both the -up and
-down options.
-up and -down cannot be used in the same command.
The user tries to issue a command with both the -up and
-down options.
-up/down is read-only for blade target
A user tries to enable or disable the Ethernet interface for
a compute node. These options are not supported for the
compute node command target.
An error occurred while reading Protected Mode
information.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the protected
mode information.
Can't find management NI
An error occurs while attempting to locate the
management network interface.
Configuration not supported on this I/O Module type.
The user tries to issue a command for the configuration
which is not supported by targeted I/O module type.
Disabling IP configuration failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is disabling the new IP
configuration.
Enabling IP configuration failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is enabling the new IP
configuration.
Error converting the i6 address from string to bytes.
An error occurs while converting the i6 address from a
string to bytes.
Error parsing NI info: error_ID
An error occurs while processing network interface
information.
where error_ID identifies the error that occurred.
450
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 121. ifconfig command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Error reading data for Link-local address.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading data for the
link-local address.
Error reading data for Link-local address prefix length.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading data for the
link-local address prefix length.
Error reading data for options -id, -i6, -p6, and -g6
An error occurs while the CMM is reading data for the
command options.
Error reading data for Stateless auto-config IP Addresses.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the stateless
auto-configuration IP address.
Error reading network configuration
An error occurs while reading the network configuration.
Error reading NI info
An error occurs while reading network interface
information.
Error reading the data rate.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the data rate
setting of a network interface (eth0 or eth1).
Error validating network interface name.
An error occurs while validating the network interface
name.
Error validating the ID
An error occurs while validating the ID.
Gateway configuration is not allowed on this IO module.
A user tries to configure the gateway for an I/O module
that does not support this feature.
Getting current active advanced failover mode failed
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the advanced
failover mode.
I/O Module is in Protected Mode and cannot change its
configuration method.
A user tries to change the configuration of an I/O module
while it is in protected mode.
I/O Module is in Protected Mode and cannot change its IP
configuration.
A user tries to change the configuration of an I/O module
while it is in protected mode.
I/O Module is in Stacking Mode and cannot change its
Gateway configuration.
The user tries to issue a command to change the
Gateway configuration with the I/O Module in Stacking
Mode.
I/O Module is in Stacking Mode and cannot change its IP
configuration.
The user tries to issue a command to change the IP
configuration with the I/O Module in Stacking Mode.
I/O Module is in Stacking Mode and cannot change its
Subnet configuration.
The user tries to issue a command to change Subnet
configuration with I/O Module in Stacking Mode.
Include -id only when setting -i6, -p6, or -g6
The user tries to set a value for -id without specifying an
additional command option that is needed.
Interface label is not configured correctly
A user tries to enter incorrect configuration information for
the identified interface.
where label identifies the interface.
Interface option is read-only.
The user tries to configure an option parameter that is
read-only.
where option identifies the command option
Interface label is read-only.
A user tries to configure an interface that is read only.
where label identifies the interface.
Chapter 4. Error messages
451
Table 121. ifconfig command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Invalid IP arg for option: ip_address. Each byte has to be
in the range (0-255)
The user tries to enter an IP address that is out of range.
IP addresses must follow the standard format: xxx.xxx.
xxx.xxx, where each xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
where:
• option identifies the command option
• ip_address identifies the invalid IP address argument
Invalid IP arg for option: ip_address. Enter 4 bytes
separated by 3 dots
The user tries to enter an IP address that is too long. IP
addresses must follow the standard format: xxx.xxx.xxx.
xxx, where each xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
where:
• option identifies the command option
• ip_address identifies the invalid IP address argument
Invalid IP arg for option: ip_address. Too few bytes
where:
• option identifies the command option
• ip_address identifies the invalid IP address argument
Invalid IP arg for option: ip_address. Too many bytes
where:
• option identifies the command option
• ip_address identifies the invalid IP address argument
Invalid IPv6 arg for -option: ip_address
The user tries to enter an IP address with too few bytes.
IP addresses must follow the standard format: xxx.xxx.
xxx.xxx, where each xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
The user tries to enter an IP address with too many bytes.
IP addresses must follow the standard format: xxx.xxx.
xxx.xxx, where each xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
The user tries to enter an IPv6 address with the wrong
format.
where:
• option identifies the command option
• ip_address identifies the invalid IPv6 address argument
Invalid MAC arg for option: address. Invalid syntax
The user tries to enter an invalid MAC address.
where:
• option identifies the command option
• address identifies the invalid MAC address argument
Invalid MAC arg for option: address. Multicast addresses
not allowed
The user tries to enter a multicast address.
where:
• option identifies the command option
• address identifies the invalid MAC address argument
Invalid MAC arg for option: address. Too few bytes
The user tries to enter a MAC address with too few bytes.
where:
• option identifies the command option
• address identifies the invalid MAC address argument
Invalid MAC arg for option: address. Too many bytes
The user tries to enter a MAC address with too many
bytes.
where:
• option identifies the command option
• address identifies the invalid MAC address argument
Invalid option for the standby CMM: -f
452
A user tries to set a floating IPv4 IP address for the
standby CMM. (The standby CMM does not support
floating IP addresses.)
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 121. ifconfig command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Invalid option for the standby CMM: -f6
A user tries to set a floating IPv6 IP address for the
standby CMM. (The standby CMM does not support
floating IP addresses.)
Invalid option for this Blade: option
A user tries to enter a command option that is not
supported by a compute node.
where option identifies the command option.
Invalid option for this I/O Module: option
A user tries to enter a command option that is not
supported by an I/O module.
where option identifies the command option.
IP configuration is not allowed on this IO module.
A user tries to configure the IP address for an I/O module
that does not support this feature.
Length has to be less than maximum characters.
A user tries to input an option argument that exceed the
maximum number of characters that are allowed.
where maximum is the maximum number of characters
Only alphanumeric characters, '.', '_' and '-' allowed. No
consecutive '.' allowed.
The user tries to enter a domain name that contains
invalid characters. Valid characters that can be used in a
hostname are letters, numbers, periods ( . ), dashes ( - ),
and underscores ( _ ), with no consecutive periods.
Only alphanumeric characters, '_' and '-' allowed.
The user tries to enter an hostname that contains invalid
characters. Valid characters that can be used in a
hostname are letters, numbers, dashes ( - ), and
underscores ( _ ).
Option option has read-only access for the standby
CMM.
A user tries to configure a network setting for the standby
CMM that is read only.
where option identifies the command option
Option -s has read-only access for the standby CMM.
The user tries to direct a command to that is not
supported to the standby CMM.
Protected Mode capability does not exist on this I/O
module.
A user tries to set or configure a protected mode feature
for an I/O module that does not support protected mode.
Protected Mode has already been disabled on the CMM
for this I/O module.
A user tries to disable protected mode for an I/O module
when the protected mode status is already disabled.
Protected Mode has already been enabled on the CMM
for this I/O module.
A user tries to enable protected mode for an I/O module
while the protected mode status is still pending.
In order to activate it, you must access the native
management interface of the I/O module and activate
Protected Mode there.
Protected Mode has to be disabled on this I/O module's
native management interface first.
A user tries to:
• enable protected mode for an I/O module when the
protected mode status is already active.
• disable protected mode for an I/O module when the
protected mode status is attention or active.
Re-enabling interface failed.
An error occurs when enabling an interface.
Static IPv4 configuration is not allowed when config
method is dhcp
The user tries to set one or more static IPv4 configuration
parameters (-i, -s, or -g) when the current IPv4
configuration method (-c) is set to DHCP, or if it is being
set to DHCP in this command.
Chapter 4. Error messages
453
Table 121. ifconfig command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Subnet mask configuration is not allowed on this IO
module.
A user tries to configure the subnet mask for an I/O
module that does not support this feature.
The current active advanced failover mode is off
A user tries to issue a command to read the standby
CMM network configuration when the advanced failover
mode is disabled.
The ID provided doesn't match any configured addresses
A user tries to change an IP address that has not yet been
configured.
The standby CMM must be present and advanced
failover must be set to noswap before you can set -f.
A user tries to set an IPv4 floating IP address for a
standby CMM that is not installed or has the wrong
failover setting.
The standby CMM must be present and advanced
failover must be set to noswap before you can set -f6.
A user tries to set an IPv6 floating IP address for a
standby CMM that is not installed or has the wrong
failover setting.
The standby Management Module address can't be the
same as the primary Management Module address.
A user tries to set the IP addresses of the primary and
standby CMMs to the same value.
This target is no longer supported by the ifconfig
command.
The user tries to direct the command to an invalid
command target.
When setting i6, -p6, or g6, -id must be included.
A user tries to configure a compute node static IPv6
configuration and does not include the static
configuration ID number.
You must enable -ep and -em for this I/O module before
you can enable -pm on it.
A user tries to enable protected mode for an I/O module
before configuring the -ep and -em command options.
info command errors
This topic lists error messages for the info command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “info
command” on page 205 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 122. info command errors
Error message
Definition
-path not supported on switch[bay]
The user tries to issue a command to a path that an I/O
module does not support.
where bay identifies the I/O-module bay number.
blade[x] doesn't have path information
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the compute
node path information.
where x identifies the compute node.
Option: -path cannot be issued to this target
The user tries to use the -path option on a target that
does not support it.
switch[x] doesn't have path information
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the I/O module
path information.
where x identifies the I/O module.
454
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
iocomp command errors
This topic lists errors for the iocomp command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “iocomp
command” on page 212 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 123. iocomp command errors
Error message
Definition
Error reading I/O Compatibility Detail for blade node_
number
An error occurs while the CMM is reading I/O
compatibility for targeted compute node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
Error reading I/O Compatibility Detail for switch bay_
number
An error occurs while the CMM is reading I/O
compatibility for targeted I/O module.
where the bay_number identifies the I/O module.
ERROR!!! IOM bay_number reports incorrect width! sw_
width = sw_width
An error occurs while the CMM is reading I/O
compatibility for targeted I/O module.
where
• the bay_number identifies the I/O module
• sw_width identifies the invalid width
I/O Compatibility Detail of blade node_number: unknown
An error occurs while the CMM is reading I/O
compatibility for the targeted compute node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
ldapcfg command errors
This topic lists error messages for the ldapcfg command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “ldapcfg
command” on page 214 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 124. ldapcfg command errors
Error message
Definition
-dn is required when -server is set to dns
A user tries to set DNS as the LDAP server discovery
method without specifying a search domain (-dn option).
A Client DN password is configured, client DN must be
configured too.
A user tries to issue a command to remove the client DN
setting with the client DN password configured.
CMM target name is limited to 63 characters.
A user tries to set a CMM target name that is longer than
63 characters.
Both password and confirm password must be provided.
A user tries to issue a command without providing both
the password and the confirm password.
Client DN password mismatch. Please reenter
passwords.
A user tries to issue a command with both -p and -cp
options, but their arguments do not match.
If a Client DN password is configured, client DN must be
configured too.
A user tries to issue a command to configure the client
DN password while the client DN is not configured.
Chapter 4. Error messages
455
Table 124. ldapcfg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Invalid option argument for -option:argument. format
A user tries to issue a command with invalid arguments
for the options which do not conform to the format
specified.
where:
• option identifies the option
• argument identifies the invalid argument
• format identifies the format of argument
Option argument for -option exceeds max length
(maximum characters): argument
• option identifies the option
• maximum identifies the maximum allowed number of
characters
• argument identifies the argument
A user tries to set a value for the specified option
argument that is longer than the maximum allowed
number of characters.
Port must be numeric and in the range of 1 and 65535
A user tries to set a port number that is non-numeric or
outside the allowed range.
When configuring '-bm cc', -cd and -p must be
configured too
A user tries to set a binding method of configured
credentials without specifying a client distinguished name
(-cd option) and client password (-p option).
You are configuring Client DN password, but no Client
DN. Please configure a Client DN.
A user tries to issue a command to set Client DN
password while the Client DN is not configured.
led command errors
This topic lists errors for the led command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “led
command ” on page 225 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 125. led command errors
Error message
Definition
'blink' is not supported on blade[node_number]
The targeted compute node does not support the LED
blink function.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
Error setting system LED.
An error occurs while the CMM is configuring the system
LED.
Error setting -loc for blade[node_number]
An error occurs while setting identify LED for the targeted
compute node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
Error setting -loc for switch[number]
An error occurs while setting identify LED for the targeted
I/O module.
where number identifies the I/O-module bay.
Error getting LED information from device
An error occurs while retrieving LED information.
Error turning off information LED
An error occurs while the user is setting the identify LED
to off.
456
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 125. led command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
The chassis location LED cannot be turned off at this time
because one or more blades have their location LED
active.
A user issues a command to turn off the chassis identify
LED under conditions when this is not allowed.
The location LED cannot be turned off. The module is not
in a state which allows this operation
A user issues a command to turn off a module location
LED under conditions when this is not allowed.
list command errors
This topic lists error messages for the list command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “list
command” on page 228 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 126. list command errors
Error message
Definition
Error retrieving topology
An error occurs while retrieving the structure of devices
installed in a chassis.
monalerts command errors
This topic lists errors for the monalerts command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “monalerts
command” on page 229 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 127. monalerts command errors
Error message
Definition
Invalid syntax. -ec is only allowed to be enabled.
A user tries to disable -ec (legacy alerts).
ntp command errors
This topic lists error messages for the ntp command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “ntp
command” on page 238 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 128. ntp command errors
Error message
Definition
Configuring NTP settings failed
An error occurs while configuring NTP settings.
Getting NTP configuration failed
An error occurs while retrieving NTP configuration
information.
Invalid value passed to -en flag. Valid values are enable/
disable
The user input for the -en option is invalid.
NTP not supported on switch slot
Network time protocol (NTP) is not supported by the
specified I/O module subslot.
where slot indicates the specified I/O-module subslot.
Chapter 4. Error messages
457
Table 128. ntp command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Please set NTP server name or IP address before
enabling NTP
The user tries to enable NTP before setting the server
name or IP address.
Please set NTP server name or IP address before
synchronizing the clock
The user tries to synchronize the clock before setting the
NTP server name or IP address.
Please set NTP update frequency before enabling NTP
The user tries to enable NTP before setting the update
frequency.
Please set NTP v3 authentication entry before enabling
NTP authentication
The user tries to enable NTP authentication before
configuring the v3 authentication.
permgroups command errors
This topic lists errors for the permgroups command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “permgroups
command” on page 242 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 129. permgroups command errors
Error message
Definition
-n must be provided for clearing a permission group
A user tries to clear a permission group without the -n
option.
Adding a permission group failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is adding a permission
group.
Adding a permission group failed: max group exceeded
A user tries to add a permission group that exceeds the
maximum group limit of 128.
Both -n and -a must be provided for adding a permission
group
A user tries to add a permission group without the -n and
-a options.
Clearing a permission group failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is clearing a permission
group.
Default permission group group_name cannot be deleted
A user tries to delete the default permission group.
where group_name is the group name that was entered.
Error: the RBS permissions capability is not enabled
A user tries to specify RBS permissions when role-based
security is not enabled.
Invalid group name. The group name can only contain
numbers, letters, dots, underscores, and hyphens.
A user tries to enter a group name that contains invalid
characters. Valid characters that can be used in a group
name are letters, numbers, periods ( . ), underscores ( _ ),
and hyphens ( - ).
458
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 129. permgroups command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Getting permission group information failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is getting permission
group information.
Getting permission group names failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is getting permission
group names.
Invalid authority level
A user tries to specify an RBS authority level that is not
valid.
Invalid device number (first number must be smaller):
number
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels using a range
of devices that is not valid.
where number is the device number that is not valid.
Invalid device number: number
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels without
specifying a valid device scope.
where number is the device number that is not valid.
Invalid rbs device (must be same device): device
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels without
specifying a valid device scope.
where device is the device that is not valid.
Invalid rbs device: device
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels without
specifying a valid device scope.
where device is the device that is not valid.
Invalid rbs device: Must specify device number
A user tries to specify RBS authority levels without
specifying a valid device scope.
Invalid rbs role list
A user tries to specify a list of RBS authority levels that is
not valid.
Invalid rbs role: role
A user tries to specify an RBS authority level that is not
valid.
where role is the authority level that is not valid.
Modifying a permission group failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is modifying a permission
group.
Must be set at least one rbs role for this user.
A user tries to set up a group without specifying a role.
Permission group name group_name is in use and it
cannot be deleted
A user tries to delete a permission group name that is
being used.
where group_name is the group name that was entered.
The permission group name cannot be longer than 63
characters
A user tries to set a permission group name that is longer
than 63 characters.
ping command errors
This topic lists errors for the ping command.
Chapter 4. Error messages
459
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “ping
command” on page 246 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 130. ping command errors
Error message
Definition
Error reading network configuration
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the network
configuration.
Index index IP address not found
The user tries to specify an IP address index number that
is not in the index table.
where the index an IP address in an index table.
Index is greater than the current number of available IP
addresses. Please try again.
The user tries to specify an IP address index number that
is not in the index table.
IP address ip_address not found
The user tries to specify an IP address that is not valid.
where the ip_address identifies the invalid IP address
argument.
Not supported by this type of I/O module. Type env -h for
help on changing targets.
The user tries to issue a command that is not valid for the
command target.
The I/O module cannot be pinged while the IP config is
protected.
The user tries to ping a protected member of an I/O
module stack.
This command is not available for switches when
protected mode is active
A user tries to ping an I/O module that is operating in
protected mode.
pmpolicy command errors
This topic lists errors for the pmpolicy command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “pmpolicy
command” on page 249 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 131. pmpolicy command errors
Error message
Definition
Getting current policy failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is getting the current
policy for a domain.
Getting valid policies failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is getting the valid policies
for power management.
Unable to change power management settings, domain
may be oversubscribed.
An error occurs when a user attempts to change the
power management settings for a power domain that
might be oversubscribed.
portcfg command errors
This topic lists errors for the portcfg command.
There are no unique errors for the portcfg command. See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error
messages that apply to all commands. See “portcfg command” on page 251 for information about command
syntax and examples of command use.
460
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
ports command errors
This topic lists error messages for the ports command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “ports
command” on page 254 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 132. ports command errors
Error message
Definition
A certificate must first be in place before SSL/HTTPS can
be enabled. Try rebooting the CMM, or regenerating the
CA certificate with the 'sslcfg -gen ca' command.
A user tries to enable SSL or HTTPS without a valid
certificate in place.
An SSH server key must first be in place before SSH can
be enabled.
A user tries to enable SSH before setting up a valid SSH
server key.
Cannot perform this command right now. The agent is not
active
A user tries to direct a command to an agent that is not
active.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
CMM security policy disallows -cime enable right now.
A user attempts to enable CIM over HTTPS (-cime) when
the current security policy setting does not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -ftpe enable right now.
A user attempts to enable FTP (-ftpe) when the current
security policy setting does not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -httpse disable (http
enable) right now.
A user attempts to disable HTTPS (-httpse) when the
current security policy setting does not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -snmp1ae enable right
now.
A user attempts to enable SNMPv1 agent state
(-snmp1ae) when the current security policy setting does
not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -tcme enable right now.
A user attempts to enable TCP command mode (-tcme)
when the current security policy setting does not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -telnete enable right now.
A user attempts to enable the Telnet port (-telnete) when
the current security policy setting does not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -tftpe enable right now.
A user attempts to enable TFTP (-tftpe) when the current
security policy setting does not allow it.
Duplicate port number entered.
A user tries to enter a command with a port number that
is already in use.
Error reading port number info
An error occurs while reading port number information.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
where number is the port number that was entered.
Getting open ports failed
An error occurs while the CMM is retrieving informatory
about open ports.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
Getting policy state failed
An error occurs while the CMM is getting the security
policy state.
Invalid parameter. The timeout must be between 0 and
4294967295 seconds.
A user tries to enter a timeout that is outside of the valid
range.
Chapter 4. Error messages
461
Table 132. ports command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Invalid port index
A user tries to enter a port index number that is not valid.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
Maximum connections can not exceed max
where max is the maximum number of allowed
connections.
A user attempts to configure more than the maximum
number of allowed connections.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
Maximum connections can not exceed 20.
A user attempts to configure more than 20 connections.
No valid server certificate is in place for Secure TCP
Command Mode. Try rebooting the CMM, or regenerating
the CA certificate with the 'sslcfg -gen ca' command.
A user tries to change the state of Secure TCP Command
Mode without a valid certificate in place.
Port not in use
A user tries to enter a port number that is not in use.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
Port number out of range.
A user tries to enter a port number that is outside of the
valid range.
Resetting all ports to default values failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is resetting all ports to
their default values.
SNMPv1 support cannot be disabled. It is required for
blade communication with the CMM over the CIN.
A user tries to disable SNMPv1 that is required for
communications with compute nodes via CIN.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
The total number of secure and legacy connections of
TCP Command Mode cannot exceed 20
A user attempted to configure more than 20 TCP
Command Mode connections.
This I/O module does not support port link state
configuration.
A user tries to enter a command for a port link state which
not supported by the targeted I/O module.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
This I/O module does not support port speed
configuration.
A user tries to enter a command for a speed configuration
which not supported by the targeted I/O module.
This information is not available when protected mode is
active
A user tries to access information that is not available
when operating in protected mode.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
Validating port failed
An error occurs while validating a port.
Note: This error message applies to only the I/O module
target.
Warning: Communication with IBM FSM via Secure TCP
Command Mode has been disabled.
A user has disabled the Secure TCP command mode.
Warning: Communication with IBM FSM via TCP
Command Mode has been disabled.
A user has disabled the TCP command mode.
power command errors
This topic lists error messages for the power command.
462
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “power
command” on page 270 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 133. power command errors
Error message
Definition
-ap can only be issued to blade target
A user attempts to apply the -ap option to a device other
than a compute node.
-ap must be 'restore' or 'auto' for blade[x]
A user tries to enter a -ap command option argument
other than restore or auto for a storage node that requires
one of these arguments.
where x is the node bay number.
-c can only be issued to blade target
A user tries to direct the power -c command option to a
non-compute node target.
-c must be used with -on or -cycle
A user tries to use the -c command option without
specifying the -on or -cycle command options.
-cycle can only be issued to blade, I/O module or standalone server target
A user tries to direct the power -cycle command to a
command target that does not support it.
-d can only be issued to blade or IO module target
A user attempts to apply the -d option to a device other
than a compute node or I/O module.
-on/-off/-cycle not supported on switch[x]
A user tries to direct a power command option to an I/O
module that does not support it.
where x is the I/O-bay number.
-on/-off/-softoff/-cycle not supported on blade[x]
A user tries to direct a power command option to a
compute node that does not support it.
where x is the node bay number.
-post can only be issued to I/O module target
A user tries to direct the -post option to a non-I/O module
target.
-post must be used with -state
A user tries to use the -post command option without
specifying the -state command option.
-sms can only be issued to blade target
A user attempts to issue the -sms command option to a
target that is not a compute node.
-sms is not supported on blade[x]
A user attempts to issue the -sms command option to a
compute node target that does not support this feature.
where x is the node bay number.
-softoff can only be issued to blade or stand-alone server
target
A user tries to direct the power -softoff command to a
command target that does not support it.
-state can only be issued to blade, I/O module, or standalone server target
A user tries to direct the power -state command to a
command target that does not support it.
-wol, -local, -ap, -d and -sms must be used exclusive of
the other options
A user attempts to enter multiple command options
together that must be used alone.
-wol/-local can only be issued to chassis or blade target
A user tries to direct the power -wol or power -local
command to a command target that does not support it.
-wol/-local/-sms not supported on blade[x]
A user tries to direct a power command option to a
compute node that does not support it.
where x is the node bay number.
Error retrieving power state for I/O Module slot
An error occurs while retrieving a power state.
where slot is the I/O-module subslot.
Chapter 4. Error messages
463
Table 133. power command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Getting POST results failed
An error occurs while retrieving POST results.
Invalid POST results.
The POST results are not valid.
Not supported by this type of I/O module. Type env -h for
help on changing targets.
A user attempts to apply an option to an I/O module that
does not support the option.
POST results not complete: hex_code
The POST results are not available. See the
documentation that comes with the device that failed to
respond correctly to the power command for information
about the hex_code value.
where the hex_code value varies based on the problem
that was encountered.
Power not supported on this target
A user tries to direct the power command to a command
target that does not support it.
Powering on/off blade failed.
An error occurs while powering the compute node on or
off.
Powering on/off I/O Module failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is powering the I/O
module on or off.
Powering on/off network clock failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is powering the network
clock on or off.
Powering on/off Telco Alarm Panel failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is powering the Telco
Alarm Panel on or off.
Resetting blade failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is resetting the compute
node.
Restarting I/O Module failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is restarting the I/O
module.
Shutting down OS and powering off blade failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is shutting down the
operating system and powering off the compute node.
SOL not supported on blade[x]
A user tries to run a power command option that starts a
SOL (serial over LAN) session on a compute node that
does not support SOL.
where x is the node bay number.
The argument of -d must be in a range of min and max
A user tries to enter an argument for the -d command
option that is out of range.
where min and max indicate the range of acceptable
values.
The argument of -d must be numeric
A user tries to enter a non-numeric argument for the -d
command option.
The I/O Module is powering off.
A user tries to power on, power off, or restart a RAID SAS
module which is in the process of powering off.
pwrprofile command errors
This topic lists errors for the pwrprofile command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “pwrprofile
command” on page 278 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
464
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 134. pwrprofile command errors
Error message
Definition
-d is required when -f is other than 'daily'
A user does not specify the -d command option when the
-f command option is set to a value other than daily.
Adding/deleting/modifying group failed: error
An error occurs while the CMM is adding, deleting, or
modifying a group.
where error is:
• The group with the name already existed
• Max group definitions reached
• The group not found
• Invalid parameters
• Internal error
Adding/deleting/modifying power schedule failed: error
An error occurs while the CMM is adding, deleting, or
modifying a power schedule.
where error is:
• Max power schedules for this target group reached
• Max power schedules reached
• The power schedule not found
• The group not found
• Invalid parameters
• Internal error
Bay numbers and/or ranges of bay numbers must be
parentheses enclosed
A user tries to specify a bay number, or range of bay
numbers, that is not enclosed in parenthesis.
Bay type keyword must be followed by set of parentheses
enclosing comma delimited bay numbers and/or ranges
of bay numbers
A user tries to specify a bay type keyword that is not
enclosed in parenthesis or in an improper format.
Getting group information failed: error
An error occurs while the CMM is getting group
information.
where error is specific information about the error.
Getting schedule information of group group_index failed:
error
An error occurs while the CMM is getting group schedule
information.
where:
• group_index is the group index specified.
• error is specific information about the error.
Invalid -d for '-f once'
A user tries to enter an invalid value for the -d command
option.
Invalid -d for '-f weekly'
A user tries to enter an invalid value for the -d command
option.
Invalid -servers: No parm or invalid keywords
A user tries to specify an argument for -servers that is
incomplete or not valid.
Invalid -servers for '-key key'
A user tries to specify an argument for -servers that is not
valid.
where key is the key specified.
Invalid bay number
A user tries to specify a bay number that is not valid.
Invalid group/power schedule index: index.
A user tries to specify a non-numeric index.
where index is the index specified.
Chapter 4. Error messages
465
Table 134. pwrprofile command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Invalid group/power schedule index: index. It is out of
range of 1 - max
A user tries to specify an index that is out of range.
where:
• index is the index specified.
• max is the highest index number that can be specified.
Invalid group/power schedule index. Maximum value is
max
A user tries to specify an index that is out of range.
where max is the highest index number that can be
specified.
Invalid group index: group_index
A user tries to enter an invalid group index, only
specifying the '-'.
where group_index is the group index specified.
Invalid group index, no index value provided
A user tries to enter an invalid group index, only
specifying the '-'.
Invalid option argument for -n: group_name. Consecutive
dots not allowed
A user tries to enter an invalid group name.
where group_name is the group name specified.
Invalid option argument for -n: group_name. Only
alphanumeric characters and '.', or '_' allowed
A user tries to enter an invalid group name.
where group_name is the group name specified.
Invalid syntax for group index: group_index
A user tries to enter an invalid group index, without
specifying the '-' before the index.
where group_index is the group index specified.
Invalid syntax for group index, leading '-' is required
A user tries to enter an invalid group index, without
specifying the '-' before the index.
Invalid time/day/month
A user tries to enter an time, day, or month that is not
valid.
Invalid year. it must be between min - max
A user tries to enter a year that is out of range.
where min and max specify the allowed range.
Malformed range
A user tries to enter a range of targets using the wrong
syntax.
Malformed slot:subslot
A user tries to specify a sub-target using the wrong
syntax.
No -d required for '-f daily
A user tries to enter a value for the -d command option
when none is required.
Subslot not allowed in range
A user tries to specify a sub-target that is out of range.
Subslots only allowed for blades
A user tries to enter a sub-target for targets other than a
compute node or storage node.
The bays must be in range of 1 and max
A user tries to enter a bay number that is out of range.
where max is the highest bay number that can be
specified.
466
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 134. pwrprofile command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
The length of group name exceeds max max characters
A user tries to specify a group name with too many
characters.
where max is the highest number of characters that can
be used.
The length of serial number exceeds max max characters
A user tries to specify a serial number with too many
characters.
where max is the highest number of characters that can
be used.
The length of type/model exceeds max max characters
A user tries to specify a type or model with too many
characters.
where max is the highest number of characters that can
be used.
The string of bays can not be greater than max chars
A user tries to specify a bay string with too many
characters.
where max is the highest number of characters that can
be used.
When changing -key, -servers must also be changed
accordingly.
A user tries to change the -key option without changing
the -servers option.
When modifying a group, the group index must be
specified.
A user tries to modify a group without specifying a group
index.
When modifying a power schedule, -i must be specified.
A user tries to modify a power schedule without
specifying the -d command option.
read command errors
This topic lists error messages for the read command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “read
command” on page 286 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 135. read command errors
Error message
Definition
-p must be specified when restoring the configuration
settings
A user tries to restore configuration settings without
specifying the required passphrase.
-u must be specified when restoring the configuration
settings
A user tries to restore configuration settings without
specifying the required URL.
Argument of option -p must be enclosed in quotation
marks.
A user tries to enter a passphrase without enclosing it in
quotation marks.
Error Log Information:
log_filename
An error occurs during processing with error information
contained in the specified log file.
where log_filename identifies the log file containing error
information.
Error opening log file
An error occurs while opening the log file.
Error restoring configuration.
An error occurs while restoring the CMM configuration.
Chapter 4. Error messages
467
Table 135. read command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
File transfer failed. error_string.
An error occurs while transferring a file during file upload.
where error_string is specific information about the error.
File transfer failed abnormally
An error occurs while transferring a file during file upload.
Firmware update is in progress. Try again later.
The user tries to restore the CMM configuration from the
Lenovo Flex System chassis midplane while the CMM
firmware is updating.
Incomplete or malformed URL.
The user tries to use an invalid URL.
Option argument for -p exceeds max length (31
characters): passphrase
A user tries to enter a passphrase that is too long.
where passphrase is the passphrase that was entered.
Passphrase must have at least 6 characters.
A user tries to enter a passphrase that is too short.
Please provide a file name at the end of the URL
The user tries to enter a URL without the required file
name.
Protocol string length exceeds max of 8
The user tries to enter a protocol string that is too long.
There was a problem retrieving the file.
TFTP encounters an error when transferring the
configuration file.
Update Failed, invalid remote location specified
File upload fails due to the user entering an invalid
location.
URL Length exceeds max of 256
The user tries to enter a URL that is too long.
URL syntax checking failed
A user tries to enter an invalid URL.
remotechassis command errors
This topic lists error messages for the remotechassis command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See
“remotechassis command” on page 291 for information about command syntax and examples of command
use.
Table 136. remotechassis command errors
Error message
Definition
Clearing the internal discovered list of MM's failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is clearing the internal
discovered list of CMMs.
Discovery cannot be run until SLP has been enabled.
The user tries to discover other Lenovo Flex System
chassis on the network when SLP is disabled.
Error running discovery.
An error occurs while the CMM is running discovery.
Getting last discovery time failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading last discovery
time.
Getting the first entry of the internal discovered list of
MM's failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the first entry of
the internal discovered list of CMMs.
468
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 136. remotechassis command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Getting the internal discovered list of MM's failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the internal
discovered list of CMMs.
Unable to read SLP settings.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading SLP settings.
reset command errors
This topic lists error messages for the reset command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “reset
command” on page 295 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 137. reset command errors
Error message
Definition
-exd not supported on switch[bay]
The user tries to issue a command with the -exd option to
an I/O module that does not support it.
where bay identifies the I/O-bay number.
-full not supported on switch[bay]
The user tries to issue a command with the -full option to
an I/O module that does not support it.
where bay identifies the I/O-bay number.
-sft not supported on blade[x]
The user tries to issue a command with the -sft option to
a compute node that does not support it.
-std not supported on switch[bay]
The user tries to issue a command with the -std option to
an I/O module that does not support it.
where bay identifies the I/O-bay number.
blade[x] must be powered on to issue a soft reset
The user tries to reset a compute node that is powered
off.
BMC reset not supported.
An error occurs when issuing the reset -T blade[x]:sp
command.
Disabling failover failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is disabling failover.
Enabling failover failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is enabling failover.
Error checking standby CMM status. Commands cannot
be issued to the standby CMM right now.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Failed to reset the standby CMM
An error occurs when issuing the reset -T mm[p] -standby
command.
Firmware update is in progress. Try again later.
A user tries to reset the CMM during a firmware update.
The error message displays and the CMM does not reset.
Power Operations not supported on blade[x]
A user tries to issue the reset -T blade[x] -sft command
to a compute node that does not support power
operations.
Rebooting blade failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is rebooting the compute
node.
Resetting and running standard/extended/full diagnostics
for I/O module failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is resetting and running
diagnostics for the I/O module.
Chapter 4. Error messages
469
Table 137. reset command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Resetting blade node_number with NMI not supported.
A user tries to reset a compute node that does not
support non-maskable interrupts (NMI).
where the node_number identifies the compute node.
Resetting blade node_number with NMI failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is resetting a compute
node with NMI.
where the node_number identifies the compute node.
Resetting I/O module failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is resetting the I/O
module.
Resetting not supported on blade[x]
A user tries to reset a compute node that does not
support the reset command.
where the x identifies the compute node.
Resetting not supported on switch[x]
A user tries to reset an I/O module that does not support
the reset command.
where the x identifies the I/O module.
Restarting CMM failed
An error occurs while restarting the CMM.
SOL not supported on blade[x]
A user tries to start an SOL session with a compute node
that does not support the SOL feature.
There is no backup CMM installed.
A user tries to enable failover on a CMM reset and there is
no standby CMM.
This command cannot be issued right now. If you still
want to reset the primary CMM, please use 'reset -o' to
override this warning.
A condition exists that is preventing the CMM from
resetting. You can either wait and try the command again
or force the CMM to reset immediately using the reset -o
override option.
This command cannot be issued right now. The primary
CMM is initializing, and a reset might result in a failover. If
you still want to reset the primary CMM, please use 'reset
-o' to override this warning.
A condition exists that is preventing the CMM from
resetting. You can either wait and try the command again
or force the CMM to reset immediately using the reset -o
override option.
This command cannot be issued right now. The primary
CMM is verifying the code level on the standby CMM.
Please try again later.
A user tries to reset the primary CMM while it is busy.
This command cannot be issued right now. The standby
CMM is flashing, and a reset might result in a failover.
Please try again later.
A user tries to reset the primary CMM while the standby
CMM is unable to support failover.
This command cannot be issued right now. The standby
CMM is in a post-flash initialization state, and a reset
might result in a failover. If you still want to reset the
primary CMM, please use 'reset -o' to override this
warning.
A user tries to reset the primary CMM while the standby
CMM is unable to support failover.
This command cannot be issued right now. The standby
CMM is in an unknown state, and a reset might result in a
failover. If you still want to reset the primary CMM, please
use 'reset -o' to override this warning.
A condition exists that is preventing the CMM from
resetting. You can either wait and try the command again
or force the CMM to reset immediately using the reset -o
override option.
This command cannot be issued right now. There is no
standby CMM present.
A user tries to reset the primary CMM when no standby
CMM is available to support failover.
470
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
scale command errors
This topic lists errors for the scale command.
There are no unique errors for the scale command. See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error
messages that apply to all commands. See “scale command” on page 298 for information about command
syntax and examples of command use.
sddump command errors
This topic lists errors for the sddump command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “sddump
command” on page 302 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 138. sddump command errors
Error message
Definition
Data dump collection is not supported on blade x
The specified data collection is not supported by the
specified compute node.
where x is the number of the node bay.
Data dump currently in progress. Please try again later
A user tries to direct a command to target while it is busy
performing data collection.
Error initializing data dump for switch[x]
An error occurs during data collection.
where x is the I/O-module bay number.
Error reading data dump status
An error occurs during data collection.
Error reading error string
An error occurs during data collection.
Initiate data collection not supported on blade[x]
The CMM is unable to collect the requested data from the
specified compute node.
where x is the number of the node bay.
Initiate data dump failed
The CMM is unable initiate data collection.
Initiate data dump not supported on switch[x]
The selected I/O module does not support data
collection.
where x is the I/O-module bay number.
Initiate data collection type failed.
The CMM is unable initiate data collection from
thecompute node.
This command cannot be issued right now. Another data
dump is in progress.
The user attempts to initiate data collection for an I/O
module where a data collection is already in progress.
sdemail command errors
This topic lists errors for the sdemail command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “sdemail
command” on page 303 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Chapter 4. Error messages
471
Table 139. sdemail command errors
Error message
Definition
-to must be specified.
A user tries to send a service data email message without
specifying the recipient.
Error sending service data email.
An error occurs when the CMM tries to send a service
data email message.
Invalid email address.
A user tries to enter an email address that is not valid.
Invalid input. Email address must be less than 120
characters.
A user tries to enter an email address that is 120 or more
characters long.
Subject must be enclosed in quotation marks.
A user tries to send a service data email message with a
subject option that is not enclosed in quotation marks.
security command errors
This topic lists errors for the security command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “security
command” on page 305 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 140. security command errors
Error message
Definition
Getting security policy failed
An error occurs while getting the security policy.
Setting security policy failed
An error occurs while setting the security policy.
service command errors
This topic lists errors for the service command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “service
command” on page 307 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 141. service command errors
Error message
Definition
Firmware update is in progress. Try again later, or use the
-o flag to override this warning.
A user tries to run a command while the CMM is busy.
Run the command using the -o command option to
override this warning.
Getting status of debug with USB key failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the status of
debug with a USB key.
Invalid option for this blade: -hard".
The user tries to perform a hard restart on a compute
node that does not support the hard restart option.
Invalid option for this target: - option
The user tries to enter a command option for a target that
does not support it.
where option identifies the illegal command option that
was entered.
Invalid syntax for this target
472
A user tries to enter a command that is not correct for the
specified command target.
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 141. service command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
This command cannot be issued right now. The primary
CMM is verifying the code level on the standby CMM.
Please try again later.
A user tries to perform a virtual reseat (service-level reset)
of the primary CMM while it is busy.
This command cannot be issued right now. The primary
CMM is verifying the code level on the standby CMM.
Please try again later, or use the -o flag to override this
warning.
A user tries to perform a virtual reseat (service-level reset)
of the primary CMM while it is busy. Run the command
using the -o command option to override this warning.
This command cannot be issued right now. The standby
CMM is flashing, and a reset might result in a failover.
Please try again later.
A user tries to perform a virtual reseat (service-level reset)
of the primary CMM while the standby CMM is unable to
support failover.
This command cannot be issued right now. The standby
CMM is flashing, and a reset might result in a failover.
Please try again later, or use the -o flag to override this
warning.
A user tries to perform a virtual reseat (service-level reset)
of the primary CMM while the standby CMM is unable to
support failover. Run the command using the -o
command option to override this warning.
This command cannot be issued right now. There is no
standby CMM present.
A user tries to perform a virtual reseat (service-level reset)
of the primary CMM when no standby CMM is available to
support failover.
smtp command errors
This topic lists error messages for the smtp command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “smtp
command” on page 310 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 142. smtp command errors
Error message
Definition
Getting SMTP server host name or IP address failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SMTP
server host name or IP address.
Invalid host name or ip address.
A user tries to set the SMTP host name or IP address to
an invalid value.
Setting SMTP email domain name failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is setting an SMTP email
domain name.
Setting SMTP server name or IP address failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is setting an SMTP server
host name or IP address.
SMTP email domain name is not set.
A user tries to view the SMTP email domain name when
the value is not set.
SMTP server host name or IP address is not set.
A user tries to view the SMTP host name or IP address
when the values are not set.
snmp command errors
This topic lists error messages for the snmp command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “snmp
command” on page 312 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Chapter 4. Error messages
473
Table 143. snmp command errors
Error message
Definition
CMM security policy disallows SNMPv1 enable right now
A user tries to enable SNMPv1 when the security policy
does not allow it.
Config failed. At least one configured community is
required to enable SNMPv1 agent, or if SNMPv1 agent is
enabled
A user tries to enable SNMPv1 without a configured
community, or tries to delete a community that is required
by an existing SNMPv1 agent.
Config failed. IP addresses of 0.0.0.0 and 0::0 are allowed
only when the community is configed as Get or Set
access type
A user tries to set an IP address that is restricted by the
community access type.
Config failed. System contact must be defined to enable
SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 agent, or if SNMPv1 or SNMPv3
agent is enabled.
A user tries to enable SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 without a
defined system contact, or tries to delete a system
contact that is required by an existing SNMPv1 or
SNMPv3 agent.
Config failed. System location must be defined to enable
SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 agent, or if SNMPv1 or SNMPv3
agent is enabled.
A user tries to enable SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 without a
defined system location, or tries to delete a system
location that is required by an existing SNMPv1 or
SNMPv3 agent.
Config failed. You defined a community without an IP
address or host name.
A user tries to define a community without specifying an
IP address or host name.
Config failed. You defined a duplicate community name.
A user tries to define a two communities with the same
name.
Error sanity checking of SNMPv1/v3 configuration
An error occurs while checking the SNMPv1 or SNMPv3
configuration.
Invalid community name.
A user tries to set a community name to an invalid value.
Invalid host name or ip address.
A user tries to set the SNMP host name or IP address to
an invalid value.
sol command errors
This topic lists error messages for the sol command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “sol
command” on page 325 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 144. sol command errors
Error message
Definition
An error occurred while disabling SOL globally.
An error occurs while the CMM is disabling SOL globally.
An error occurred while disabling SOL on that blade.
An error occurs while the CMM is disabling SOL on a
compute node.
An error occurred while enabling SOL globally.
An error occurs while the CMM is enabling SOL globally.
An error occurred while enabling SOL on that blade.
An error occurs while the CMM is enabling SOL on a
compute node.
An error occurred while reading the global SOL status.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the global SOL
status.
An error occurred while reading the SOL accumulate
timeout.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SOL
accumulate timeout.
474
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 144. sol command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
An error occurred while reading the SOL retry count.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SOL retry
count.
An error occurred while reading the SOL retry interval.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SOL retry
interval.
An error occurred while reading the SOL send threshold.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SOL send
threshold.
An error occurred while reading the SOL session status
on that blade.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SOL
session status on a compute node.
An error occurred while setting the SOL accumulate
timeout.
An error occurs while the CMM is setting the SOL
accumulate timeout.
An error occurred while setting the SOL blade reset
sequence.
An error occurs while the CMM is processing the
command.
An error occurred while setting the SOL escape
sequence.
An error occurs while the CMM is processing the
command.
An error occurred while setting the SOL retry count.
An error occurs while the CMM is setting the SOL retry
count.
An error occurred while setting the SOL retry interval.
An error occurs while the CMM is setting the SOL retry
interval.
An error occurred while setting the SOL send threshold.
An error occurs while the CMM is setting the SOL send
threshold.
Checking if this blade supports SOL failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is checking if the selected
blade supports SOL.
Invalid arg for -status. Must be enabled or disabled.
A user tries to enter an invalid argument for the -status
command option.
Invalid parameter. The accumulate timeout must be
between 1 and 251 inclusive.
A user tries to enter an accumulate timeout that is outside
of the valid range.
Invalid parameter. The retry count must be between 0 and
7, inclusive.
A user tries to enter a retry count that is outside of the
valid range.
Invalid parameter. The send threshold must be between 1
and 251 inclusive.
A user tries to enter a send threshold that is outside of the
valid range.
Retry interval range is too large. Setting to 2550.
A user tries to enter a retry interval that is greater than
2550 ms. If the user tries to enter a retry interval greater
than 2550 ms, the retry interval will be set to 2550 ms.
SOL not supported on blade[x]
A user attempts to initiate an SOL session with a compute
node that does not support SOL.
where x identifies the compute node.
This blade does not support SOL.
A user tries to issue the SOL command to a compute
node that does not support SOL.
sshcfg command errors
This topic lists errors for the sshcfg command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “sshcfg
command” on page 333 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Chapter 4. Error messages
475
Table 145. sshcfg command errors
Error message
Definition
Getting CLI SSH port failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the CLI SSH
port.
Getting DSA host key failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the DSA host
key.
Getting host key size failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the host key
size.
Getting installed key status failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the installed
key status.
Getting number of SSH public keys installed failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the number of
SSH public keys installed.
Getting RSA host key failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the RSA host
key.
When displaying host keys, -hk must be used by itself.
The user tries to issue a command to display the host
keys with option -hk.
sslcfg command errors
This topic lists errors for the sslcfg command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “sslcfg
command” on page 335 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 146. sslcfg command errors
Error message
Definition
-cabu can only be used with -upld and -u
A user tries to import an externally signed LDAP client
certificate and CA bundle without specifying the -upld
and -u options.
-cabu is required when importing a certificate
A user tries to import an externally signed LDAP client
certificate and CA bundle without using the -cabu option
to specify a URL.
-crlx import/download cannot be used with -dnld, -upld,
or -tcx import/download
A user tries to import or download a certificate revocation
list when specifying -dnld, -upld, or -tcx import/download
at the same time.
-csa can only be used with -gen ca or -gen ldapsrv
A user tries to issue the -csa option without the -gen
option or without providing the ca or ldapsrv argument for
the -gen option.
-csa must be specified when the mode is comp
A user tries to generate a CA certificate, failing to specify
the certificate signing algorithm while the cryptographic
mode is set to comp (compatibility with all NIST cipher
suites).
-dnld cannot be used with -upld, -tcx import/download,
or -crlx import/download
A user tries to download an externally signed server
certificate and CA bundle when specifying -upld, -tcx
import/download, or -crlx import/download at the same
time.
476
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 146. sslcfg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
-dnld or -upld must be with -u specified
A user tries to issue a download certificate signing
request or an import certificate command without the -u
option.
-f can only be used with -dnld cert/csr
A user tries to specify the format of a certificate or
certificate signing request without specifying a download.
-remove can only be used with -t client
A user tries to issue the -remove option without the -t
option or without providing the client argument for the -t
option.
-tcx import/download cannot be used with -dnld, upld, or -crlx import/download
A user tries to import or download a trusted certificate
when specifying -dnld, -upld, or -crlx import/download at
the same time.
-u must be provided to download or import a certificate
revocation list.
A user tries to issue a download or import trusted
certificate revocation list command without the -u option.
-u must be provided to import a trusted certificate
A user tries to issue an import trusted certificate
command without the -u option.
-upld cannot be used with -dnld, -tcx import/download,
or -crlx import/download
A user tries to import an externally signed server
certificate and CA bundle when specifying -dnld, -tcx
import/download, or -crlx import/download at the same
time.
Arguments of required options must not be blank
A user tries to enter a required option without its
argument.
CA certificate regeneration not permitted. The following
nodes require an update to the latest blade firmware:
node
A user attempts to regenerate a CA certificate when
compute node firmware requires an update to support the
change.
where node identifies the compute nodes requiring a
firmware update.
CA generation does not support user inputs
A user tries to generate a CA certificate with options other
than -csa.
Cannot open file: filename
An error occurs while the CMM is trying to open a file.
where filename is the name of the file that was entered for
opening.
CLI map failed error = error
An error occurs while the CMM is mapping the file to
memory.
where error specifies error.
CMM security policy disallows -httpse disable (http
enable) right now.
A user tries to disable the SSL server when the CMM
security policy is set to secure.
Converting DER back to X509 format failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is converting DER back to
X509 format.
CSR generation for client failed
An error occurs while the CMM is generating a certificate
signing request for a client.
CSR generation for server failed
An error occurs while the CMM is generating a certificate
signing request for a server.
Chapter 4. Error messages
477
Table 146. sslcfg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Deleting trusted_certindex failed
A user tries to delete a nonexistent trusted certificate.
where index is the number of the selected trusted
certificate, between 1 and 4 (inclusive).
Downloading Cert/CA/CSR to argument failed
where:
• Cert/CA/CSR specifies whether the user tried to
download a certificate, certificate authority, or
certificate signing request.
• argument identifies the remote location of the item be
downloaded from. It must specify a fully qualified
filename.
An error occurs while the CMM is downloading a
certificate, certificate authority, or certificate signing
request.
Error deleting LDAP client CA bundle
An error occurs while the CMM is deleting a certificate
authority bundle.
Error deleting LDAP client certificate
An error occurs while the CMM is deleting an
LDAP client certificate.
Error: LDAP Client Certificate Doesn't Exist
A user tries to view or download an externally signed
LDAP client certificate that does not exist.
Error: Requested Certificate Doesn't Exist
A user tries to view an externally signed server certificate
or CA bundle that does not exist.
Error: unknown certificate
An error occurs because an unknown certificate type is
referred to.
Exporting Cert/CSR/CA failed
An error occurs while the CMM is exporting a certificate,
certificate signing request, or certificate authority.
where Cert/CSR/CA specifies whether the user tried to
export a certificate, certificate signing request, or
certificate authority.
Externally signed SSL server certificate file format must
be PEM or DER.
A user tries to import an externally signed server
certificate of the wrong file format.
Failed - EnableCRLCheck is enabled but no signed crl
installed
An error occurs while setting the state for the LDAP client
because no signed certificate revocation list is installed.
Failed - no trusted certificate installed
An error occurs while setting the state for the LDAP client
because no trusted certificate is installed.
Failed - Requested file doesn't exist
A user tries to view or download a trusted certificate or
certificate revocation list file that does not exist.
File format must be PEM or DER.
A user tries to import a trusted certificate or certificate
revocation list of the wrong file format.
File to be deleted doesn't exist.
A user tries to delete a trusted certificate, certificate
revocation list, externally signed client certificate, or CA
bundle file that does not exist.
File transfer failed.
An error occurs while transferring a file during file upload.
File transfer failed abnormally.
An error occurs while transferring a file during file upload.
Generate CA failed
An error occurs during CA certificate generation.
Generate LDAP server certificate failed
An error occurs during LDAP server certificate generation.
478
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 146. sslcfg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Getting SSL Client Certificate status failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SSL client
certificate status.
Getting SSL CSR status failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SSL
certificate signing request status.
Getting SSL Server Certificate status failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SSL server
certificate status.
Getting SSL Server CSR status failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the SSL server
certificate signing request status.
Importing url failed
An error occurs while importing the indicated URL.
where url is the URL that was entered.
Invalid argument for -view
A user tries to issue a command with an invalid argument
for the -view option.
Invalid SSL target for certificate revocation list: server
A user tries to issue a command for a
certificate revocation list with a target of server'.
Invalid SSL target for Trusted certificate: server
A user tries to issue a command for a trusted certificate
with a target of server'.
Invalid URL for -u: url
A user tries to enter a URL that is not valid.
where url is the URL that was entered.
Intermediate Root CA bundle file format must be PEM or
DER.
A user tries to import a CA bundle of the wrong file
format.
LDAP Client Certificate File format must be PEM or DER.
A user tries to import an externally signed client certificate
of the wrong file format.
LDAP server certificate generation does not support user
inputs
A user tries to enter information when generating a LDAP
server certificate.
LDAP Server must use internally signed SLL Server
certificate. The following devices prevent use of an
externally signed SSL Certificate with LDAP server.
A user tries to use externally signed SSL certificates on
devices configured to restrict their use.
list of nodes
The LDAP sever will use an internally signed SSL
certificate until blocking devices are removed (FSP's) or
up-dated to latest firmware (IMMv2)
where list of nodes specifies the devices that prevent use
of externally signed SSL certificates.
Missing required options.
A user tries to issue a command for the SSL configuration
without entering all the required options.
Mode nist800-131a requires rsa2048sha256
A user tries to generate a CA certificate using
rsa2048sha1 as the signing algorithm while the
cryptographic mode is set to nist800-131a.
No Cert/CSR/CA available.
A user tries to issue a command to download a
nonexistent certificate, certificate signing request, or
certificate authority.
where Cert/CSR/CA specifies whether the user specified
a certificate, certificate signing request, or certificate
authority.
Chapter 4. Error messages
479
Table 146. sslcfg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
No trusted_certindex available.
A user tries to issue commands to a nonexistent trusted
certificate.
where index is the number of the selected trusted
certificate, between 1 and 4 (inclusive).
No valid client certificate is in place. Type 'sslcfg -h' for
syntax help of the SSLclient Certificate generation
command.
A user tries to issue a command to enable the SSL client
without a valid client certificate in place.
No valid server certificate is in place. Type 'sslcfg -h' for
syntax help of the SSL Server Certificate generation
command.
A user tries to issue a command to enable the SSL server
without a valid server certificate in place.
No valid trusted certificate is in place. Type 'sslcfg -h' for
syntax help of the SSL trusted Certificate importing
command.
A user tries to issue a command to enable the SSL client
without a valid trusted certificate in place.
Reading certificate revocation list failed
An error occurs while reading the certificate revocation
list.
The externally signed LDAP Client certificate doesn't
exist.
A user tries to import an externally signed client certificate
that does not exist.
The externally signed SSL Server certificate doesn't exist.
A user tries to import an externally signed server
certificate that does not exist.
The following devices prevent use of an externally signed
SSL Certificate with LDAP server.
A user tries to use externally signed SSL certificates on
devices configured to restrict their use.
list of nodes
The LDAP sever will use an internally signed SSL
certificate until blocking devices are removed (FSP's) or
up-dated to latest firmware (IMMv2)
where list of nodes specifies the devices that prevent use
of externally signed SSL certificates.
The imported file doesn't exist.
A user tries to import a trusted certificate or certificate
revocation list that does not exist.
The intermediate root ca bundle is not a valid chain of
trust
A user tries to import an intermediate CA bundle that is
not trusted.
The LDAP Client intermediate root ca certificate bundle
doesn't exist.
A user tries to import an intermediate CA bundle that
does not exist.
The LDAP Client intermediate root ca certificate bundle
file format must be PEM or DER.
A user tries to import an intermediate CA bundle of the
wrong file format.
The LDAP server is now using externally signed SSL
certificate as all end point devices firmware reports they
can support.
Advisory message indicating that all devices report
support of external SSL certificates.
The SSL Server intermediate ca certificate bundle doesn't
exist.
A user tries to import a CA bundle that does not exist.
The SSL Server root ca certificate doesn't exist.
A user tries to import a certificate that does not exist.
There was a problem downloading the file
The user does not have the authority for downloading or
an error occurs when downloading.
There was a problem retrieving the file.
An error occurs while transferring the file.
480
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 146. sslcfg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Update Failed, invalid remote location specified
The location specified for update is not valid.
URL syntax checking failed
A user tries to enter a URL that is not valid.
Viewing -crl1 failed
An error occurs while viewing certificate revocation list 1.
Viewing -crl2 failed
An error occurs while viewing certificate revocation list 2.
Viewing -crl3 failed
An error occurs while viewing certificate revocation list 3.
Viewing -tc1 failed
An error occurs while viewing trusted certificate 1.
Viewing -tc2 failed
An error occurs while viewing trusted certificate 2.
Viewing -tc3 failed
An error occurs while viewing trusted certificate 3.
Viewing CA failed
An error occurs while viewing a certificate authority.
Viewing externally signed LDAP client certificate failed
An error occurs while viewing an externally signed LDAP
client certificate.
Viewing externally signed server certificate failed
An error occurs while viewing an externally signed server
certificate.
Viewing intermediate CA bundle failed
An error occurs while viewing an intermediate certificate
authority bundle.
Viewing internally signed server certificate failed
An error occurs while viewing an internally signed server
certificate.
Writing X509 format certificate to file failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is writing the X509 format
certificate to File.
syslog command errors
This topic lists errors for the syslog command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “syslog
command” on page 353 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 147. syslog command errors
Error message
Definition
-test must be used exclusive of other options
A user tries to run the -test command option at the same
time as other command options.
Generating test syslog failed
An error occurs while generating the test syslog.
Invalid host name or ip address.
A user tries to enter an invalid hostname or ip address.
Port number out of range.
A user tries to enter an invalid port number.
tcpcmdmode command errors
This topic lists error messages for the tcpcmdmode command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See
“tcpcmdmode command” on page 358 for information about command syntax and examples of command
use.
Chapter 4. Error messages
481
Table 148. tcpcmdmode command errors
Error message
Definition
Error changing TCP command mode connection.
An error occurs while the CMM is changing the TCP
command mode Connection.
Error disabling tcpcmdmode.
An error occurs while the CMM is disabling the TCP
command mode.
Error enabling TCP command mode.
An error occurs while the CMM is enabling the TCP
command mode.
Invalid parameter. Input must be numeric.
A user tries to enter a parameter value for the -t (timeout)
command option containing non-numeric characters. For
example, tcpcmdmode t200m .
Invalid parameter. The timeout must be between 0 and
4294967295 seconds.
A user tries to enter a parameter value for the -t (timeout)
command option that is outside of the valid range.
Maximum connections can not exceed maximum
A user attempted to configure more connections than the
maximum number of connections supported.
where maximum designates the total number of permitted
connections.
No valid server certificate is in place for Secure TCP
Command Mode. Try rebooting the CMM, or regenerating
the CA certificate with the 'sslcfg -gen ca' command.
The user issues a command to enable the Secure TCP
Command Mode when a valid server certificate is not in
place.
The total number of secure and legacy connections of
TCP Command Mode cannot exceed maximum
A user attempted to configure more TCP Command
Mode connections than the maximum number of secure
and legacy connections supported.
where maximum designates the total number of permitted
connections.
Warning: Communication with IBM FSM via Secure TCP
Command Mode has been disabled.
A user has disabled the Secure TCP command mode.
Warning: Communication with IBM FSM via TCP
Command Mode has been disabled.
A user has disabled the TCP command mode.
temps command errors
This topic lists errors for the temps command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “temps
command” on page 361 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 149. temps command errors
Error message
Definition
Error getting temperature data from target
An error occurs while retrieving temperature data.
Getting power state of blade node_number failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power state
of the specified compute node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
No temperature available for target
A user tries to read temperature data that is not available.
Temperature data is not supported on this target
A user tries to read temperature data from a command
target that does not support it.
482
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
trespass command errors
This topic lists error messages for the trespass command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “trespass
command” on page 361 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 150. trespass command errors
Error message
Definition
twe must be enabled to modify the trespassing warning.
The user tries to issue a command to modify the
trespassing warning without the -twe enabled setting.
The trespassing warning must be quote-delimited.
The user tries to enter a trespassing warning that is not
enclosed in double-quotation marks.
The trespassing warning is greater than 1600 characters.
The user tries to enter a trespassing warning that is longer
than 1600 characters.
uicfg command errors
The following table lists error messages for the uicfg command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “uicfg
command” on page 364 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 151. uicfg command errors
Error message
Definition
CMM security policy disallows -cim enable right now
An error occurs when the user tries to use -cim enable but
the current security policy will not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -cli (telnet) enable right
now
An error occurs when the user tries to use -cli (telnet)
enable but the current security policy will not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -snmp (v1 agent) enable
right now.
An error occurs when the user tries to use -snmp (v1
agent) enable but the current security policy will not allow
it.
CMM security policy disallows -tcm enable right now.
An error occurs when the user tries to use -tcm enable
but the current security policy will not allow it.
CMM security policy disallows -web HTTP enable/HTTPS
disable right now.
An error occurs when the user tries to use -web HTTP
enable/HTTPS disable but the current security policy will
not allow it.
Chapter 4. Error messages
483
Table 151. uicfg command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Enabling SNMPv1/v3 failed.
The SNMPv1/v3 configuration does not meet required
criteria. Possible configuration errors include:
• A community is configured without an IP address or
host name.
• A duplicate community name is configured.
• At least one configured community is required to
enable SNMPv1.
• IP address of 0.0.0.0 is allowed only for the first host
name in the first community.
• IP address of 0.0.0.0 is allowed only when the first
community is configured as GET or SET access type.
• System contact must be defined to enable SNMPv1/
v3.
• System location must be defined to enable SNMPv1/
v3.
Error sanity checking of SNMP configuration.
An error occurs while the CMM is sanity-checking the
SNMP configuration.
Maximum connections can not exceed maximum
A user has attempted to configure more connections than
the maximum number of connections supported.
where maximum designates the total number of permitted
connections.
No valid server certificate is in place for Secure TCP
Command Mode. Try rebooting the CMM, or regenerating
the CA certificate with the 'sslcfg -gen ca' command.
The user issues a command to configure the Secure TCP
Command Mode when a valid server certificate is not in
place.
Reading telnet status failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the telnet
status.
Reading telnet/ssh/snmpv1/snmpv3 status failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the telnet, ssh,
snmpv1, or snmpv3 status.
The total number of secure and legacy connections of
TCP Command Mode cannot exceed maximum
A user attempted to configure more TCP Command
Mode connections than the maximum number of secure
and legacy connections supported.
where maximum designates the total number of permitted
connections.
Warning: Communication with IBM FSM via Secure TCP
Command Mode has been disabled.
A user has disabled the Secure TCP command mode.
Warning: Communication with IBM FSM via TCP
Command Mode has been disabled.
A user has disabled the TCP command mode.
update command errors
This topic lists error messages for the update command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “update
command” on page 368 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
484
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 152. update command errors
Error message
Definition
-img is required for this type of switch.
A user tries to update an individual firmware image, for an
I/O module that supports update of individual firmware
images, without including the -img option.
-r must be used with -u to update firmware to CMM and
automatically reboot CMM if firmware update succeeds.
A user tries to enter a command with the -r option to
update firmware to a primary CMM, but fails to include
the -u option.
A reset cannot be issued right now. If you still want to
reset the primary CMM, please use 'reset -o' to override
this warning.
A condition exists that is preventing the CMM from
resetting after the update. You can either wait and try the
command again or force the CMM to reset immediately
using the reset -o override option.
A reset cannot be issued right now. The primary CMM is
initializing, and a reset might result in a failover. If you still
want to reset the primary CMM, please use 'reset -o' to
override this warning.
A condition exists that is preventing the CMM from
resetting after the update. You can either wait and try the
command again or force the CMM to reset immediately
using the reset -o override option.
A reset cannot be issued right now. The primary CMM is
verifying the code level on the standby CMM. Please try
again later.
A user tries to update and reboot the primary CMM while
it is busy.
A reset cannot be issued right now. The standby CMM is
flashing, and a reset might result in a failover. Please try
again later.
A user tries to update and reboot the primary CMM while
the standby CMM is unable to support failover.
A reset cannot be issued right now. The standby CMM is
in a post-flash initialization state, and a reset might result
in a failover. If you still want to reset the primary CMM,
please use 'reset -o' to override this warning.
A user tries to update and reboot the primary CMM while
the standby CMM is unable to support failover.
A reset cannot be issued right now. The standby CMM is
in an unknown state, and a reset might result in a failover.
If you still want to reset the primary CMM, please use
'reset -o' to override this warning.
A condition exists that is preventing the CMM from
resetting after the update. You can either wait and try the
command again or force the CMM to reset immediately
using the reset -o override option.
Cannot perform this command right now. The agent is not
active.
A user tries to enter a command while the agent is not
active.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The primary CMM is initializing. Please try again
later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The primary CMM is verifying the code level on the
standby CMM. Please try again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The standby CMM is flashing. Please try again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The standby CMM is in an unknown state. Please try
again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The standby CMM is in post-flash initialization.
Please try again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. The standby CMM is not present. Please try again
later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Chapter 4. Error messages
485
Table 152. update command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Commands cannot be issued to the standby CMM right
now. Please try again later.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Disabling failover failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is turning off the
automatic failover feature.
Error checking standby CMM status. Commands cannot
be issued to the standby CMM right now.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Error checking standby CMM status. The standby CMM
might take over as primary during this reboot.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM that
includes the -r flag, when the standby CMM isn't
synchronized and running.
Error reading information for firmware image index.
maximum
An error occurs while the CMM is reading information for
a specified firmware image.
where index specifies the firmware image.
Error reading the number of firmware images.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the number of
firmware images.
Flash operation failed.
An error occurs during the flash firmware update.
Flash operation failed status percentage
An error occurs during the flash firmware update.
where the percentage value varies based on when the
problem was encountered.
Flash operation not in process or status unavailable.
An error occurs during the flash firmware update.
Flash operation timed out percentage.
An error occurs during the flash firmware update.
where the percentage value varies based on when the
problem was encountered.
Flash preparation - error sending packet file filename.
An error occurs during the flash firmware update.
where filename identifies the file being updated.
Flash preparation error. Packet percent complete
percentage. Flash percent complete percentage.
An error occurs during the flash firmware update.
where the percentage value varies based on when the
problem was encountered.
Flash preparation error. Timeout on packet preparation
operation percentage.
An error occurs during the flash firmware update.
where the percentage value varies based on when the
problem was encountered.
Flashing not supported on this target.
A user attempts to run the update command on a module
that does not support flash firmware updates.
Getting data encryption setting failed. If data encryption is
enabled and you are updating the firmware to a level
which does not support data encryption, you will lose all
your configuration settings as a result.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the data
encryption setting.
Getting name of mm bay_number failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the name of the
CMM in designated bay.
where the bay_number identifies the CMM specified.
486
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 152. update command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Invalid image index. Index must be less than maximum
A user tries to enter an image index that is greater than
the maximum permitted index value.
where maximum designates the largest permitted index
value.
Invalid option.
An invalid command option is entered. For the update
command, invalid command option errors include:
• the -i (IP address) command option does not have an
IP address parameter
• the -i (IP address) command option specifies an invalid
IP address
• attempting to enter the -i (IP address) command option
without the -n (filename) command option
• the -n (filename) command option does not have a file
name parameter
• attempting to enter the -n (filename) command option
without the -i (IP address) command option
• attempting to enter the -v (verbose) command option
without the -i (IP address) command option and -n
(filename) command option
• attempting to enter the -v (verbose) command option
with the -a command option
Invalid syntax.
The user tries to execute a command without specifying a
command option.
CMMbay_number is not installed.
The command is targeted to a CMM bay where no CMM
is installed.
where the bay_number identifies the CMM specified.
Rebooting CMM failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is trying to reboot.
Status: Unable to read status.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading status.
TFTP Error: error_code.
An error occurs when the user attempts to set up the
TFTP connection.
where the error_code can have one of the following
values:
• Access violation.
• Connection failure.
• Disk full or allocation exceeded.
• File already exists.
• File error.
• File not found.
• Illegal option negotiation.
• Illegal TFTP operation.
• Unable to allocate memory.
• Unknown transfer ID.
• Unknown user.
The primary CMM is initializing. The standby CMM might
take over as primary during this reboot.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM that
includes the -r flag, when the standby CMM isn't
synchronized and running.
The primary CMM is verifying the code level on the
standby CMM. The standby CMM might take over as
primary during this reboot.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM that
includes the -r flag, when the standby CMM isn't
synchronized and running.
Chapter 4. Error messages
487
Table 152. update command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
The standby CMM is flashing. The standby CMM might
take over as primary during this reboot.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM that
includes the -r flag, when the standby CMM isn't
synchronized and running.
The standby CMM is in an unknown state. The standby
CMM might take over as primary during this reboot.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM that
includes the -r flag, when the standby CMM isn't
synchronized and running.
The standby CMM is in post-flash initialization. The
standby CMM might take over as primary during this
reboot.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM that
includes the -r flag, when the standby CMM isn't
synchronized and running.
The standby CMM might take over as primary during this
reboot.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM that
includes the -r flag, when the standby CMM isn't
synchronized and running.
There was a problem retrieving the file.
An error occurred when transferring the file.
Unable to read blade server VPD bay bay_numbername.
The command specifies an empty compute node bay or
an error occurs when reading the VPD.
where the bay_number and name identify the blade server
by location and name.
Unable to read I/O Module VPD bay bay_numbername.
The command specifies an empty I/O-bay or an error
occurs when reading the VPD.
where the bay_number and name identify the I/O module
by location and name.
Unable to read MM VPD bay bay_numbername.
The command specifies an empty CMM bay or an error
occurs when reading the VPD.
where the bay_number and name identify the CMM by
location and name.
Unable to read VPD for Blade node_numbername.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the VPD of the
targeted compute node.
where the node_number and name identify the compute
node by location and name.
Unknown device type.
The command is targeted to an unknown device type.
Update error. Invalid destination.
A user tries to issue a command to a target that is not
valid.
uplink command errors
This topic lists error messages for the uplink command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “uplink
command” on page 374 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 153. uplink command errors
Error message
Definition
-ip must be a valid IP address before enabling -el
A user tries to issue a command to enable the -el without
a valid -ip setting.
A non-zero IP address must be set before enabling -el.
A user tries to enable -el while both -ip and -ip6 are zero.
488
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 153. uplink command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
At least one IP address must be non-zero when -el is
enabled.
A user tries to set both -ip and -ip6 to zero while -el is
enabled.
Both IP addresses must be non-zero for -alert to take
effect.
A user sets the alert policy for logical link loss when at
least one of the IP address is all zeros and IPv6 is
enabled. Even though the alert policy has been set, it will
have no effect, due to the all-zero IP address.
Note: This is not an error message. It is an advisory
message informing the user that they have configured an
option that will have no effect, based on other command
option settings.
Both IP addresses must be non-zero and IPv6 must be
enabled using the ifconfig command for -alert to take
effect.
A user sets the alert policy for logical link loss when at
least one of the IP address is all zeros and IPv6 is
disabled. Even though the alert policy has been set, it will
have no effect, due to the all-zero IP address and IPv6
being disabled.
Note: This is not an error message. It is an advisory
message informing the user that they have configured an
option that will have no effect, based on other command
option settings.
Error checking standby CMM status. Commands cannot
be issued to the standby CMM right now.
A user tries to issue a command to the standby CMM
when it is unavailable.
Error converting the IPv6 address from string to bytes.
An error occurs while converting the IPv6 address from a
string to bytes.
Getting status of failver on Lose/Logical of Physical Link
failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading status of failver
on Lose/Logical of Physical Link.
Invalid uplink delay value.
A user tries to enter a delay value that is less than 1 or
greater than 255. For example, uplink del0 .
No option argument for option
A user tries to enter a command option without its
required argument.
where option is the command option for which no
argument was specified.
The option argument for option is out of the valid range
(between 1 and 2880 minutes).
The user input for an option is out of the range.
where option is the number of minutes specified.
The option argument for option is out of the valid range
(between 10 and 172800 seconds).
The user input for an option is out of the range.
where option is the number of seconds specified.
users command errors
This topic lists error messages for the users command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “users
command” on page 378 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Chapter 4. Error messages
489
Table 154. users command errors
Error message
Definition
-add, -n, -kf and -key must be provided for adding a key
to a user and must not be used with other options.
A user tries to add a key to a user profile without the -n,
-kf, and -key options, or with other options.
-add, -n, -p, -g and -ms must be provided for adding a
user and must not be used with other options.
A user tries to add a user profile without the -n, -p, -g, and
-ms options, or with other options.
-ki must be provided for updating a key
A user tries to update a key without the -ki option.
-n, -kf, -upld, -u and/or -ki must be provided for
uploading a public key
A user tries to upload a public key without the -n -kf,
-upld, -u, and -ki options.
-n, -ki, -kf, -dnld and -u must be provided for
downloading a public key
A user tries to download a public key without the -n, -ki,
-kf, -dnld, and -u options.
-n and -ki must be provided for removing a key
A user tries to remove a key without the -n and -ki
options.
-n must be provided for deleting a user
A user tries to delete a user profile without the -n option.
-n must be provided for disable a user
A user tries to disable a user profile without the -n option.
-n must be provided for enable a user
A user tries to enable a user profile without the -n option.
-n must be provided for modify a user
A user tries to modify a user profile without the -n option.
-n must be provided for modifying a user, a key, SNMPv3
or centralized management of IPMI/SNMPv3 accounts
configuration
A user tries to modify a user profile, a key, SNMPv3, or
the centralized management of IPMI/SNMPv3 accounts
configuration without the -n option.
-n must be provided for unlock a user
A user tries to unlock a user profile without the -n option.
-p and -op must be specified when changing your own
password.
A user tries to change their own user password without
the -n and -op options.
Adding an SSH public key to RECOVERY_ID is forbidden
A user tries to add an SSH public key to the RECOVERY_
ID account.
Adding a user failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is adding a user.
Both -kf and -key must be provided for updating a key
A user tries to update a key without the -kf and -key
options.
Deleting a user failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is deleting a user.
Deleting SNMPv3/IPMI user provisioning for user failed
An error occurs while the CMM is deleting SNMPv3/IPMI
user provisioning.
Note: Disabling centralized IPMI and SNMPv3
management (provisioning) of a user account deletes the
centrally managed user account. If there is a
corresponding local account for this user on the CMM, it
will remain functional.
where user is the user name specified by the user
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
490
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 154. users command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Disable a user failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is disabling a user.
Deleting public key(s) failed
An error occurs while the CMM is deleting one or more
public keys.
Downloading to URL failed
An error occurs when the user tries to download to a
specified URL.
where URL is the URL specified by the user
Duplicate group name: group_name
A user tries to create a group name that already exists.
where group_name is the group name specified by the
user
Enable a user failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is enabling a user.
Error writing data for option -ipmisnmpv3
Note: This error message might include additional
information which provides details about the error and
corrective actions.
An error occurs while the CMM is writing IPMIv3
information for the indicated user.
Example:
system> users -T mm[2] -n test -ipmisnmpv3 enabled
Error writing data for option -ipmisnmpv3
User test: account is locked, password must
be changed.
system>
This indicates that the test user account is locked and
that its password needs to be changed.
Export public key failed
An error occurs while the CMM is exporting a public key.
Getting public key detail failed
An error occurs while the CMM is getting public key
details.
Getting user active sessions failed
An error occurs while the CMM is getting user active
sessions.
Getting user information failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is getting user
information.
Getting user names failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is getting user names.
Getting user SSH public key status failed
An error occurs while the CMM is getting user SSH public
key status.
Chapter 4. Error messages
491
Table 154. users command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Group group_name not found
An error occurs while the CMM is getting group name.
where group_name is the group name specified by the
user
Importing public key failed
An error occurs while the CMM is importing a public key.
Index can not be 'all' for updating a key
A user tries to update a key for all users.
Index can not be 'all' with -dnld
A user tries to download a public user key, specifying it
for all keys.
Index can not be 'all' with -e
A user tries to display the entire key for all keys.
Index can not be 'all' with -upld.
A user tries to upload all public user keys in a single
command.
Invalid username. The username can only contain
numbers, letters, dots, and underscores.
A user tries to enter a user name that contains invalid
characters. Valid characters that can be used in a group
name are letters, numbers, periods ( . ), and underscores (
_ ).
Modifying user failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is modifying a user.
Modifying user password failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is modifying a user
password.
No '-ki' required for adding a key to user
A user tries to add a key to a user profile with the -ki
option.
No key index key_index found for user: user_name
A user tries to access a key index that has not been set
for the specified user.
where key_index is the is a user profile index key and
user_name is a user name
One default permission group, or one or more custom
groups can be specified
A user tries to set up the wrong number or type of
permission group.
Password must have at least a number and a letter
A user tries to set a user password that does not contain
at least one letter and one number.
The argument of option -af contains invalid characters.
Only alphanumeric, comma, asterisk, question mark,
hyphen, period, colon, percent, and exclamation point
characters are valid.
A user tries to enter host information that contains invalid
characters. Valid characters that can be used for host
information are letters, numbers, commas ( , ), asterisk ( *
), question mark ( ? ), hyphen ( - ), period ( . ), colon ( : ),
percent sign ( % ), and exclamation point ( ! ).
The argument of option -af length can not be greater than
512.
A user tries to set host information that is greater than or
equal to 512 characters.
The argument of option -af must start with 'from='
A user tries to set host information without starting the
string with "from=".
The argument of option -cm must be enclosed in
quotation marks.
A user tries to specify a comment without enclosing the
string in double-quotation marks.
492
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 154. users command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
The argument of option -key must be enclosed in
quotation marks.
A user tries to specify a key name without enclosing the
string in double-quotation marks.
The argument of option -ki must be numeric or 'all'
A user tries to specify an argument for the -ki command
option other than a key number, between 1 and 20, or all.
The length of group names exceeds max of maximum
A user tries to set a group name length that is too long.
where maximum is the maximum group name length
specified by the user
The length of the group name of group_name exceeds
max of maximum
A user tries to set a group name that exceeds the
maximum number of characters.
where group_name is the is group name entered and
maximum is the maximum group name length specified
by the user
The max sessions can not be greater than 20
A user tries to set a maximum number of user sessions
that is greater than 20.
The number of groups exceeds max of maximum
A user tries to set up too many groups.
where maximum is the maximum number of groups
specified by the user
The user name cannot be longer than maximum
characters for SNMPv3/IPMI provisioning.
A user tries to set a user name that is longer than the
maximum numbers of characters specified for SNMPv3
or IPMI provisioning.
where maximum is the maximum number of characters
allowed
The user name can not be longer than 32 characters.
A user tries to set a user name that is longer than 32
characters.
The user password must be in range of 5 and 32
A user tries to set a user password that is less than 5
characters or longer than 32 characters.
There was a problem downloading the file
The user does not have the authority for downloading or
an error occurs when downloading.
There was a problem retrieving the file.
An error occurred when transferring the file.
Unlock a user failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is unlocking a user.
Updating public key failed
Note: This error message might include additional
information that provides details about the error, if this
additional information is provided by the process or
device.
An error occurs while the CMM is updating a public key.
User must be added before adding a key to it.
A user tries to add a key to a user profile that does not
exist.
Chapter 4. Error messages
493
Table 154. users command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
User with supervisor role can not be disabled
An error occurs when one user tries to disable another
user that has a supervisor role.
New User Creation Method cannot be changed: SMTP
server not configured
An error occurs when user attempts to switch new user
creation method from username&password to
username&email without properly setting SMTP server
first.
vlan command errors
This topic lists error messages for the vlan command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “vlan
command” on page 398 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 155. vlan command errors
Error message
Definition
-sol must be enabled on one vlan
A user attempts to disable SOL when only one VLAN is in
use.
All changes must be committed using -commit before the
commit timeout expires.
A user fails to commit CMM changes within the specified
time period.
All changes must be committed within time minutes using
-commit.
A user fails to commit CMM changes within the specified
time period.
where time is the commit time limit.
Cannot enable VLAN - configuration incomplete.
A user attempts to enable a VLAN entry before
configuring all required fields.
Changes to the VLAN ID and IP config will take affect
after the entry is enabled or restarted.
Advisory message indicating that additional user action is
required before a change takes effect.
Error writing -i - the IP address is either a duplicate, or in
the same subnet as another entry
A user attempts to enter a duplicate IPv4 IP address.
Error writing -i6 - the IP address is either a duplicate, or in
the same subnet as another entry
A user attempts to enter a duplicate IPv6 IP address.
Error writing -sol - currently assigned to another VLAN.
A user attempts to enable the -sol option for a VLAN entry
before disabling the option on another VLAN entry where
it is already in use.
Error writing -vid - the VLAN ID is a duplicate.
A user attempts to enter a duplicate VLAN ID.
Invalid syntax. -c cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set the IPv4 configuration method of
the first CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed
entry), that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -c6 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set the IPv6 configuration method of
the first CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed
entry), that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -commit must be used by itself.
A user attempts to issue a command to the CMM with the
-commit option while specifying another argument or
option.
494
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Table 155. vlan command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Invalid syntax. -cto must be used by itself.
A user attempts to issue a command to the CMM with the
-cto option while specifying another argument or option.
Invalid syntax. -delete must be used by itself, or in
combination with -vi.
A user attempts to issue a command to the CMM with the
-delete option while specifying another argument or
option, other than the -vi option.
Invalid syntax. -g cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set the IPv4 gateway of the first CMM
VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry), that can
not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -g6 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set the IPv6 gateway of the first CMM
VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry), that can
not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -i cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set the IPv4 address of the first CMM
VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry), that can
not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -i6 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set the IPv6 address of the first CMM
VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry), that can
not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -p6 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set the IPv6 prefix length of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -s cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set the IPv4 subnet of the first CMM
VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry), that can
not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sm1 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv4 subnet mask of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sm2 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv4 subnet mask of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sm3 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv4 subnet mask of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sp61 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv6 subnet prefix length of the
first CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed
entry), that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sp62 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv6 subnet prefix length of the
first CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed
entry), that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sp63 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv6 subnet prefix length of the
first CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed
entry), that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sr1 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv4 subnet route of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sr2 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv4 subnet route of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Chapter 4. Error messages
495
Table 155. vlan command errors (continued)
Error message
Definition
Invalid syntax. -sr3 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv4 subnet route of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sr61 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv6 subnet route of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sr62 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv6 subnet route of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -sr63 cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set an IPv6 subnet route of the first
CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry),
that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -state cannot be used on the fixed entry.
A user attempts to set the VLAN state of the first CMM
VLAN index entry (referred to as the fixed entry), that can
not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -tag cannot be used on non-default
entries.
A user attempts to enable or disable the VLAN tagging
state of the first CMM VLAN index entry (referred to as the
fixed entry), that can not be changed.
Invalid syntax. -vi is needed to perform this operation.
A user attempts to add or modify a CMM VLAN entry
without specifying the VLAN entry index number.
Invalid syntax. -vid is needed to create a new entry.
A user attempts to create a new entry without specifying a
VLAN ID.
Invalid syntax. restart can only be used on individual, nonfixed entries.
A user attempts to restart the first CMM VLAN index entry
(referred to as the fixed entry), that can not be restarted.
Invalid syntax. The fixed entry cannot be deleted.
A user attempts to delete the first CMM VLAN index entry
(referred to as the fixed entry). This entry can not be
deleted.
volts command errors
This topic lists errors for the volts command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “volts
command” on page 411 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 156. volts command errors
Error message
Definition
Error getting voltage data from target
An error occurs while retrieving voltage data.
Getting power state of blade node_number failed.
An error occurs while the CMM is reading the power state
of the targeted compute node.
where node_number identifies the compute node.
No voltage data available for target
A user tries to read voltage data that is not available.
Voltage data is not supported on this target
A user tries to read voltage data from a command target
that does not support it.
496
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
write command errors
This topic lists error messages for the write command.
See “Common errors” on page 415 for a list of error messages that apply to all commands. See “write
command” on page 412 for information about command syntax and examples of command use.
Table 157. write command errors
Error message
Definition
Argument of option -p must be enclosed in quotation
marks.
A user tries to enter a passphrase without enclosing it in
quotation marks.
Error generating configuration.
The CMM is unable to generate the configuration.
Error receiving the backup file.
An error occurs during backup file processing.
File transfer failed. error_string.
The CMM is unable to transfer the file.
where error_string is specific information about the error.
Firmware update is in progress. Try again later.
A user tries to save the CMM configuration to the Lenovo
Flex System chassis midplane while the CMM firmware is
updating.
Incomplete or malformed URL.
The user tries to use an invalid URL.
Option argument for -p exceeds max length (31
characters): passphrase
A user tries to enter a passphrase that is too long.
where passphrase is the passphrase that was entered.
Passphrase must have at least 6 characters.
A user tries to enter a passphrase that is too short.
Please provide a backup file name at the end of the URL
A user tries to enter a backup file name without specifying
the file name.
Please provide a file name at the end of the URL
The user tries to enter a URL without the required file
name.
Protocol string length exceeds max of 8
The user tries to enter a protocol string that is too long.
There was a problem downloading the file
The user does not have the authority for downloading or
an error occurs when downloading.
Upload failed, there was a problem uploading the file
The CMM is unable to upload the file to the user specified
server.
URL Length exceeds max of 256
The user tries to enter a URL that is too long.
Chapter 4. Error messages
497
498
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Appendix A. Getting help and technical assistance
If you need help, service, or technical assistance or just want more information about Lenovo products, you
will find a wide variety of sources available from Lenovo to assist you.
Use this information to obtain additional information about Lenovo and Lenovo products, and determine
what to do if you experience a problem with your Lenovo system or optional device.
Note: This section includes references to IBM web sites and information about obtaining service. IBM is
Lenovo's preferred service provider for the System x, Flex System, and NeXtScale System products.
Before you call
Before you call, make sure that you have taken these steps to try to solve the problem yourself.
If you believe that you require warranty service for your Lenovo product, the service technicians will be able
to assist you more efficiently if you prepare before you call.
• Check all cables to make sure that they are connected.
• Check the power switches to make sure that the system and any optional devices are turned on.
• Check for updated software, firmware, and operating-system device drivers for your Lenovo product. The
Lenovo Warranty terms and conditions state that you, the owner of the Lenovo product, are responsible
for maintaining and updating all software and firmware for the product (unless it is covered by an
additional maintenance contract). Your service technician will request that you upgrade your software and
firmware if the problem has a documented solution within a software upgrade.
• If you have installed new hardware or software in your environment, check http://www.lenovo.com/
serverproven/ to make sure that the hardware and software is supported by your product.
• Go to http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for information to help you solve the problem.
• Gather the following information to provide to the service technician. This data will help the service
technician quickly provide a solution to your problem and ensure that you receive the level of service for
which you might have contracted.
– Hardware and Software Maintenance agreement contract numbers, if applicable
– Machine type number (Lenovo 4-digit machine identifier)
– Model number
– Serial number
– Current system UEFI and firmware levels
– Other pertinent information such as error messages and logs
• Go to http://www.ibm.com/support/ entry/portal/Open_service_request to submit an Electronic Service
Request. Submitting an Electronic Service Request will start the process of determining a solution to your
problem by making the pertinent information available to the service technicians. The IBM service
technicians can start working on your solution as soon as you have completed and submitted an
Electronic Service Request.
You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures that
Lenovo provides in the online help or in the Lenovo product documentation. The Lenovo product
documentation also describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform. The documentation for most
systems, operating systems, and programs contains troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error
messages and error codes. If you suspect a software problem, see the documentation for the operating
system or program.
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 2016
499
Using the documentation
Information about your Lenovo system and preinstalled software, if any, or optional device is available in the
product documentation. That documentation can include printed documents, online documents, readme
files, and help files.
See the troubleshooting information in your system documentation for instructions for using the diagnostic
programs. The troubleshooting information or the diagnostic programs might tell you that you need
additional or updated device drivers or other software. Lenovo maintains pages on the World Wide Web
where you can get the latest technical information and download device drivers and updates. To access
these pages, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.
Getting help and information from the World Wide Web
Up-to-date information about Lenovo products and support is available on the World Wide Web.
On the World Wide Web, up-to-date information about Lenovo systems, optional devices, services, and
support is available at http://www.lenovo.com/support. The most current version of the product
documentation is available in the following product-specific Information Centers:
Flex System products:http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/ flexsys/information/index.jsp
System x products:http://shop.lenovo.com/us/ en/systems/
NeXtScale System products:http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/ nxtscale/documentation/index.jsp
How to send DSA data
You can use the Enhanced Customer Data Repository to send diagnostic data to IBM.
Before you send diagnostic data to IBM, read the terms of use at http://www.ibm.com/de/support/ ecurep/
terms.html.
You can use any of the following methods to send diagnostic data:
• Standard upload: http://www.ibm.com/de/support/ ecurep/send_http.html
• Standard upload with the system serial number: http://www.ecurep.ibm.com/app/ upload_hw
• Secure upload: http://www.ibm.com/de/support/ ecurep/send_http.html#secure
• Secure upload with the system serial number: https://www.ecurep.ibm.com/ app/upload_hw
Creating a personalized support web page
You can create a personalized support web page by identifying Lenovo products that are of interest to you.
To create a personalized support web page, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/ mynotifications. From this
personalized page, you can subscribe to weekly email notifications about new technical documents, search
for information and downloads, and access various administrative services.
Software service and support
Through IBM Support Line, you can get telephone assistance, for a fee, with usage, configuration, and
software problems with your Lenovo products.
500
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
For more information about Support Line and other IBM services, see http://www.ibm.com/services or see
http://www.ibm.com/planetwide for support telephone numbers. In the U.S. and Canada, call 1-800-IBMSERV (1-800-426-7378).
Hardware service and support
IBM is Lenovo's preferred service provider for the System x, Flex System and NeXtScale System products.
You can receive hardware service through your Lenovo reseller or from IBM. To locate a reseller authorized
by Lenovo to provide warranty service, go to http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld and click Business Partner
Locator. For IBM support telephone numbers, see http://www.ibm.com/planetwide. In the U.S. and Canada,
call 1-800-IBM-SERV (1-800-426-7378).
In the U.S. and Canada, hardware service and support is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. In the U.
K., these services are available Monday through Friday, from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.
Taiwan product service
Use this information to contact product service for Taiwan.
Appendix A. Getting help and technical assistance
501
502
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Appendix B. Notices
Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult
your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your
area.
Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that
Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service
that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's
responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service.
Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this
document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send
license inquiries, in writing, to:
Lenovo (United States), Inc.
1009 Think Place - Building One
Morrisville, NC 27560
U.S.A.
Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing
LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow
disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to
you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. Lenovo may
make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at
any time without notice.
The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support
applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this
document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document
shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or
third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is
presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary.
Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.
Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in
any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the
materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.
Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result
obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made
on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on
generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through
extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their
specific environment.
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 2016
503
Trademarks
Lenovo, the Lenovo logo, Flex System, System x, NeXtScale System, and x Architecture are trademarks of
Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.
Internet Explorer, Microsoft, and Windows are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.
Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.
Important notes
Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor; other factors also affect
application performance.
CD or DVD drive speed is the variable read rate. Actual speeds vary and are often less than the possible
maximum.
When referring to processor storage, real and virtual storage, or channel volume, KB stands for 1 024 bytes,
MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes, and GB stands for 1 073 741 824 bytes.
When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume, MB stands for 1 000 000 bytes, and
GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes. Total user-accessible capacity can vary depending on operating
environments.
Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and
population of all hard-disk-drive bays with the largest currently supported drives that are available from
Lenovo.
Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an optional memory module.
Each solid-state memory cell has an intrinsic, finite number of write cycles that the cell can incur. Therefore, a
solid-state device has a maximum number of write cycles that it can be subjected to, expressed as total
bytes written (TBW). A device that has exceeded this limit might fail to respond to system-generated
commands or might be incapable of being written to. Lenovo is not responsible for replacement of a device
that has exceeded its maximum guaranteed number of program/erase cycles, as documented in the Official
Published Specifications for the device.
Lenovo makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-Lenovo products. Support (if any) for the
non-Lenovo products is provided by the third party, not Lenovo.
Some software might differ from its retail version (if available) and might not include user manuals or all
program functionality.
Recycling information
Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment
when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in
recycling their IT products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to: http://www.lenovo.com/
recycling.
504
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Particulate contamination
Attention: Airborne particulates (including metal flakes or particles) and reactive gases acting alone or in
combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might pose a risk to the
device that is described in this document.
Risks that are posed by the presence of excessive particulate levels or concentrations of harmful gases
include damage that might cause the device to malfunction or cease functioning altogether. This
specification sets forth limits for particulates and gases that are intended to avoid such damage. The limits
must not be viewed or used as definitive limits, because numerous other factors, such as temperature or
moisture content of the air, can influence the impact of particulates or environmental corrosives and gaseous
contaminant transfer. In the absence of specific limits that are set forth in this document, you must
implement practices that maintain particulate and gas levels that are consistent with the protection of human
health and safety. If Lenovo determines that the levels of particulates or gases in your environment have
caused damage to the device, Lenovo may condition provision of repair or replacement of devices or parts
on implementation of appropriate remedial measures to mitigate such environmental contamination.
Implementation of such remedial measures is a customer responsibility.
Table 158. Limits for particulates and gases
Contaminant
Particulate
Limits
• The room air must be continuously filtered with 40% atmospheric dust spot efficiency (MERV
9) according to ASHRAE Standard 52.21.
• Air that enters a data center must be filtered to 99.97% efficiency or greater, using highefficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters that meet MIL-STD-282.
• The deliquescent relative humidity of the particulate contamination must be more than 60%2.
• The room must be free of conductive contamination such as zinc whiskers.
Gaseous
• Copper: Class G1 as per ANSI/ISA 71.04-19853
• Silver: Corrosion rate of less than 300 in 30 days
1
ASHRAE 52.2-2008 - Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by
Particle Size. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
2
The deliquescent relative humidity of particulate contamination is the relative humidity at which the dust absorbs
enough water to become wet and promote ionic conduction.
3
ANSI/ISA-71.04-1985. Environmental conditions for process measurement and control systems: Airborne
contaminants. Instrument Society of America, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, U.S.A.
Telecommunication regulatory statement
This product may not be certified in your country for connection by any means whatsoever to interfaces of
public telecommunications networks. Further certification may be required by law prior to making any such
connection. Contact a Lenovo representative or reseller for any questions.
Appendix B. Notices
505
Electronic emission notices
When you attach a monitor to the equipment, you must use the designated monitor cable and any
interference suppression devices that are supplied with the monitor.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) statement
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in
a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the
interference at his own expense.
Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits.
Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended
cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized
changes or modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that might cause undesired operation.
Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Avis de conformité à la réglementation d'Industrie Canada
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Australia and New Zealand Class A statement
Attention: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in
which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
European Union EMC Directive conformance statement
This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2014/30/EU on the
approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility. Lenovo cannot
accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended
modification of the product, including the installation of option cards from other manufacturers.
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment according to
European Standards harmonized in the Directives in compliance. The limits for Class A equipment were
derived for commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference
with licensed communication equipment.
Lenovo, Einsteinova 21, 851 01 Bratislava, Slovakia
Warning: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in
which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
506
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Germany Class A statement
Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis: Hinweis für Geräte der Klasse A EU-Richtlinie zur
Elektromagnetischen Verträglichkeit
Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis:Hinweis für Geräte der Klasse A EU-Richtlinie zur
Elektromagnetischen Verträglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EURichtlinie 2014/30/EU (früher 2004/108/EC) zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften über die
elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit in den EU-Mitgliedsstaaten und hält die Grenzwerte der Klasse A der
Norm gemäß Richtlinie.
Um dieses sicherzustellen, sind die Geräte wie in den Handbüchern beschrieben zu installieren und zu
betreiben. Des Weiteren dürfen auch nur von der Lenovo empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. Lenovo
übernimmt keine Verantwortung für die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen, wenn das Produkt ohne
Zustimmung der Lenovo verändert bzw. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne
Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt/eingebaut werden.
Deutschland:
Einhaltung des Gesetzes über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Betriebsmittein Dieses
Produkt entspricht dem „Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Betriebsmitteln“ EMVG
(früher „Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten“). Dies ist die Umsetzung der EURichtlinie 2014/30/EU (früher 2004/108/EC) in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland.
Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit
von Betriebsmitteln, EMVG vom 20. Juli 2007 (früher Gesetz über die elektromagnetische
Verträglichkeit von Geräten), bzw. der EMV EU Richtlinie 2014/30/EU (früher 2004/108/EC), für Geräte
der Klasse A.
Dieses Gerät ist berechtigt, in Übereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG-Konformitätszeichen CE - zu führen. Verantwortlich für die Konformitätserklärung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo
(Deutschland) GmbH, Meitnerstr. 9, D-70563 Stuttgart.
Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraf 4 Abs. (1) 4:Das Gerät erfüllt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN
55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A.
Nach der EN 55022: „Dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A. Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich
Funkstörungen verursachen; in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden, angemessene Maßnahmen
durchzuführen und dafür aufzukommen.“
Nach dem EMVG: „Geräte dürfen an Orten, für die sie nicht ausreichend entstört sind, nur mit besonderer
Genehmigung des Bundesministers für Post und Telekommunikation oder des Bundesamtes für Post und
Telekommunikation betrieben werden. Die Genehmigung wird erteilt, wenn keine elektromagnetischen
Störungen zu erwarten sind.“ (Auszug aus dem EMVG, Paragraph 3, Abs. 4). Dieses Genehmigungsverfahren
ist nach Paragraph 9 EMVG in Verbindung mit der entsprechenden Kostenverordnung (Amtsblatt 14/93)
kostenpflichtig.
Anmerkung: Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen sind die Geräte, wie in den Handbüchern
angegeben, zu installieren und zu betreiben.
Appendix B. Notices
507
Japanese electromagnetic compatibility statements
Japan VCCI Class A statement
This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI). If
this equipment is used in a domestic environment, radio interference may occur, in which case the user may
be required to take corrective actions.
Japanese Electrical Appliance and Material Safety Law statement (for detachable AC power cord)
JEITA harmonics guideline - Japanese Statement for AC power consumption (W)
Korea Communications Commission (KCC) statement
This is electromagnetic wave compatibility equipment for business (Type A). Sellers and users need to pay
attention to it. This is for any areas other than home.
Russia Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Class A statement
508
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
People's Republic of China Class A electronic emission statement
Taiwan Class A compliance statement
Appendix B. Notices
509
Taiwan BSMI RoHS declaration
510
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
Index
A
accesscontrol
access control 37–38
black list 38
white list 38
accesscontrol command 37
accessibility features for the CMM 2
account inactivity alert time
set for CMM 44
account inactivity disable time
set for CMM 45
account lockout period
set for CMM 46
account security commands 39
account security settings
display for CMM 40
enable complex password for CMM user authentication
enable default administration password expiration for
CMM 44
enable password change at first login to CMM 46
set CMM account inactivity alert time 44
set CMM account inactivity disable time 45
set CMM account lockout period 46
set CMM authentication logging timeout 42
set CMM CLI inactivity timeout 43
set CMM default to high 41
set CMM default to legacy 40
set CMM maximum LDAP sessions for user 46
set CMM maximum number of login failures 45
set CMM minimum number of different characters for
password 44
set CMM password expiration time 47
set CMM password minimum change interval 47
set CMM password reuse cycle 48
set CMM user authentication method 43
set CMM web interface inactivity timeout 48
accseccfg 40
options
alt 42
am 43
cp 43
ct 43
dc 44
de, on 44
high 41
ia 44
ici 45
id 45
legacy 40
lf 45
lp 46
mls 46
pc, on 46
pe 47
pi 47
rc 48
wt 48
accseccfg command errors 418
accseccfg commands 39
example 48
accumulate timeout
set for SOL 329
acknowledge alarm 54
acknowledge call-home activity log entry
CMM 85
acknowledged events (Telco), display 169
acoustic mode, disable 152
acoustic mode, enable 152
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 2016
43
activate firmware
I/O module 373
switch 373
Active Directory group, add 160
Active Directory group, delete 163
Active Directory group, set authority level 161
Active Directory groups, display (all) 159
Active Directory groups, display (specific) 159
active events (Telco), display 168
add Active Directory group 160
add Call Home events
CMM 139
add power group 279
add power schedule 280
add SSH user public key 387
add user 383
add user permission group 243
add-in card
command target 133
address
IPv6 initial connection 19
link local 19
address prefix length
set for channel 0 of CMM 187
set for compute node 195
set for I/O module 203
advanced failover settings
disable network interface for standby CMM 50
display for CMM 50
enable network interface for standby CMM and allow IP swap
during failover 51
enable network interface for standby CMM and prevent IP
swap during failover 51
advfailover 50
options
ip. noswap 51
ip. off 50
ip. swap 51
advfailover command 49
example 51
advfailover command errors 419
air filter
set notification interval 52
view notification interval 52
air filter notification 51
air flow trending, display (chassis) 151
airfilter 52
CMM 52
options
freq 52
airfilter command
0, 1, 3, 6 months 51
notification interval 51
airfilter command errors 420
alarm
acknowledge 54
clear 54
create 55
options
ack, i 54
clear, i 54
create, s, p 55
unack, i 55
unacknowledge 55
alarm command 53
alarm command errors 420
alarm commands
example 56
alarm panel
511
command target 133
alert
test 62
alert categories (enhanced legacy)
disable 230
enable 230
alert notification method, set 62
alert recipient, create 59
alert recipient, delete 59
alert recipient, set email address 62
alert recipient, set name 60
alert recipient, set status 61
alert recipients, manage 58
alert state
display all 230
alert type, filter 61
alert type, set 61
alertcfg 56
options
dr 56
rl 56–57
si 57
alertcfg command errors 420
alertcfg commands 56
example 57
alertentries 58
options
1 through 12 58
create (n, status, f, t, e, i) 59
del 59
e 62
f 61
n 60
status 61
t 62
test 62
alertentries command 58
alertentries command errors 420
alertentries commands
example 63
alerts
disable monitoring for all critical 230
disable monitoring for all informational 234
disable monitoring for all warning 232
disable monitoring for chassis critical 231
disable monitoring for chassis informational 235
disable monitoring for chassis warning 233
disable monitoring for cooling device critical 231
disable monitoring for cooling device informational 238
disable monitoring for cooling device warning 234
disable monitoring for event log informational 236
disable monitoring for event log warning 233
disable monitoring for inventory change informational 236
disable monitoring for I/O module critical 231
disable monitoring for I/O module informational 235
disable monitoring for I/O module warning 233
disable monitoring for network change informational 237
disable monitoring for node device critical 230
disable monitoring for node device informational 235
disable monitoring for node device warning 232
disable monitoring for power state informational 236
disable monitoring for power supply critical 232
disable monitoring for power supply informational 238
disable monitoring for power supply warning 234
disable monitoring for system management critical 231
disable monitoring for system management
informational 235
disable monitoring for system management warning 233
disable monitoring for user activity informational 237
display all states 230
enable monitoring for all critical 230
enable monitoring for all informational 234
enable monitoring for all warning 232
enable monitoring for chassis critical 231
enable monitoring for chassis informational 235
512
enable monitoring for chassis warning 233
enable monitoring for cooling device critical 231
enable monitoring for cooling device informational 238
enable monitoring for cooling device warning 234
enable monitoring for event log informational 236
enable monitoring for event log warning 233
enable monitoring for inventory change informational 236
enable monitoring for I/O module critical 231
enable monitoring for I/O module informational 235
enable monitoring for I/O module warning 233
enable monitoring for network change informational 237
enable monitoring for node device critical 230
enable monitoring for node device informational 235
enable monitoring for node device warning 232
enable monitoring for power state informational 236
enable monitoring for power supply critical 232
enable monitoring for power supply informational 238
enable monitoring for power supply warning 234
enable monitoring for system management critical 231
enable monitoring for system management
informational 235
enable monitoring for system management warning 233
enable monitoring for user activity informational 237
exclude service information with email alerts 57
include service information with email alerts 57
alerts, display 167
timestamp 169
algorithms, encryption 17
apply IPv4 configuration changes
CMM 178
assign power schedule to power group 280
assistance, getting 499
Attention notice, meaning 2
attributes, display for firmware 369
Australia Class A statement 506
authentication (mutual) of CSR import
using CLI 34
authentication (non-mutual) of LDAP certificate import
using CLI 33
authentication logging timeout
set for CMM 42
authentication method
LDAP 223
authentication of CA
using CLI 31
using web interface 31
authentication of certificate
using CLI 31
using web interface 31
authentication of CSR
using CLI 31
using web interface 31
authority, command 10
autoftp
options
desc 65
i 65
m 65
p 65
pw 65
u 65
autoftp command errors 421
autoftp commands 64
example 66
autoftp settings
call-home 65
automatic power-on policy
set for compute node 275
B
backup
configuration
412
Lenovo Chassis Management Module 2 Command-Line Interface Reference Guide
permission groups 412
users 412
baud rate
set for serial port of CMM 252
bay data
clear bay data 68
clear bay data for specific bay 68
compute node 67
display bay data 67
display bay data for specific bay 67
set bay data 69
set data definition to specific compute node
baydata 67
options
b bay_num 67
b bay_num -clear 68
b bay_num -data "data_definition" 70
clear 68
data "data_definition" 69
baydata command errors 422
baydata commands 66
example 71
binding method
LDAP 223
blink identify LED 227
BMC
command target 133
boot device
clear IP address 74
display information 73
set IP address 74
boot mode
display for compute node 72
set for compute node 72
boot sequence
display for compute node 73
set for compute node 73
bootmode 72
options
p 72
bootmode command errors 423, 464
bootmode commands 71
example 72
bootseq 73
options
g 74
i 74
id 73
s 74
seq 73
bootseq command errors 423
bootseq commands 73
example 75
70
C
CA authentication
using CLI 31
using web interface 31
CA import (mutual authentication)
using CLI 34
CA import (non-mutual authentication)
using CLI 33
CA self-signed root certificate
download certificate file 342
call-home
autoftp settings 65
problem description 87
test call home 87
call-home activity log
acknowledge call-home activity log entry for CMM
display for CMM 84
display FTP/TFTP server entries for CMM 84
© Copyright Lenovo 2016, and 201